<PAGE> 1
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT
(Mark One)
X ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
- ---- SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]
For the fiscal year ended December 30, 1995
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
- ---- SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
For the transition period from to
COMMISSION FILE 1-5224
THE STANLEY WORKS
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
CONNECTICUT 06-0548860
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
1000 STANLEY DRIVE
NEW BRITAIN, CONNECTICUT 06053
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
(860) 225-5111
(REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER)
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
TITLE OF EACH CLASS ON WHICH REGISTERED
------------------- -------------------
<S> <C>
Common Stock--Par Value $2.50 Per Share New York Stock Exchange
Pacific Stock Exchange
9% Notes due 1998
7 3/8% Notes Due December 15, 2002
</TABLE>
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes X No
---- ----
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K / /.
The aggregate market value of Common Stock, par value $2.50 per share, held by
non-affiliates (based upon the closing sale price on the New York Stock
Exchange) on March 20, 1996 was approximately $ 2.45 billion. As of March 20,
1996, there were 44,214,043 shares of Common Stock, par value $2.50 per share,
outstanding.
<PAGE> 2
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Annual Report to shareholders for the year ended December 30,
1995 are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II.
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement dated March 6, 1996, filed with the
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, are incorporated by reference into Part
III.
<PAGE> 3
FORM 10-K
Part I
Item 1. Business
1(a) Introduction. (i) General. The Stanley Works ("Stanley" or the
"Company") was founded in 1843 by Frederick T. Stanley and incorporated in 1852.
Stanley is a worldwide manufacturer and marketer of tools, hardware and
specialty hardware offering a wide range of products for home improvement,
consumer, industrial and professional use. Stanley(R) is a brand recognized
around the world for quality and value.
In 1995, Stanley had net sales of $2.6 billion and employed
approximately 19,000 people worldwide. The Company's principal executive office
is located at 1000 Stanley Drive, New Britain, Connecticut 06053 and its
telephone number is (860) 225-5111.
(ii) Strategic Restructuring. In July 1995, the Company announced a
multi-year restructuring program involving a fundamental review of the Company's
business units, product lines and how the Company operates, and established
goals for both restructuring and growth. The restructuring goal includes the
reduction of $150 million from the Company's cost structure (half of which is
targeted for reinvestment in the business) as well as a $250 million reduction
in working capital and other assets by the year 1997. The growth goal is to
achieve net sales of $4 billion in 1999.
The Company has developed several key strategies to meet these goals.
The Company is currently evaluating all of its businesses and product lines to
determine their full potential. The Company intends to eliminate businesses,
product categories and product lines that are not performing. There is now
greater corporate involvement in setting and achieving operational goals and the
Company has made the sharing of resources a top priority company-wide. In order
to meet the goal for profitable growth, the Company is focusing on maintaining
and strengthening relationships with its key customers and is looking to
increase sales to international markets with a target of 40% of sales and
profits coming from these markets. Lastly, the Company has recognized that it
needs to fill key positions with the most talented people from both inside and
outside the Company.
1(b) Industry Segment Information. Financial information regarding the
Company's industry segments is incorporated herein by reference from page 17 of
the Company's Annual Report to shareholders for the year ended December 30,
1995.
-1-
<PAGE> 4
1(c) Narrative Description of Business. The Company's operations are
classified into three industry segments: Tools, Hardware and Specialty Hardware.
Tools. The Tools segment manufactures and markets consumer, industrial and
engineered tools. Consumer tools includes hand tools such as measuring
instruments, planes, hammers, knives and blades, wrenches, sockets,
screwdrivers, saws, chisels, boring tools, masonry, tile and drywall tools,
paint preparation and paint application tools. Industrial tools includes
industrial and mechanics hand tools, including STANLEY-PROTO(R) industrial tools
and MAC(R) mechanics tools, and high-density industrial storage and retrieval
systems. Engineered tools includes STANLEY-BOSTITCH(R) fastening tools and
fasteners used for commercial, industrial, construction, packaging and consumer
use; hydraulic tools (these are hand-held hydraulic tools used by contractors,
utilities, railroads and public works as well as mounted demolition hammers and
compactors designed to work on skid steer loaders, mini-excavators, backhoes and
large excavators); and air tools (these are high performance, precision assembly
tools, controllers and systems for tightening threaded fasteners used chiefly by
vehicle manufacturers).
Hardware. The hardware segment manufactures and markets hardware products
ranging from hinges, hasps, shelf brackets, bolts, latches to a line of closet
organizing systems and mirrored closet doors, door hardware and wall mirrors.
Specialty Hardware. The specialty hardware segment manufactures and markets
residential insulated steel and reinforced fiberglass entrance door systems,
sectional roll up steel garage doors, automatic doors, remote control garage
door openers and electronic controls.
Competition. The Company competes on the basis of its reputation for product
quality, its well-known brands, its commitment to customer service and strong
customer relationships, the breadth of its product lines and its emphasis on
product innovation, and its manufacturing efficiencies. The Company is also
striving to find new customers both within the markets that it currently serves
and in new markets around the world.
The Company encounters active competition in all of its businesses from both
larger and smaller companies that offer the same or similar products and
services or that produce different products appropriate for the same uses. In
1995, the Company invested approximately $87 million in facilities, new
equipment, technology and software in order to achieve operational excellence in
manufacturing, new product innovation and enhanced customer service.
In the Company's consumer hand tool and consumer hardware
-2-
<PAGE> 5
businesses, a small number of competitors produce a range of products somewhat
comparable to the Company's, but the majority of its competitors compete only
with respect to one or more individual products within a particular line. The
Company believes that it is the largest manufacturer of consumer hand tools in
the world and that it offers the broadest line of such products. The Company
believes that its market position in the U.S. and Canada for consumer hardware
is comparable to or greater than that of its major competitors and that it
offers the broadest line of hinges and home hardware, which represents the most
important part of its hardware product sales.
In the Company's industrial tool business in the U.S., the Company believes
that it is a leading manufacturer of high-density industrial storage cabinets.
In the Company's engineered tool business in the U.S., the Company believes that
it is the leader in the manufacture and sale of pneumatic fastening tools and
related fasteners to professional contractors and to the furniture and pallet
industries as well as the leading manufacturer of hand-held and mounted
hydraulic tools.
In the Company's non-consumer hardware business in the U.S., the Company
believes that it is a leading manufacturer of residential hardware products,
mirrored closet doors and hardware for sliding, folding and pocket doors; and a
leading supplier of closet rods, supports, brackets and wall mirrors.
In the Company's specialty hardware business, the Company believes that it
is a leader in the U.S. with respect to the manufacture and sale of insulated
steel residential entrance doors and power-operated sliding and swinging doors.
Customers. A substantial portion of the Company's products are sold through
home centers and mass merchant distribution channels in the U.S. A consolidation
of retailers in these channels is occurring. These customers constitute a
growing percent of the Company's sales and are important to the Company's
operating results. While this consolidation and the geographic expansion of
these large retailers provide the Company with opportunities for growth, the
increasing size and importance of individual customers creates a certain degree
of exposure to potential volume loss. The loss of certain of the larger home
centers as customers would have a material adverse effect on each of the
Company's business segments until either such customers are replaced or the
Company makes the necessary adjustments to compensate for the loss of business.
The Company believes that the actions being taken in connection with one of the
five key initiatives of the Company's Restructuring Program, the initiative to
enhance customer relationships will help to preserve and strengthen these
relationships. These actions include: developing special partnership teams,
coordinating the Company's customer support systems to provide a wide variety of
-3-
<PAGE> 6
services from one source in the Company and improving logistics by consolidating
order fulfillment and distribution centers of the Company's consumer products
and centralizing credit services.
Raw Materials. The Company's products are manufactured primarily of steel
and other metals, although some are of wood or plastic. The raw materials
required are available from a number of sources at competitive prices and the
Company has relationships of long standing with many of its suppliers. The
Company has experienced no difficulties in obtaining supplies in recent periods.
Backlog. At February 3, 1996, the Company had approximately $137 million in
unfilled orders compared with $155 million in unfilled orders at February 4,
1995. All these orders are reasonably expected to be filled within the current
fiscal year. Most customers place orders for immediate shipment and as a result,
the Company produces primarily for inventory, rather than to fill specific
orders.
Patents and Trademarks. No segment of the Company's business is dependent,
to any significant degree, on patents, licenses, franchises or concessions and
the loss of such patents, licenses, franchises or concessions would not have a
material adverse effect on any segment. The Company owns numerous patents, none
of which are material to the Company's operations as a whole. These patents
expire from time to time over the next 17 years. The Company holds licenses,
franchises and concessions, none of which individually or in the aggregate is
material to the Company's operations as a whole. These licenses, franchises and
concessions vary in duration from one to 17 years.
The Company has numerous trademarks that are utilized in its businesses
worldwide. The STANLEY(R) and STANLEY (in a notched rectangle)(R) trademarks are
material to all three business segments. These well-known trademarks enjoy a
reputation for quality and value and are among the world's most trusted brand
names. In addition, in the Tools segment, the Bostitch(R), Powerlock(R), Tape
Rule Case Design (Powerlock)(R), LaBounty(R), MAC Tools(R), Proto(R), Jensen(R),
Goldblatt(R) and Vidmar(R) trademarks are material to the business.
Environmental Regulations. The Company is subject to various
environmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and foreign
countries where it has operations. Future laws and regulations
are expected to be increasingly stringent and will likely
increase the Company's expenditures related to environmental
matters.
The Company is involved with remedial and other environmental compliance
activities at some of its current and former sites. Additionally, the Company,
together with many
-4-
<PAGE> 7
other parties, has been named as a potentially responsible party ("PRP") in a
number of administrative proceedings for the remediation of various waste sites,
including nine Superfund sites. Current laws potentially impose joint and
several liability upon each PRP. In assessing its potential liability at these
sites, the Company has considered the following: the solvency of the other
PRP's, whether responsibility is being disputed, the terms of existing
agreements, experience at similar sites, and the fact that its volumetric
contribution at these sites is relatively small.
The Company's policy is to accrue environmental investigatory and
remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable that a liability has
been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The amount of
liability recorded is based on an evaluation of currently available facts with
respect to each individual site and includes such factors as existing
technology, presently enacted laws and regulations, and prior experience in
remediation of contaminated sites. The liabilities recorded do not take into
account any claims for recoveries from insurance or third parties. As of
December 30, 1995, the Company had reserves of $24 million, primarily for
remediation activities associated with company-owned properties as well as for
Superfund sites.
The amount recorded for identified contingent liabilities is based on
estimates. Amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect
additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Actual costs
to be incurred in future periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent
uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures. Subject to the imprecision
in estimating future environmental costs, the Company does not expect that any
sum it may have to pay in connection with environmental matters in excess of the
amounts recorded will have a materially adverse effect on its financial
position, results of operations or liquidity.
Power-generating Subsidiary. Under the General Statutes of Connecticut, the
Company is deemed to be a "holding company" that controls an electric company as
a result of its being the sole shareholder of Farmington River Power Co., a
power-generating subsidiary of the Company since 1916. Under such statute, no
organization or person may take any action to acquire control of such a holding
company without the prior approval of the Connecticut Department of Public
Utility Control.
Employees. During 1995, the Company had approximately 19,000
employees, approximately 13,000 of whom were employed in the U.S.
Of these U.S. employees, approximately 21% are covered by
collective bargaining agreements with approximately 11 labor
unions. The majority of the Company's hourly- and weekly-paid
-5-
<PAGE> 8
employees outside the U.S. are covered by collective bargaining
agreements. The Company's labor agreements in the U.S. expire in
1996, 1997 and 1998. There have been no significant
interruptions or curtailments of the Company's operations in
recent years due to labor disputes. The Company believes that
its relationship with its employees is good.
1(d) Financial information about foreign and domestic operations and export
sales. Geographic area information on page 17 of the Annual Report to
shareholders for the year ended December 30, 1995 is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 2. Properties.
As of December 30, 1995, Registrant and its subsidiaries owned or leased
facilities for manufacturing, distribution and sales offices in 29 states and 34
foreign countries. The Registrant believes that its facilities are suitable and
adequate for its business. The Registrant utilizes approximately 13,400,000
square feet of floor space in its business, of which approximately 3,600,000
square feet of floor space is leased.
A summary of material locations (over 50,000 square feet) that are owned by
the Registrant and its subsidiaries are:
Tools
Phoenix, Arizona; Visalia, California; Clinton and New Britain, Connecticut;
Atlanta, Georgia; Shelbyville, Indiana; Kansas City, Kansas; Worcester,
Massachusetts; Two Harbors, Minnesota; Hamlet and Sanford, North Carolina;
Claremont, New Hampshire; Columbus, Georgetown, Sabina and Washington Court
House, Ohio; Allentown, Royersford and York, Pennsylvania; East Greenwich, Rhode
Island; Cheraw, South Carolina; Pulaski and Shelbyville, Tennessee; Dallas and
Wichita Falls, Texas; Pittsfield and Shaftsbury, Vermont; Hedelberg West,
Ingleburn and Moonah, Australia; Sao Paulo, Brazil; Smiths Falls and Toronto,
Canada; Pecky, Czech Republic; Ecclesfield, Hellaby, Manchester and Sheffield,
England; Besancon Cedex and Maxonchamp, France; Wieseth, Germany; Surabaya,
Indonesia; Puebla, Mexico; Taichung Hsien, Taiwan; and Amphur Bangpakong,
Thailand.
Hardware
Chatsworth and San Dimas, California; New Britain, Connecticut; Richmond,
Virginia; Brampton and New Hamburg, Canada; Sheffield, England; and Marquette,
France.
Specialty Hardware
Farmington, Connecticut; Birmingham, Novi and Troy, Michigan;
and Covington, Ohio.
-6-
<PAGE> 9
A summary of material locations (over 50,000 square feet) that are leased by
the Registrant and its subsidiaries are:
Tools
Costa Mesa and Rancho Cucamonga, California; Covington, Georgia; Charlotte,
North Carolina; Cleveland and Columbus, Ohio; Milwaukie, Oregon; Carrollton,
Texas; Burlington and Mississauga, Canada; Northampton, England; and Saverne,
France.
Hardware
Lenexa, Kansas; Tupelo, Mississippi; and Oakville, Ontario.
Specialty Hardware
Rancho Cucamonga, California; Orlando, Florida; Winchester,
Virginia; Langley and Montreal, Canada.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various
lawsuits and claims, including product liability and distributor claims. The
Company does not expect that the resolution of these matters will have a
material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position,
results of operations or liquidity.
In March 1993, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency issued a Notice
of Violation and Reporting Requirement to the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary
Stanley-Bostitch, Inc. alleging violation of Air Pollution Control Regulation
No. 15 and source specific requirements of the Rhode Island state implementation
plan and the Clean Air Act at the Stanley-Bostitch facility in East Greenwich,
Rhode Island. In November 1993, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency issued
a Notice of Violation and Draft Administrative Order to Stanley-Bostitch
alleging violation of Air Pollution Control Regulation No. 9 of the Rhode Island
state implementation plan and the Clean Air Act at the Stanley Bostitch facility
in East Greenwich, Rhode Island. The violations have been corrected and these
matters were settled for $225,000 on January 12, 1996.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
No matter was submitted during the fourth quarter of the Registrant's last
fiscal year to a vote of security holders.
-7-
<PAGE> 10
Executive Officers. The following is a list of the executive officers
of the Registrant:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Elected
Name, Age, Birth date Office to Office
- --------------------- ------ ---------
<S> <C> <C>
R.H. Ayers (53) Chairman, President and Chief Executive 4/19/89
(10/12/42) Officer. Joined Stanley in 1972;
1985 Chief Operating Officer and
President; 1987 President and Chief
Executive Officer.
B.W. Bennett(52) Vice President, Human Resources. Joined 7/1/92
(6/4/43) Stanley in 1984 as Taylor Rental Train-
ing Manager; 1990 Director, Organi-
zation Development; 1991 Vice President,
Human Resources, Stanley Access
Technologies.
J.B. Gustafson (52) Vice President, Information Systems. 1/1/90
(5/10/43) Joined Stanley in 1977; 1986 Director
of Information Systems.
R. Huck (51) Vice President, Finance and Chief 7/1/93
(2/22/45) Financial Officer. Joined Stanley
in 1970; 1987 Controller, Stanley Tools;
1990 Vice President and Controller.
R.A. Hunter (49) President and Chief Operating Officer. 7/1/93
(12/15/46) Joined Stanley in 1974; 1987 Vice
President, Finance and Chief Financial
Officer.
T.E. Mahoney (54) Vice President, Marketing Development 6/5/95
(3/20/42) and President and General Manager of
Stanley Customer Support Division.
Joined Stanley in 1965; 1988 President
and General Manager, National Hand Tools
business unit; 1992 President and General
Manager, Stanley Hardware.
P.W. Russo (42) Vice President, Strategy and Development. 9/18/95
(5/22/53) Joined Stanley in 1995; 1991 Co-Chairman
and Co-Chief Executive Officer, SV Corp.
(formerly Smith Valve Corp.); 1988
Co-founder and Managing Director,
Cornerstone Partners Limited.
S.S. Weddle (57) Vice President, General Counsel 1/1/88
(11/9/38) and Secretary. Joined Stanley in 1978.
</TABLE>
-8-
<PAGE> 11
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
T. F. Yerkes (40) Vice President and Controller. Joined 7/1/93
(9/9/55) Stanley in 1989 from Ernst & Young,
certified public accountants; 1989
Director of Consolidations and
Accounting Services; 1990 Director
of Accounting and Financial Reporting.
</TABLE>
Executive officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Unless
otherwise indicated, each officer has had the same position with the Registrant
for five years.
Part II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related
Stockholder Matters. Registrant incorporates by reference the line item
"Shareholders of record at end of year" from pages 18 and 19 and the material
captioned "Investor Information" on page 37 of its Annual Report to shareholders
for the year ended December 30, 1995.
Item 6. Selected Financial Data. Registrant incorporates by reference
pages 18 and 19 of its Annual Report to shareholders for the year ended December
30, 1995.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations. Registrant incorporates by reference pages 20 through 23
of its Annual Report to shareholders for the year ended December 30, 1995.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. The consolidated
financial statements and report of independent auditors included on pages 24 to
36 and page 16, respectively, of the Annual Report to shareholders for the year
ended December 30, 1995 are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure. None.
Part III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant. Registrant
incorporates by reference pages 2 through 6 of its definitive Proxy Statement,
dated March 6, 1996.
Item 11. Executive Compensation. Registrant incorporates by reference
the last paragraph of "Information Concerning Directors Continuing in Office" on
page 6 and the material captioned "Executive Compensation" on pages 8 through 15
-9-
<PAGE> 12
of its definitive Proxy Statement, dated March 6, 1996.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management. Registrant incorporates by reference the material captioned
"Security Ownership" on pages 6 and 7 of its definitive Proxy Statement, dated
March 6, 1996.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. None.
-10-
<PAGE> 13
PART IV
Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form
8-K.
14(a) Index to documents filed as part of this report:
1. and 2. Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules.
The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a separate section of
this report (see page F-1).
3. Exhibits
See Exhibit Index on page E-1.
14(b) The following reports on Form 8-K were filed during the last
quarter of the period covered by this report:
Date of Report Items Reported
-------------- --------------
October 5, 1995 Press release, dated October 5,
1995, announcing the Company's
plans to close a manufacturing
plant. Press Release, dated
October 9, 1995 announcing the
Company's initial phase of
restructuring.
October 18, 1995 Press release dated October
18, 1995 announcing third
quarter results.
14(c) See Exhibit Index on page E-1.
14(d) The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a separate
section of this report (see page F-1).
-11-
<PAGE> 14
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
THE STANLEY WORKS
By Richard H. Ayers
----------------------------
Richard H. Ayers, Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer
February 28, 1996
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below on February 28, 1996 by the following persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated.
Richard H. Ayers Eileen S. Kraus
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
Richard H. Ayers, Chairman, Eileen S. Kraus, Director
Chief Executive Officer and
Director
Richard Huck George A. Lorch
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
Richard Huck, Vice President, George A. Lorch, Director
Finance and Chief Financial
Officer
Theresa F. Yerkes Walter J. McNerney
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
Theresa F. Yerkes, Vice President Walter J. McNerney, Director
and Controller (Chief Accounting
Officer)
Stillman B. Brown Gertrude G. Michelson
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
Stillman B. Brown, Director Gertrude G. Michelson, Director
Edgar R. Fiedler John S. Scott
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
Edgar R. Fiedler, Director John S. Scott, Director
Mannie L. Jackson Walter W. Williams
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
Mannie L. Jackson, Director Walter W. Williams, Director
James G. Kaiser
- -----------------------------
James G. Kaiser, Director
-12-
<PAGE> 15
FORM 10-K--ITEM 14(a) (1) and (2)
THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The following consolidated financial statements and report of independent
auditors of The Stanley Works and subsidiaries, included in the Annual Report of
the Registrant to its shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1995,
are incorporated by reference in Item 8:
Report of Independent Auditors
Consolidated Statements of Earnings--fiscal years ended December 30, 1995,
December 31, 1994 and January 1, 1994.
Consolidated Balance Sheets--December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--fiscal years ended December 30, 1995,
December 31, 1994 and January 1, 1994.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity--fiscal years
ended December 30, 1995, December 31, 1994 and January 1, 1994.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following consolidated financial statement schedule of The Stanley Works
and subsidiaries is included in Item 14(d):
F-4 Schedule -- II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the
related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.
F-1
<PAGE> 16
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of The Stanley Works of our report dated January 31, 1996, included in the 1995
Annual Report to Shareholders of The Stanley Works.
Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule of The
Stanley Works listed in Item 14(a). This schedule is the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our
audits. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the following registration
statements of our report dated January 31, 1996, with respect to the
consolidated financial statements incorporated herein by reference, and our
report included in the preceding paragraph with respect to the consolidated
financial statement schedule included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of The
Stanley Works.
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 2-93025)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 2-96778)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 2-97283)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-16669)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-12853)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-19930)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-39553)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-41612)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-46212)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-47889)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-55663)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-62565)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-62567)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-62575)
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
March 22, 1996
F-2
<PAGE> 17
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following registration
statements pertaining to The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan of our report
dated March 22, 1996, with respect to the financial statements and schedules of
The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan for the year ended December 31, 1995
included as Exhibit 99(i) to this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the fiscal year
ended December 30, 1995.
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 2-97283)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-41612)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 no. 33-55663)
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
March 22, 1996
F-3
<PAGE> 18
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Fiscal years ended December 30, 1995, December 31, 1994, and January 1, 1994 (In
Millions of Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COL. A | COL. B | COL. C | COL. D | COL. E
- --------------------------------------|----------|----------------------------------|----------|-------
| | Additions | |
|Balance at|----------------------------------| |Balance
Description |Beginning | (1) | (2) |Deductions|at End
|Of Period |Charged to Costs|Charged to Other |-Describe |of Period
| | and Expenses |Accounts-Describe| |
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Fiscal year ended December 30, 1995
Reserves and allowances deducted
from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Current $20.9 $9.7 $0.3 (B) $12.8 (A) $18.2
0.1 (C)
Noncurrent 0.5 0.3 0.8
Fiscal year ended December 31, 1994
Reserves and allowances deducted
from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Current $24.8 $8.2 $(0.1)(B) $12.0 (A) $20.9
Noncurrent 0.0 0.5 (B) 0.5
Fiscal year ended January 1, 1994
Reserves and allowances deducted
from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Current $22.9 $12.7 $6.0 (B) $18.4 (A) $24.8
1.6 (C)
Noncurrent 0.0 0.0
</TABLE>
Notes: (A) Represents doubtful accounts charged off, less recoveries of
accounts previously charged off.
(B) Represents net transfers from other accounts and foreign currency
translation adjustments.
(C) Represents opening balances related to acquired companies.
F-4
<PAGE> 19
EXHIBIT LIST
(3) (i) Restated Certificate of Incorporation
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(i) to
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended
July 1, 1995)
(ii) By-laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(3)(i) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1994)
(4) (i) Indenture defining the rights of holders of 7-3/8%
Notes Due December 15, 2002 and 9% Notes due 1998
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to
Registration Statement No. 33-4344 filed March
27, 1986)
(ii) First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 15, 1992 between
the Company and Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
(formerly known as The Connecticut National Bank) (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit (4)(c) to Registration Statement No.
33-46212 filed July 21, 1992)
(a) Certificate of Designated Officers establishing Terms
of 9% Notes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(4)(i)(c) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for year
ended January 2, 1988)
(b) Certificate of Designated Officers establishing Terms
of 7-3/8% Notes Due December 15, 2002 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit (4)(ii) to Current Report on
Form 8-K dated December 7, 1992)
(iii) Rights Agreement, dated January 31, 1996 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit (4)(i) to Current Report on Form 8-K dated
January 31, 1996)
(iv) Facility A (364 Day) Credit Agreement, dated as of October
25, 1995, with the banks named therein and Citibank, N.A.
as agent
(v) Facility B (Five Year) Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 25, 1995, with the banks named therein and
Citibank, N.A. as agent
E-1-
<PAGE> 20
(10) (i) Executive Agreements (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10(i) to Annual Report on Form 10-K
for year ended January 3, 1987)*
(ii) Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors as amended
January 31, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to
Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 31, 1996)*
(iii) 1988 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10(v) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended
December 31, 1988)*
(iv) Management Incentive Compensation Plan effective
January 1, 1996*
(v) Deferred Compensation Plan for Participants in
Stanley's Management Incentive Plan effective
January 1, 1996*
(vi) Restated Supplemental Retirement and Savings Plan
for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works
effective as of January 1, 1996*
(vii) Term Loan Agreement dated as of May 13, 1988
between the Savings and Retirement Trust for
Salaried Employees and Wachovia Bank and Trust
Company N.A. and related Guaranty dated as of May
13, 1988 from The Stanley Works to Wachovia Bank
and Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10(x) to Annual Report on
Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1988)
(viii) Loan and Guarantee Agreement dated as of June 6,
1989 among The Stanley Works Savings Trust for
Hourly Paid Employees, The Stanley Works and
Wachovia Bank and Trust Company, N.A.,
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company and
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended
July 1, 1989)
(a) First Amendment to Loan and Guarantee Agreement dated as of
February , 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10(viii)(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended
December 31, 1994)
(ix) Loan and Guarantee Agreement dated as of June 6,
* Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement
E-2-
<PAGE> 21
1989 among The Stanley Works Savings and Retirement Trust, The
Stanley Works and Wachovia Bank and Trust Company, N.A.,
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, The Lincoln
National Life Insurance Company, First Penn Pacific Life
Insurance Company, Security-Connecticut Life Insurance Company-
Universal Life, Lincoln National Life Reinsurance Company and
American States Life Insurance Company-Universal Life
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(ii) to Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended July 1, 1989)
(a) First Amendment to Loan and Guarantee Agreement dated as of
February , 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ix)(a)
to Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1994)
(x) Assignment and Assumption Agreement and Second
Amendment to Loan and Guarantee Agreements, dated
as of September 30, 1994, among The Stanley Works
Savings Trust for Hourly Paid Employees, The
Stanley Works Savings and Retirement Trust, The
Stanley Works and the Financial Institutions
named in Schedules I and II thereto (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10(x) to Annual Report on Form 10-K
for year ended December 31, 1994)
(xi) Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of
December 1, 1993, among THE STANLEY WORKS, MAC
TOOLS, INC., STANLEY BOSTITCH, INC., the
PURCHASERS listed on the signature pages thereof,
and WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Agent (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit (10) (xii) to Annual Report on Form
10-K for year ended January 1, 1994)
(a) First Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement,
dated as of December 20, 1995, among The Stanley Works,
Stanley Mechanics Tools, Inc. (formerly known as Mac
Tools, Inc.), Stanley-Bostitch, Inc. and the Purchasers
listed on the signature pages thereof and Wachovia
Bank of Georgia, N.A. as Agent
(xii)(a) The Stanley Works Non-Employee Directors' Benefit Trust
Agreement dated December 27, 1989 and amended as of January 1,
1991 by and between The Stanley Works and Connecticut National
Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(xvii)(a) to
Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 29, 1990)
(b) The Stanley Works Employees' Benefit Trust
Agreement dated December 27, 1989 and amended as
E-3-
<PAGE> 22
of January 1, 1991 by and between The Stanley Works and
Connecticut National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(10)(xvii)(b) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended
December 29, 1990)
(xiii) Restated and Amended 1990 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10(xiii) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1994)*
(xiv) Term Note, dated as of June 7, 1991, by State
Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee for the
Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The
Stanley Works, to Stanley Works Funding
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(xxi) to
Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 7, 1991)
(xv) Term Note, dated as of June 7, 1991, by State Street Bank and Trust
Company, as Trustee for the Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of
The Stanley Works, to Stanley Works Funding Corporation (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit (10)(xxii) to Current Report on Form 8-K
dated June 7, 1991)
(xvi) Master Leasing Agreement, dated September 1, 1992 between BLC
Corporation and The Stanley Works (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (10)(i) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended
September 26, 1992)
(xvii) The Stanley Works Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(xvii) to the Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994)*
(11) Statement re computation of per share earnings
(12) Statement re computation of ratio of earnings to
fixed charges
(13) Annual Report to shareholders for year ended
December 30, 1995
(21) Subsidiaries of Registrant
(23) Consents of Independent Auditors (at page F-2 and
F-3
* Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement
E-4-
<PAGE> 23
(27) Financial Data Schedule
(99) (i) Financial Statements and report of independent auditors for the
year ended December 31, 1995, of The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings
Plan
(ii) Policy on Confidential Proxy Voting and Independent Tabulation and
Inspection of Elections as adopted by The Board of Directors
October 23, 1991 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (28)(i) to
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended September 28, 1991)
E-5-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(iv)
EXECUTION
COPY
FACILITY A (364 DAY) CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of October 25, 1995
between
THE STANLEY WORKS
as Borrower
and
THE INITIAL LENDERS NAMED HEREIN
as Initial Lenders
and
CITIBANK, N.A.
as Agent
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms................................................................... 1
SECTION 1.02. Computation of Time Periods............................................................. 12
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms........................................................................ 12
ARTICLE II
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES
SECTION 2.01. The Commitment.......................................................................... 12
SECTION 2.02. Making the Committed Advances........................................................... 13
SECTION 2.03. Fees.................................................................................... 16
SECTION 2.04. Continuation and Conversion............................................................. 16
SECTION 2.05. Interest on Advances.................................................................... 17
SECTION 2.06. Additional Interest on Eurodollar Rate Advances......................................... 18
SECTION 2.07. Repayment and Prepayment of Advances.................................................... 18
SECTION 2.08. Increased Costs......................................................................... 19
SECTION 2.09. Payments and Computations............................................................... 20
SECTION 2.10. Taxes................................................................................... 21
SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Debt........................................................................ 22
SECTION 2.12. Use of Proceeds of Advances............................................................. 22
SECTION 2.13. Uncommitted Advances.................................................................... 22
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS
AND LENDING
SECTION 3.01. Condition Precedent to Effectiveness of Sections 2.01 and
2.13.......................................................................................... 25
SECTION 3.02. Conditions Precedent to Each Advance.................................................... 26
</TABLE>
ARTICLE IV
i
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
<S> <C> <C>
SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.......................................... 27
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER
SECTION 5.01. Affirmative Covenants................................................................... 29
SECTION 5.02. Negative Covenants...................................................................... 32
ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default....................................................................... 34
ARTICLE VII
THE AGENT
SECTION 7.01. Authorization and Action................................................................ 36
SECTION 7.02. Agent's Reliance, Etc................................................................... 36
SECTION 7.03. Citibank and Affiliates................................................................. 37
SECTION 7.04. Lender Credit Decision.................................................................. 37
SECTION 7.05. Indemnification......................................................................... 37
SECTION 7.06. Successor Agent......................................................................... 38
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 8.01. Amendments, Etc......................................................................... 38
SECTION 8.02. Notices, etc............................................................................ 39
SECTION 8.03. No Waiver; Remedies..................................................................... 39
SECTION 8.04. Costs and Expenses; Breakage Indemnification............................................ 39
SECTION 8.05. Sharing of Payments, Etc................................................................ 40
SECTION 8.06. Binding Effect.......................................................................... 41
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
SECTION 8.07. Assignments and Participations.......................................................... 41
SECTION 8.08. Limitation on Assignments and Participations............................................ 43
SECTION 8.09. Withholding............................................................................. 44
SECTION 8.10. Mitigation.............................................................................. 44
SECTION 8.11. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial..................................................... 45
SECTION 8.12. Execution in Counterparts............................................................... 45
SECTION 8.13. Submission to Jurisdiction.............................................................. 45
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE> 5
SCHEDULE I ADDRESSES AND APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES
EXHIBIT A FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE (COMMITTED
ADVANCES)
EXHIBIT B-1 FORM OF RATE REQUEST
EXHIBIT B-2 FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING
EXHIBIT C FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION
EXHIBIT D FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE (UNCOMMITTED
ADVANCES)
EXHIBIT E FORM OF QUOTE REQUEST
EXHIBIT F FORM OF QUOTE
EXHIBIT G FORM OF ACCEPTANCE
EXHIBIT H FORM OF OPINION
EXHIBIT I FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
iv
<PAGE> 6
FACILITY A (364 DAY) CREDIT AGREEMENT
This Facility A (364 Day) Credit Agreement (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Agreement") is made
as of this 25th day of October, 1995 between THE STANLEY WORKS, a Connecticut
corporation (the "Borrower"), the banks, financial institutions and other
institutional lenders (the "Initial Lenders") listed on the signature pages
hereof, and CITIBANK, N.A. ("Citibank"), as agent (the "Agent") for the Lenders
(as hereinafter defined).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Borrower and Citibank, Shawmut Bank Connecticut,
N.A., Mellon Bank, N.A., Wachovia Bank of Georgia, N.A., Royal Bank of Canada,
New York Branch, Banque Nationale de Paris and Barclays Bank PLC are each
parties to a Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 1994 (each such credit
agreement, an "Existing Credit Agreement" and, collectively, the "Existing
Credit Agreements"); and such parties agree that by their execution of this
Agreement, their respective Existing Credit Agreement shall be terminated and of
no further force and effect and that in connection therewith, the banks named
above have agreed to return promptly to the Borrower, the Notes and the
Uncommitted Advance Notes (as defined in and issued under the Existing Credit
Agreements).
WHEREAS, State Street Bank and Trust desires to become a party
to this Agreement.
WHEREAS, each Existing Credit Agreement having been
terminated, the Borrower desires to enter into this Agreement as well as the
Facility B (Five Year) Credit Agreement with the Lenders being executed
simultaneously herewith.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the
mutual promises and covenants contained herein the Borrower and the Initial
Lenders hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
<PAGE> 7
SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms. As used in this
Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings
to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms
defined):
"Acquiring Person" means any person (other than the ESOP) who
is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of
the Borrower's outstanding common stock.
"Advance" means a Committed Advance or an Uncommitted Advance.
"Agent's Account" means the account of the Agent maintained by
the Agent at Citibank with its office at 7th Floor, Zone 1, One Court Square,
Long Island City, New York, 11120, Account No. 36852248, Attention: Mr. John
Makrinos.
"Applicable Eurodollar Margin" means, with respect to any
Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance, (i) .2800% if on the date such
Eurodollar Rate Advance is made the Borrower's outstanding Long-Term
Indebtedness is rated A- or higher by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a
division of McGraw-Hill, Inc. ("Standard & Poor's") and A3 or higher by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and (ii) .2875% if on the date such
Eurodollar Rate Advance is made clause (i) is inapplicable and the Borrower's
outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated lower than A- by Standard & Poor's
or lower than A3 by Moody's; provided that for purposes of this definition all
references to any rating agency shall be deemed to be deleted in the event that
the Borrower's outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is no longer rated by such
agency, and clause (ii) shall be deemed to apply if such Long-Term Indebtedness
is no longer rated by either agency.
"Applicable Facility Fee Rate" means as of any date of payment
of the fee required by Section 2.03 (i) a rate per annum equal to .0700% if on
such date the Borrower's outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated A- or
higher by Standard & Poor's and A3 or higher by Moody's and (ii) a rate per
annum equal to .1500% if on such date clause (i) is inapplicable and the
Borrower's outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated lower than A- by Standard
& Poor's or lower than A3 by Moody's; provided that for purposes of this
definition all references to any rating agency shall be deemed to be deleted in
the event that the Borrower's outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is no longer
rated by such agency, and clause (ii) shall be deemed to apply if such Long-Term
Indebtedness is no longer rated by either agency.
"Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to each
Lender, such Lender's Domestic Lending Office in the case of a Base Rate Advance
and such Lender's Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar Rate
Advance and, in the case of an Uncommitted Advance, the office of such Lender
notified by such Lender to the Agent and the Borrower as its Applicable Lending
Office with respect to such Uncommitted Advance.
2
<PAGE> 8
"Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance
entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Agent, in
substantially the form of Exhibit I hereto.
"Base Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum as
shall be in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be
equal to the highest of:
(a) the rate of interest announced publicly by the Reference
Bank in New York, New York, from time to time, as its base rate;
(b) 1/2 of one percent per annum above the secondary market
morning offering rate in the United States for three-month certificates
of deposit of major United States money market banks, determined by the
Reference Bank, such rate being determined by the Reference Bank on the
basis of quotations for such rates received by the Reference Bank from
three New York certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing
selected by the Reference Bank adjusted to the nearest 1/4 of one
percent or, if there is no nearest 1/4 of one percent, to the next
higher 1/4 of one percent; or
(c) 1/2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate.
"Base Rate Advance" means a Committed Advance that bears
interest as provided in Section 2.05(a).
"Borrower" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.
"Borrowing" means a Committed Borrowing or an Uncommitted
Borrowing.
"Business Day" means a day of the year on which banks are not
required or authorized to close in New York City and, if the applicable Business
Day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Advances, on which dealings in Dollars are
carried on in the London interbank market.
"Capital Lease" means any lease of property, real or personal,
the obligations under which are capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
"Change of Control" means, with respect to the Borrower, the
occurrence of any event, act or condition which results in either (i) any Person
other than the ESOP becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of
30% or more of the outstanding common stock of the Borrower or (ii) individuals
who constitute the Continuing Directors ceasing for any reason to constitute at
least the majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower.
3
<PAGE> 9
"Citibank" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.
"Commitment" means, with respect to any Lender, the amount
specified opposite such Lender's name on the signature pages hereof or, if such
Lender has entered into any Assignment and Acceptance, set forth for such Lender
in the Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 8.07(d), as such
amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.01(b).
"Committed Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the
Borrower as part of a Committed Borrowing and refers to a Base Rate Advance or a
Eurodollar Rate Advance, each of which shall be a "Type" of Committed Advance.
"Committed Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of
simultaneous Committed Advances of the same Type made by each of the Lenders
pursuant to Section 2.01.
"Committed Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower
payable to the order of any Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit A
hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender
resulting from the Committed Advances made by such Lender.
"Consolidated Cash Expenditures" has the meaning provided in
Section 5.01(f).
"Consolidated Cash Flow" has the meaning provided in Section
5.01(f).
"Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means the excess over
current liabilities of all assets properly appearing on a consolidated balance
sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiar ies after deducting goodwill,
trademarks, patents, other like intangibles and the minority interests of others
in Subsidiaries.
"Consolidated Subsidiary" has the meaning provided in Section
5.01(f).
"Contingent Obligation" as to any Person means any obligation
of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases,
dividends or other obligations ("primary obligations") of any other Person (the
"primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including,
without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct
or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (x) for the
purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (y) to maintain working
capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the
net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property,
securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any
such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of
such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner
of such primary obligation
4
<PAGE> 10
against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Contingent
Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or
collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent
Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable
amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation
is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated
liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform
thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
"Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of
Directors of the Borrower who is not affiliated with an Acquiring Person and who
is a member of the Board of Directors of the Borrower immediately prior to the
time that the Acquiring Person became an Acquiring Person and any successor to a
Continuing Director who is not affiliated with the Acquiring Person and is
recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing
Directors who are then members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower.
"Default" means an event which would constitute an Event of
Default but for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both.
"Dollars" and "$" mean lawful money of the United States of
America.
"Domestic Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender,
the office of such Lender specified as its "Domestic Lending Office" opposite
its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to
which it became a Lender, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may
from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Agent.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, or any successors thereto, and the
regulations promulgated and the rulings found thereunder.
"ERISA Controlled Group" means a group consisting of any ERISA
Person and all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or
businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control with such Person
that, together with such Person, are treated as a single employer under
regulations of the PBGC.
"ERISA Person" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(9) of
ERISA for the term "person."
"ERISA Plan" means (i) any Plan that (x) is not a
Multiemployer Plan and (y) has Unfunded Benefit Liabilities in excess of
$20,000,000 and (ii) any Plan that is a Multiemployer Plan.
5
<PAGE> 11
"ESOP" means The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan or any
successor plan.
"Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning provided in
Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time.
"Eurodollar Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender,
the office of such Lender specified as its "Eurodollar Lending Office" opposite
its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to
which it became a Lender (or, if no such office of such Lender is specified, its
Domestic Lending Office), or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may
from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Agent.
"Eurodollar Rate" means, for any Interest Period for each
Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the same Committed Borrowing, an
interest rate per annum equal to the offered rate for deposits in Dollars as
quoted by the British Banker's Association on Telerate page 3750 at 11:00 A.M.
(London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period in
an amount substantially equal to the Reference Bank's Eurodollar Rate Advance
comprising part of such Committed Borrowing to be outstanding during such
Interest Period and for a period equal to such Interest Period.
"Eurodollar Rate Advance" means a Committed Advance that bears
interest as provided in Section 2.05(b).
"Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage" for any Lender for any
Eurodollar Rate Advances owing to such Lender means the reserve percentage
applicable two Business Days before the first day of the applicable Interest
Period under regulations issued from time to time by the Federal Reserve Board
for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation,
any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for such
Lender with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including
Eurocurrency Liabilities having a term equal to the applicable Interest Period.
"Events of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
"Federal Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States
Code entitled "Bankruptcy", as amended from time to time, or any successor
thereto.
"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating
interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve Board arranged by Federal fund brokers, as published for such
day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day)
by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published
for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day
on
6
<PAGE> 12
such transactions received by the Reference Bank from three Federal funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by the Reference Bank.
"Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System as constituted from time to time.
"Fixed Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.13(c)(ii)(C).
"Fixed Rate Advance" means an Advance which bears interest as
provided in Section 2.05(d).
"Fixed Rate Auction" means a solicitation of Quotes setting
forth Fixed Rates pursuant to Section 2.13.
"Floating Rate" means, for any Interest Period for a Floating
Rate Advance, an interest rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect from
time to time minus the Floating Rate Margin for such Advance and Interest
Period.
"Floating Rate Advance" means an Advance which bears interest
as provided in Section 2.05(c).
"Floating Rate Auction" means a solicitation of Quotes setting
forth Floating Rate Margins based on the Base Rate pursuant to Section 2.13.
"Floating Rate Margin" has the meaning provided in Section
2.13(c)(ii)(B).
"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting
principles as in effect from time to time.
"Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (i)
all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
price of property or services (other than trade payables incurred in the
ordinary course of business of such Person), (ii) all indebtedness of such
Person evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (iii) the
principal component of all Capital Lease obligations of such Person, (iv) the
face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and,
without duplication, all unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder, (v) all
indebtedness of any other Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by
such Person, whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed, (vi) all
Contingent Obligations of such Person, and (vii) all payment obligations of such
Person under any interest rate protection agreement (including, without
limitation, any interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar
agreements) and currency swaps and similar agreements.
7
<PAGE> 13
"Initial Lenders" has the meaning specified in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.
"Interest Period" means, for each Eurodollar Rate Advance
comprising part of the same Committed Borrowing, each Floating Rate Advance
comprising part of the same Uncommitted Borrowing and each Fixed Rate Advance
comprising part of the same Uncommitted Borrowing, the period commencing on the
date of such Advance or the date of the continuation of such Eurodollar Rate
Advance or the date of the conversion of any Base Rate Advance into such
Eurodollar Rate Advance and ending on the last day of the period selected by
the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below. The duration of each such
Interest Period shall be (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance, one, two,
three or six months, (b) in the case of a Fixed Rate Advance, from 14 to 180
days, and (c) in the case of a Floating Rate Advance, from 30 to 180 days, in
each case as the Borrower may select in the Notice of Borrowing, Quote Request
or Notice of Conversion or Continuation for such Advance, as the case may be;
provided that:
(i) the Borrower may not select any Interest Period which ends
after the Termination Date;
(ii) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would
otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of
such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding
Business Day; provided that if, in the case of any Interest Period with
respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advance, such extension would cause the
last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following
calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the
next preceding Business Day;
(iii) any Interest Period which begins on the last Business
Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest
Period) shall, subject to clause (iv) below, end on the last Business
Day of a calendar month;
(iv) any Interest Period which would otherwise end after the
Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date;
(v) if, upon the expiration of any Interest Period with
respect to a Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate
Advances, the Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be
applicable to such Advances as provided above, the Borrower shall be
deemed to have elected to convert such Advances into a Base Rate
Advance effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest
Period; and
(vi) Interest Periods commencing on the same date for
Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Committed
Borrowing or for Fixed Rate
8
<PAGE> 14
Advances or Floating Rate Advances comprising part of the same
Uncommitted Borrowing shall be of the same duration.
"Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.
"Lenders" means the Initial Lenders and each Person that shall
become a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.07.
"Lien" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation,
assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or
preferential payment arrangement, priority or other security agreement of any
kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the
same effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing statement or
similar instrument under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any
jurisdiction, domestic or foreign.
"Long-Term Indebtedness" means the long-term Senior Unsecured
Indebtedness of the Borrower.
"Margin Stock" has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in
effect from time to time.
"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and
its Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
"Multiemployer Plan" means a Plan which is a "multiemployer
plan" as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
"Note" means a Committed Note or an Uncommitted Note.
"Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning provided in Section
2.02(b).
"Notice of Conversion or Continuation" has the meaning
provided in Section 2.04.
"Other Taxes" has the meaning provided in Section 2.10.
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
established under ERISA, or any successor thereto.
9
<PAGE> 15
"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation
(including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated
association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a
government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
"Plan" means any employee benefit plan covered by Title IV of
ERISA, the funding requirements of which:
(i) were the responsibility of the Borrower or a member of its
ERISA Controlled Group at any time within the five years immediately
preceding the date hereof,
(ii) are currently the responsibility of the Borrower or a
member of its ERISA Controlled Group, or
(iii) hereafter become the responsibility of the Borrower or a
member of its ERISA Controlled Group,
including any such plans as may have been, or may hereafter be, terminated for
whatever reason.
"Principal Property" means all real property and tangible
personal property constituting a manufacturing plant owned by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries, exclusive of (i) motor vehicles, mobile materials
handling equipment and other rolling stock, (ii) office furnishings and
equipment, information and electronic data processing equipment, (iii) any
property financed through obligations issued by a state, territory or possession
of the United States, or any political subdivision or instrumentality of the
foregoing, on which the interest cannot, in the opinion of tax counsel of
recognized standing or in accordance with a ruling issued by the Internal
Revenue Service, be included in gross income of the holder under Section
103(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor to such provision) as
in effect at the time of the issuance of such obligations, (iv) any real
property held for development or sale, or (v) any property and equipment
included therein without deduction of any depreciation reserves which is less
than 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or which the Board of Directors of
the Borrower determines is not material to the operation of the business of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
"Principal Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Borrower
which has net sales which represent 15% or more of the consolidated net sales of
the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
"Pro Rata Share" means, with respect to any Lender, the
percentage corresponding to the fraction the numerator of which shall be the
amount of the Commitment
10
<PAGE> 16
of such Lender and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate amount of the
Commitments of all Lenders.
"Quote" means an offer by any Lender to make an advance under
Section 2.13.
"Quote Request" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(b).
"Rate Notification" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.02(a).
"Rate Request" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).
"Reference Bank" means Citibank or, if Citibank is no longer
the Agent, such Person (which shall be a Lender or the Agent) as shall be
designated by the Borrower with the consent of the Required Lenders, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
"Register" has the meaning specified in Section 8.07(d).
"Reportable Event" has the meaning set forth in Section
4043(b) of ERISA (other than a Reportable Event as to which the provision of 30
days notice to the PBGC is waived under applicable regulations).
"Required Lenders" means at any time Lenders representing in
the aggregate at least 51% of the Commitments or, if the Commitments shall have
terminated, Lenders representing in the aggregate at least 51% of the sum of the
Advances owing to Lenders hereunder.
"Senior Unsecured Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that is not
subordinated to any other Indebtedness and is not secured or supported by a
guarantee, letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement.
"Subsidiary" of any Person means (i) any corporation 50% or
more of whose stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary
voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation
(irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class or classes of
such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the
happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or
indirectly through Subsidiaries and (ii) any partnership, association, joint
venture, limited liability company or other entity in which such Person,
directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, is either a general partner or has
a 50% or more equity interest at the time.
"Taxes" has the meaning provided in Section 2.10.
11
<PAGE> 17
"Termination Date" means the earlier of the date that is 364
days after the date hereof or the date of termination in whole of the
Commitments pursuant to Section 2.01(b) or 6.01.
"Termination Event" means (i) a Reportable Event, or (ii) the
initiation of any action by the Borrower, any member of the Borrower's ERISA
Controlled Group or any ERISA Plan fiduciary to terminate an ERISA Plan or the
treatment of an amendment to an ERISA Plan as a termination under ERISA, or
(iii) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA to
terminate an ERISA Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any ERISA Plan.
"Type" has the meaning provided in the definitions of
Committed Advance and Uncommitted Advance.
"Uncommitted Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the
Borrower as part of an Uncommitted Borrowing resulting from the auction bidding
procedure described in Section 2.13 and refers to a Floating Rate Advance or a
Fixed Rate Advance, each of which shall be a "Type" of Uncommitted Advance.
"Uncommitted Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower
payable to the order of any Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit D
hereto, evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting
from the Uncommitted Advances made by such Lender.
"Uncommitted Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of
simultaneous Uncommitted Advances from each of the Lenders whose offer to make
one or more Uncommitted Advances as part of such borrowing has been accepted
under the auction bidding procedure described in Section 2.13.
"Unfunded Benefit Liabilities" means with respect to any Plan
at any time, the amount (if any) by which (i) the present value of all benefit
liabilities under such Plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, exceeds
(ii) the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all
determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan (on the basis
of assumptions prescribed by the PBGC for the purpose of Section 4044 of ERISA).
SECTION 1.02. Computation of Time Periods. In this Agreement
in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified
date, the word "from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until"
each mean "to but excluding".
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not
specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.
12
<PAGE> 18
ARTICLE II
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES
SECTION 2.01. The Commitment. (a) The Committed Advances. Each
Lender agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make
Committed Advances to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during
the period from the date hereof until the Termination Date in an aggregate
amount not to exceed at any time outstanding of (i) such Lender's Commitment
minus (ii) such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the aggregate principal amount of all
Uncommitted Advances then outstanding. Within the limits of each Lender's
Commitment, the Borrower may borrow, repay, prepay (as provided in Section 2.07)
and reborrow such amount or any portion thereof. Each Committed Borrowing shall
be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000
in excess thereof or, if less, the aggregate amount of the unused Commitments
and shall consist of Committed Advances of the same Type made on the same day by
the Lenders ratably according to their respective Commitments. Notwithstanding
the foregoing restriction with respect to the minimum amount of each Committed
Borrowing, the Borrower may borrow Committed Borrowings in an aggregate amount
equal to the amount by which the aggregate amount of a proposed Uncommitted
Borrowing requested by the Borrower exceeds the aggregate amount of Uncommitted
Advances offered to be made by the Lenders and accepted by the Borrower in
respect of such Uncommitted Borrowing, if such Uncommitted Borrowing is made on
the same date as such Committed Borrowing.
(b) Termination and Reduction. The Borrower shall have the
right, upon at least two Business Days' notice to the Agent, to terminate in
whole or reduce each Lender's Pro Rata Share of the unused Commitments, provided
that the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Lenders shall not be reduced
to an amount that is less than the aggregate principal amount of the Uncommitted
Advances then outstanding. Each partial reduction of the Commitments shall be in
the aggregate amount of at least $10,000,000 or a larger whole multiple of
$1,000,000.
SECTION 2.02. Making the Committed Advances. (a) Determination
of Eurodollar Rate. The Borrower may request the Reference Bank, no earlier than
9:00 A.M. (New York City time) and no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time)
on the third Business Day before a proposed Eurodollar Rate Advance, to notify
the Borrower of the Eurodollar Rate that would be applicable to a Committed
Advance in the principal amount and with the Interest Period as described by the
Borrower in such request, which request shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit B-1 (a "Rate Request"). Upon such request, the Reference Bank shall
furnish such interest rate to the Borrower no later than noon (New York City
time) on the second Business Day before the proposed Eurodollar Rate Advance by
delivering to the Borrower a copy of the related Rate Request setting forth such
rate and executed by an
13
<PAGE> 19
authorized officer of the Reference Bank in the space provided therefor (a "Rate
Notification"). The Borrower shall be entitled to rely on any such notification
and such rate shall be conclusive and binding on the Lenders absent manifest
error.
(b) Notice of Borrowing. Each Committed Borrowing shall be
made on notice by the Borrower to the Agent, which shall give to each Lender
prompt notice thereof by telecopier or telex, given not later than 11:00 A.M.
(New York City time) on the date of the proposed Committed Borrowing, if such
Committed Borrowing is to be comprised of Base Rate Advances and no earlier than
9:00 A.M. (New York City time) and no later than 4:00 P.M. (New York City time)
on the third Business Day prior to such date if such Committed Borrowing is to
be comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances. Each such notice of a Committed
Borrowing (a "Notice of Borrowing") shall be by telecopier, telex or cable, or
by telephone confirmed immediately in writing, in substantially the form of
Exhibit B-2 hereto, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Committed
Borrowing, (ii) Type of Advances comprising such Committed Borrowing, (iii)
aggregate amount of such Committed Borrowing and (iv) in the case of a Committed
Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the initial Interest Period
for each such Committed Advance. Each Lender shall, before 1:00 P.M. (New York
City time) on the date of such Committed Borrowing, make available for the
account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Agent at the Agent's Account, in
same day funds, such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such Committed Borrowing.
Promptly after the Agent's receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the
applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Agent will make such funds
available to the Borrower by depositing the same in immediately available funds
into such account as the Borrower shall have specified in the related Notice of
Borrowing.
(c) Illegality, Etc. Anything in subsection (a) or (b) above
to the contrary notwithstanding,
(i) if any Lender shall, at least one Business Day before the
date of any requested Advance or the date of any conversion to or
continuation of a Eurodollar Rate Advance, notify the Agent that the
introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or
regulation makes it unlawful, or that any central bank or other
governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or
its Eurodollar Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to
make Eurodollar Rate Advances or to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate
Advances hereunder, the Agent shall forthwith given notice thereof to
the other Lenders and the Borrower, whereupon (A) such Lender shall
have no obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances, or to convert
Advances into Eurodollar Rate Advances, until such Lender notifies the
Borrower and the Agent that the circumstances causing such suspension
no longer exist and (B) the Borrower shall be deemed to have converted
all Eurodollar Rate Advances of such Lender then outstanding into Base
Rate Advances in accordance with Section 2.04 on and as of the date of
the Agent's receipt of such notice, unless and to the extent
14
<PAGE> 20
such notice directs that one or more Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be
so converted on the last day of the applicable Interest Period,
provided that (w) before giving any such notice, such Lender agrees to
use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal
and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Applicable
Lending Office if the making of such a designation would avoid the need
for such suspension and conversion and would not, in the reasonable
judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender,
(x) any request by the Borrower for Eurodollar Rate Advances during a
time when a Lender's obligation to make, or convert Advances into,
Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended hereunder shall be deemed
to be a request for, or for conversion into, Base Rate Advances from
such Lender, (y) all Advances that would otherwise be made by such
Lender as Eurodollar Rate Advances during any such suspension shall
instead be made as Base Rate Advances, and (z) in the event any Lender
shall notify the Agent and the Borrower of the occurrence of the
circumstances causing such suspension under this Section 2.02(c), all
payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been
applied to repay the Eurodollar Rate Advances that would have been made
by such Lender or the converted Eurodollar Rate Advances shall instead
be applied to repay the Base Rate Advances made by such Lender in lieu
of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurodollar Rate Advances;
(ii) if the Reference Bank cannot furnish the Eurodollar Rate
for any Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances
because of conditions existing in the London interbank market, the
right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be
suspended until the Reference Bank shall notify the Borrower and the
Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist;
and
(iii) if the Required Lenders shall, at least one Business Day
before the date of any requested Eurodollar Rate Advance, notify the
Agent that the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period will not
adequately reflect the cost to the Required Lenders of making, funding
or maintaining their respective Eurodollar Rate Advances for such
Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith so notify the Borrower and
the Lenders, whereupon the Lenders shall have no obligation to make, or
convert Committed Advances into, Eurodollar Rate Advances until the
Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances
causing such suspension no longer exist.
(d) Effect of Failure to Fulfill Conditions. Each Notice of
Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. In the case of any
Committed Borrowing that the related Notice of Borrowing specifies is to be
comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender
against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any
failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in such Notice of Borrowing
for such Committed Borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Article III,
including, without limitation, any loss (excluding anticipated profits), cost or
expense reasonably incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of
deposits or other funds
15
<PAGE> 21
acquired by such Lender to fund the Committed Advance to be made by such Lender
as part of such Committed Borrowing when such Advance, as a result of such
failure, is not made on such date, such indemnity to be paid promptly upon
receipt by the Borrower of a certificate of such Lender setting forth the
calculation of the amount of the indemnity claimed by such Lender.
(e) Funds Available. Unless the Agent shall have received
notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Committed Borrowing that such
Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender's ratable portion of
such Committed Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such
portion available to the Agent on the date of such Committed Borrowing in
accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 2.02 and the Agent may, in
reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a
corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so
made such ratable portion available to the Agent, such Lender and the Borrower
severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding
amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is
made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the
Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the
time to Committed Advances comprising such Committed Borrowing and (ii) in the
case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate. If such Lender shall repay to the
Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such
Lender's Committed Advance as part of such Committed Borrowing for purposes of
this Agreement.
(f) Failure to Make Advances. The failure of any Lender to
make the Committed Advance to be made by it as part of any Committed Borrowing
shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make
its Committed Advance on the date of such Committed Borrowing, but no Lender
shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Committed
Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Committed Borrowing.
SECTION 2.03. Fees. (a) Facility Fee. The Borrower agrees to
pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender a facility fee on the aggregate
amount of such Lender's Commitment from the date hereof in the case of each
Initial Lender and from the effective date specified in the Assignment and
Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case of each other Lender
until the Termination Date at the Applicable Facility Fee Rate, payable
quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December
during the term hereof and on the Termination Date. All computations of the
facility fee shall be based on a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be.
(b) Agent's Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its
own account such fees as may from time to time be agreed between the
Borrower and the Agent.
16
<PAGE> 22
SECTION 2.04. Continuation and Conversion. (a) General.
Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Borrower shall have the option (i)
to convert all or any part of an outstanding Committed Borrowing consisting of
Base Rate Advances to a Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate
Advances, (ii) to convert all or any part of an outstanding Committed Borrowing
consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances to a Committed Borrowing consisting of
Base Rate Advances, or (iii) to continue all or any part of an outstanding
Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances as a Committed
Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances for an additional Interest
Period; provided that no Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate
Advances shall be so converted other than as contemplated by Section 2.02(c) or
continued, until the expiration of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
(b) Notice of Conversion or Continuation. In order to elect to
convert or continue a Committed Borrowing hereunder, the Borrower shall deliver
an irrevocable notice thereof (a "Notice of Conversion or Continuation") to the
Agent by telecopier, telex or cable or by telephone confirmed immediately in
writing, no later than (i) 11:00 A.M., (New York City time) on the proposed
conversion date in the case of a conversion to Base Rate Advances and (ii) no
earlier than 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) and no later than 4:00 P.M. (New
York City time) on the third Business Day in advance of the proposed conversion
or continuation date in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of,
Eurodollar Rate Advances, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto. A
Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall specify (w) the requested conversion
or continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), (x) the amount and Type of
the Advances to be converted or continued, (y) whether a conversion or
continuation is requested, and (z) in the case of a conversion to, or a
continuation of, Eurodollar Rate Advances, the requested Interest Period. The
relevant Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period in the case of a conversion
to, or a continuation of, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be determined in the
manner provided in Section 2.02(a) as if such conversion or continuation is
instead new Eurodollar Rate Advances in such amount, on such date and for such
Interest Period. If the Borrower fails to give a Notice of Conversion or
Continuation with respect to an outstanding Committed Borrowing consisting of
Eurodollar Rate Advances as provided in clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall be
deemed to have converted such Eurodollar Rate Advances into Base Rate Advances
in accordance with this Section 2.04 if such Advances are outstanding after the
last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto.
SECTION 2.05. Interest on Advances. The Borrower shall pay
interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance owing to each Lender
from the date of such Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full,
at the following rates per annum:
(a) Base Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Base Rate
Advance, a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect from time to
time, payable in arrears quarterly on the last Business Day of each
fiscal quarter during the period such Base
17
<PAGE> 23
Rate Advance remains outstanding and on the date such Base Rate Advance
shall be paid in full;
(b) Eurodollar Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Eurodollar
Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest
Period for such Advance to the sum of the Eurodollar Rate for such
Interest Period plus the Applicable Eurodollar Margin for such Advance,
payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period and, if such
Interest Period has a duration of more than three months, on each day
which occurs during such Interest Period every three months from the
first day of such Interest Period;
(c) Floating Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Floating Rate
Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period
for such Advance to the Floating Rate for such Interest Period quoted
by such Lender in accordance with Section 2.13, payable in arrears on
the last Business Day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest
Period has a duration of more than three months, on each day which
occurs during such Interest Period every three months from the first
day of such Interest Period;
(d) Fixed Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Fixed Rate
Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period
for such Advance to the Fixed Rate for such Interest Period quoted by
such Lender in accordance with Section 2.13, payable in arrears on the
last day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest Period has a
duration of more than three months, on each day which occurs during
such Interest Period every three months from the first day of such
Interest Period; and
(e) Default Rate. In the event that, and for so long as, any
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the outstanding
principal amount of all Advances and, to the extent permitted by law,
overdue interest in respect of all Advances, shall bear interest at a
rate per annum equal to the sum of two percent (2%) plus the interest
rate otherwise applicable hereunder to such principal amount in effect
from time to time. In the event that, and for so long as, any Default
under Section 6.01(a) shall have occurred and be continuing, the
outstanding principal amount of the Advance with respect to which such
Default has occurred and is continuing shall bear interest at a rate
per annum equal to the sum of two percent (2%) plus the interest rate
otherwise applicable hereunder to such principal amount in effect from
time to time.
SECTION 2.06. Additional Interest on Eurodollar Rate Advances.
The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, during each period as such Lender shall
be required under regulations of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain reserves
with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency
Liabilities, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each
Eurodollar Rate Advance of such Lender outstanding during such
18
<PAGE> 24
period, from the later of the date such reserves are required and the making of
such Advance until the earlier of the date such reserves are no longer required
and such principal amount is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal
at all times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i) the Eurodollar Rate
for the Interest Period applicable to such Advance from (ii) the rates obtained
by dividing such Eurodollar Rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the average
Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage of such Lender during such period, payable on
each date on which interest is payable on such Advance. Such Lender shall
determine the amount of such additional interest, if any, and promptly notify
the Borrower through the Agent of the amount thereof.
SECTION 2.07. Repayment and Prepayment of Advances. (a) The
Borrower shall repay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders on the
Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of the Committed Advances then
outstanding and shall repay to the Agent for the account of the Lenders to which
Uncommitted Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing are owing the
aggregate principal amount of such Uncommitted Advances then outstanding on the
last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower shall have no
right to prepay any principal amount of any Advances other than as provided in
this Section 2.07. The Borrower may, upon at least two Business Days' notice to
the Agent stating the proposed date and principal amount of the prepayment, and
if such notice is given the Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding principal
amount of the Committed Advances comprising part of the same Committed Borrowing
in whole or ratably in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such
prepayment on the principal amount prepaid; provided, however, that each partial
prepayment shall be in the aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 or
a larger whole multiple of $1,000,000 and, in the case of a payment or
prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Advance other than on the last day of the
Interest Period for such Advance as provided herein, shall have the consequences
set forth in Section 8.04(b).
(b) The Borrower shall notify the Agent immediately upon
becoming aware of any Change of Control. Upon receipt of such notice and for a
period of 90 days thereafter, the Required Lenders shall be entitled, by written
notice to the Borrower received within such period, to terminate the Commitments
in whole and require the Borrower to prepay all outstanding Advances within 5
Business Days of its receipt of such notice, together with any accrued and
unpaid interest thereon to the date of such prepayment and any other amounts due
hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, a Change of
Control shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Default hereunder.
SECTION 2.08. Increased Costs. (a) Changes in Law, Etc. If,
due to (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any
law or regulation on or after the date of this Agreement, or (ii) the compliance
with any guideline or request not applicable on the date of this Agreement from
any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the
force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing
to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Advances, then the
Borrower shall
19
<PAGE> 25
from time to time, promptly upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such
demand to the Agent) accompanied by the certificate described in the next
sentence, pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender additional amounts
sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost. A certificate as
to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to the Borrower and the Agent by
such Lender, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest
error.
(b) Capital Adequacy. If, due to (i) the introduction of or
any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation on or after the
date of this Agreement, or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request not
applicable on the date of this Agreement from any central bank or other
governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), any Lender
determines that the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by
such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender has been or would be
affected and that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the
existence of such Lender's commitment to lend hereunder and other commitments of
this type, then, upon demand by such Lender received by the Borrower within such
time from the relevant change or introduction described above as is reasonably
required in order to determine the effect thereof (with a copy of such demand to
the Agent) accompanied by a certificate of such Lender as to the amounts
demanded, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender,
from time to time as specified by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to
compensate such Lender or such corporation, as the case may be, to the extent
that such Lender reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable
to the existence of such Lender's commitment to lend hereunder, such amounts to
be due and payable within two days of such Lender's invoice therefor. A
certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Borrower and the Agent by such
Lender shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.09. Payments and Computations. (a) Manner of
Payment. The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder and under the Notes not
later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the day when due in Dollars to the
Agent at the Agent's Account in same day funds. The Agent will promptly
thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of
principal or interest or facility fees ratably (other than amounts payable
pursuant to Section 2.02(d), 2.06, 2.08, 2.10, 2.13(f) or 8.04(b)) to the
Lenders for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices, and like
funds relating to the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such
Lender for the account of its Applicable Lending Office, in each case to be
applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon its acceptance of
an Assignment and Acceptance and recording of the information contained therein
in the Register pursuant to Section 8.07(c), from and after the effective date
specified in such Assignment and Acceptance, the Agent shall make all payments
hereunder and under the Notes in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the
Lender assignee thereunder, and the parties to such Assignment and Acceptance
shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior to
such effective date directly between themselves.
20
<PAGE> 26
(b) Setoff. The Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender, if and
to the extent payment owed to such Lender is not made when due hereunder or
under the Note or Notes held by such Lender, to charge from time to time against
any or all of the Borrower's accounts with such Lender any amount so due.
(c) Interest. All computations of interest based on the Base
Rate shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as
the case may be, and all computations of interest based on the Eurodollar Rate
or the Federal Funds Rate or with respect to Uncommitted Advances and all
computations of interest pursuant to Section 2.06 shall be made by the Agent on
the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for the actual number of days
(including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for
which such interest is payable. Each determination by the Reference Bank of an
interest rate for any Committed Advance hereunder shall be conclusive and
binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(d) Business Days. Whenever any payment hereunder or under the
Notes shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment
shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time
shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or
facility fee, as the case may be; provided that if such extension would cause
payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Advances to be made in
the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next
preceding Business Day.
(e) Assumption of Payment. Unless the Agent shall have
received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due
to the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full,
the Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the
Agent on such date and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to
be distributed to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount
then due such Lender. If and to the extent the Borrower shall not have so made
such payment in full to the Agent, each Lender shall repay to the Agent
forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender together with
interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such
Lender until the date such Lender repays such amount to the Agent, at the
Federal Funds Rate.
(f) Rate Information. The Reference Bank shall notify the
Borrower and the Agent of the Base Rate in effect on the first Business Day on
which a Base Rate or Floating Rate Advance is outstanding and each day on which
a change in the Base Rate occurs, each in sufficient detail to enable the
Borrower to calculate interest payments hereunder with respect to Base Rate
Advances and Floating Rate Advances, and shall provide such information to any
Lender promptly upon its request. The Borrower will provide to each Lender (i)
(unless the Lender is the Reference Bank) promptly upon receipt thereof copies
of the information received by the Borrower pursuant to the immediately
preceding sentence or any Rate
21
<PAGE> 27
Notification received pursuant to Section 2.02(a), (ii) promptly upon the making
of any interest payment with respect to a Base Rate Advance or a Floating Rate
Advance hereunder a schedule based on such information setting forth the Base
Rate for each day in the period in which such Advance was outstanding, and (iii)
promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof, notice of any change in the rating
assigned by Standard & Poor's or Moody's to the Borrower's Long-Term
Indebtedness and the date of such change, provided that the Borrower's failure
to provide any of the foregoing information shall be deemed not to be a Default
or Event of Default hereunder.
SECTION 2.10. Taxes. (a) General. Any and all payments by the
Borrower hereunder or under the Notes shall be made in accordance with Section
2.09, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all taxes, levies,
imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect
thereto, not in effect or not imposed on the date of this Agreement; excluding,
in the case of each Lender and the Agent, taxes imposed on its income, and
franchise taxes imposed on it by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such
Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political
subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Lender, taxes imposed on its
income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction of such Lender's
Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof (all such
non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and
liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes").
(b) Other Taxes. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any
stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or under the Notes or
from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to,
this Agreement not in effect or not imposed on the date of this Agreement or the
Notes (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes") upon notice from the Lender.
(c) Tax Indemnity. The Borrower will indemnify each Lender and
the Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without
limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts
payable under this Section 2.10) paid by such Lender or the Agent (as the case
may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising
therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were
correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days
from the date such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) makes written demand
therefor.
(d) Receipt. Within 30 days after the date of any payment of
Taxes, the Borrower will furnish to the Agent, at its address referred to in
Section 8.02, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment
thereof.
22
<PAGE> 28
(e) Survival. Without prejudice to the survival of any other
agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the
Borrower contained in this Section 2.10 shall survive the payment in full of
principal and interest hereunder.
SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Debt. The Committed Advances owing
to each Lender shall be evidenced by the Committed Note to the order of such
Lender and the Uncommitted Advances owing to each Lender shall be evidenced by
the Uncommitted Note to the order of such Lender, in each case delivered to such
Lender pursuant to Article III. The entries made in each Committed Note and each
Uncommitted Note shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent
manifest error.
SECTION 2.12. Use of Proceeds of Advances. The Borrower will
use the proceeds of the Advances for general corporate purposes, including,
without limitation, for the acquisition of Margin Stock.
SECTION 2.13. Uncommitted Advances. (a) The Uncommitted
Advances Option. In addition to Committed Advances pursuant to Section 2.01, the
Borrower may, as set forth in this Section 2.13, request the Lenders to make
offers to make Uncommitted Advances to the Borrower. Each Lender may, but shall
have no obligation to, make such offers and the Borrower may, but shall have no
obligation to, accept any such offers in the manner set forth in this Section
2.13; provided that, following the making of each Uncommitted Borrowing, the
aggregate amount of the Advances then outstanding shall not exceed the aggregate
amount of the Commitments of the Lenders (computed without regard to any
Uncommitted Advances then outstanding). The Uncommitted Advances may be Floating
Rate Advances or Fixed Rate Advances.
(b) Quote Request. When the Borrower wishes to request offers
to make Uncommitted Advances as part of an Uncommitted Borrowing, it shall
transmit to the Agent, by telecopier or telex, a quote request substantially in
the form of Exhibit E hereto (a "Quote Request") so as to be received (x) no
earlier than 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) and no later than 11:00 A.M. (New
York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of Borrowing
proposed therein, in the case of a Fixed Rate Auction, or (y) no later than
11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the
proposed date of Borrowing proposed therein, in the case of a Floating Rate
Auction, specifying:
(i) the proposed date of Borrowing, which shall be a Business
Day;
(ii) the proposed aggregate amount of such Borrowing, which
shall be $10,000,000 or a larger whole multiple of $1,000,000; and
(iii) the duration of the proposed Interest Period applicable
thereto subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period.
23
<PAGE> 29
The Agent shall in turn promptly notify each Lender of each request for an
Uncommitted Borrowing received by it from the Borrower by sending such Lender a
copy of the related Quote Request. The Borrower may request offers to make
Uncommitted Advances for more than one Interest Period in a single Quote
Request. No Quote Request shall be given within five Business Days of any other
Quote Request.
(c) Submission and Contents of Quotes. (i) Each Lender may but
shall not be required to submit a Quote containing an offer or offers to make an
Uncommitted Advance as part of a proposed Uncommitted Borrowing in response to
any Quote Request. Each Quote must comply with the requirements of this Section
2.13(c) and must be submitted to the Agent (which shall give prompt notice
thereof to the Borrower) in writing (including by telecopy) no later than (A)
11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the proposed
date of borrowing in the case of a Fixed Rate Auction or (B) 11:00 A.M. (New
York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed date of
borrowing, in the case of a Floating Rate Auction; provided that if the Agent in
its capacity as a Lender shall, in its sole discretion, elect to make any such
offer, it shall notify the Borrower of such offer at least 30 minutes before the
time and on the date on which notice of such election is to be given to the
Agent by the other Lenders. If any Lender shall elect not to make such an offer,
such Lender shall so notify the Agent, before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on
the date on which notice of such election is to be given to the Agent by the
other Lenders, and such Lender shall not be obligated to, and shall not, make
any Uncommitted Advance as part of such Uncommitted Borrowing; provided that the
failure by any Lender to give such notice shall not cause such Lender to be
obligated to make any Uncommitted Advance as part of such proposed Uncommitted
Borrowing. Any Quote so made shall be irrevocable except with the written
consent of the Borrower.
(ii) A Quote may set forth each separate offer by a Lender
with respect to each Interest Period specified in the related Quote Request.
Each Quote shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto, and shall in
any case specify:
(A) the principal amount of the Uncommitted Advance for each
such offer, which principal amount (1) may be greater than or less than
the Commitment of such Lender, (2) must be a whole multiple of
$1,000,000, (3) may not exceed (but may be less than) the proposed
principal amount of the proposed Uncommitted Borrowing set forth in the
related Quote Request, and (4) may be subject to an aggregate
limitation as to the principal amount of Uncommitted Advances for which
offers being made by such Lender may be accepted;
(B) in the case of a Floating Rate Auction, the margin below
the Base Rate (the "Floating Rate Margin") offered for each such
Uncommitted Advance expressed as a percentage (specified to the nearest
1/1,000th of 1%) to be subtracted from such Base Rate; and
24
<PAGE> 30
(C) in the case of a Fixed Rate Auction, the rate of interest
per annum (specified to the nearest 1/1,000th of 1%) (the "Fixed Rate")
offered for each such Uncommitted Advance.
(iii) Any Quote shall be disregarded if it:
(A) is not substantially in conformity with the format
described in the relevant Quote Request or does not specify all of the
information required by Section 2.13(c)(ii);
(B) contains qualifying, conditional or similar language;
(C) proposes terms other than or in addition to those set
forth in the applicable Quote Request; or
(D) is received by the Agent after the time set forth in
Section 2.13(c)(i).
(d) Acceptance and Notice by Borrower. Not later than (i) 1:00
P.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the proposed date
of borrowing, in the case of a Fixed Rate Auction or (ii) 1:00 P.M. (New York
City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed date of
borrowing, in the case of a Floating Rate Auction, the Borrower shall notify the
Agent (which shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders) of its acceptance
or nonacceptance of the offers so notified to it pursuant to Section 2.13(c)
substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto; provided that if the Borrower
shall fail to so notify the Agent by the times set forth above, the Borrower
shall be deemed to have notified the Agent of its nonacceptance of each such
offer. In the case of acceptance, each such notice shall specify the aggregate
principal amount of offers that are accepted. The Borrower may accept any such
offer in whole or in part; provided that:
(i) the aggregate principal amount of each Uncommitted
Borrowing may not exceed the applicable amount set forth in the related
Quote Request;
(ii) the principal amount of each Uncommitted Borrowing must
be $10,000,000 or a larger whole multiple of $1,000,000;
(iii) acceptance of offers from the Lenders may only be made
on the basis of ascending Floating Rate Margins or Fixed Rates, as the
case may be; and
(iv) the Borrower may not accept any offer that is described
in Section 2.13(c)(iii) or that otherwise fails to comply with the
requirements of this Agreement.
25
<PAGE> 31
(e) Allocation. If offers are made by more than one Lender
with the same Floating Rate Margins or Fixed Rates, as the case may be, for a
greater aggregate principal amount than the amount in respect of which such
offers are accepted, the principal amount of Uncommitted Advances in respect of
which such offers are accepted shall be allocated by the Agent among such
Lenders as nearly as possible (in such multiples, not less than $1,000,000, as
it may deem appropriate) in proportion to the aggregate principal amounts of
such offers. Determinations by the Agent of the allocations of Uncommitted
Advances shall be binding and conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The
Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any allocation
pursuant to this Section 2.13(e).
(f) Funding. In the case of an Uncommitted Borrowing as to
which the Borrower has accepted the offer of one or more Lenders to make an
Uncommitted Advance under clause (d) above, before 12:00 noon (New York City
time) on the date of such Uncommitted Borrowing, each such Lender shall make
available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Agent at the
Agent's Account, in same day funds, such Lender's portion of such Uncommitted
Borrowing. Upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article
III and after receipt by the Agent of such funds, the Agent will make such funds
available to the Borrower by depositing the same in immediately available funds
into such account as the Borrower shall have specified in the related notice of
acceptance (in substantially the form of Exhibit G). Promptly after each
Uncommitted Borrowing the Agent will notify each Lender of the amount of the
Uncommitted Borrowing, the aggregate principal amount of the Uncommitted
Advances then outstanding and the dates upon which such Uncommitted Advances
commenced and will mature.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS
AND LENDING
SECTION 3.01. Condition Precedent to Effectiveness of Sections
2.01 and 2.13. Sections 2.01 and 2.13 shall become effective on and as of the
first date on which the Agent shall have received the following, each dated such
day, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and (except for the Notes)
in sufficient copies for each Lender:
(a) Notes. The Committed Notes and the Uncommitted Notes to
the order of the Lenders, respectively;
(b) Resolutions, Etc. Certified copies of documents evidencing
all necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with
respect to this Agreement, the Committed Notes and the Uncommitted
Notes;
26
<PAGE> 32
(c) Incumbency. A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Borrower certifying the names and true signatures of
the officers of the Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement, the
Committed Notes, the Uncommitted Notes and the other documents to be
delivered hereunder; and
(d) Legal Opinion. An opinion of counsel to the Borrower
substantially in the form of Exhibit H.
SECTION 3.02. Conditions Precedent to Each Advance. The
obligation of each Lender to make each Advance (including the initial Advance)
as part of a Borrowing shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that
(i) on the date of such Borrowing the following statements shall be true (and
each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Borrowing or the notice of
acceptance under Section 2.13(d), as the case may be, and the acceptance by the
Borrower of the proceeds of such Advance shall constitute a representation and
warranty by the Borrower that on the date of such Advance the following
statements shall be true): (x) the representations and warranties contained in
Section 4.01 are correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such
Borrowing, before and after giving effect to such Borrowing and to the
application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date,
and (y) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such
Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, that would
constitute an Event of Default, or would constitute an Event of Default but for
the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both and (ii) in the case
of a requested Borrowing the proceeds of which are to be used to purchase or
carry any Margin Stock, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate of
the chief financial officer of the Borrower accompanying the relevant Notice of
Borrowing setting forth in reasonable detail the basis upon which the Borrower
has made the representation set forth in the third sentence of Section 4.01(l)
on and as of the date of such Borrowing, before and after giving effect to such
Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.
The Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
(a) Corporate Existence. The Borrower is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Connecticut.
(b) Corporate Authorization, Etc. The execution, delivery and
performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the Notes are within
the Borrower's corporate
27
<PAGE> 33
powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and
do not contravene (i) the Borrower's charter or by-laws or (ii) any law
or contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries.
(c) No Approvals. No authorization, approval or action by, and
no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory
body is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the
Borrower of this Agreement or the Notes.
(d) Enforceability. This Agreement is and upon issuance and
delivery thereof in accordance with Article III each Note will be the
legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable
against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.
(e) Financial Information. The consolidated balance sheet of
the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994
and the related statements of income and retained earnings of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then
ended, copies of which have been furnished to the Lenders, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and the
results of the operations of the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with
GAAP consistently applied.
(f) No Litigation. Except as disclosed or otherwise reflected
in the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1994, there is no pending or (to the best of the
Borrower's knowledge) threatened action or proceeding against the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to any of their re-
spective properties before any court, governmental agency or
arbitrator, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect or which purports to affect the legality, validity or
enforceability of this Agreement or any Note.
(g) No Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 1994, there
has been no event, act or condition which has had a Material Adverse
Effect.
(h) Environmental Matters. Except as disclosed or otherwise
reflected in the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1994, neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries has received notice or otherwise obtained knowledge of any
claim, demand, action, event, condition, report or investigation
indicating or concerning any potential or actual liability which could
reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a
Material Adverse Effect arising in connection with (i) any
non-compliance with or violation of the requirements of any applicable
federal, state or local environmental health or safety statutes or
regulations,
28
<PAGE> 34
or (ii) the release or threatened release of any toxic or hazardous
waste, substance or constituent into the environment.
(i) Investment Company. The Borrower is not an "investment
company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
(j) Disclosure. The information furnished in writing by or on
behalf of the Borrower to the Lenders in connection with the
negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement does not contain
any material misstatements of fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(k) No Defaults. The Borrower (i) is not in default under or
with respect to this Agreement or any Note, and (ii) is not in default
under or with respect to any other agreement, instrument or undertaking
to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound
in any respect which could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(l) Use of Proceeds, Etc. All proceeds of each Advance will be
used by the Borrower only in accordance with the provisions of Section
2.12. The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit
for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock and no proceeds
of any Advance will be used to extend credit to others for the purpose
of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. Neither the making of any
Advance nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate or be
inconsistent with the provisions of Regulations G, U, or X issued by
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER
SECTION 5.01. Affirmative Covenants. So long as any Advance or
any other amount owing hereunder shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have
any Commitment hereunder:
(a) Financial Information. The Borrower will furnish to the
Lenders:
(i) Quarterly Financial Statements. Within 50 days after the
close of each quarterly accounting period in each fiscal year of the
Borrower, the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarterly period and
the related consolidated and consolidating
29
<PAGE> 35
statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows for
such quarterly period and for the elapsed portion of the
fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period,
in each case setting forth comparative figures for the related
periods in the prior fiscal year.
(ii) Annual Financial Statements. Within 95 days
after the close of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year
and the related consolidated statement of income, retained
earnings and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth
comparative figures for the preceding fiscal year and reported
on without qualification by independent certified public
accountants of recognized national standing, in each case
together with a report of such accounting firm stating that in
the course of its regular audit of the consolidated financial
statements of the Borrower, which audit was conducted in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, such
accounting firm has obtained no knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default relating to accounting matters (including,
without limitation, in respect of Section 5.01(f)), or if in
the opinion of such accounting firm such a Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the
nature thereof.
(iii) Officer's Certificates. At the time of the
delivery of the financial statements under clauses (i) and
(ii) above, a certificate of the chief financial officer of
the Borrower which certifies (x) that such financial
statements fairly present the financial condition and the
results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on
the dates and for the periods indicated, and (y) that such
officer has reviewed the terms of this Agreement and has made,
or caused to be made under his or her supervision, a review in
reasonable detail of the business and condition of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during the
accounting period covered by such financial statements, and
that as a result of such review such officer has concluded
that no Default or Event of Default has occurred during the
period commencing at the beginning of the accounting period
covered by the financial statements accompanied by such
certificate and ending on the date of such certificate or, if
any Default or Event of Default has occurred, specifying the
nature and extent thereof and, if continuing, the action the
Borrower proposes to take in respect thereof. Such certificate
shall set forth the calculations required to establish whether
the Borrower was in compliance with the provisions of Section
5.01(f) for the twelve-month period ending as at the end of
the accounting period covered by the financial statements
accompanied by such certificate.
(iv) Notice of Default or Litigation. Promptly after
the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the
occurrence of any Default or Event
30
<PAGE> 36
of Default, or (ii) any litigation or governmental proceeding
pending or threatened against the Borrower or other event, act
or condition which could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(v) SEC Filings. Promptly upon transmission thereof,
copies of all regular and periodic financial information,
proxy materials and other information and reports, if any,
which the Borrower shall file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission or any governmental agencies substituted therefor
or which the Borrower shall send to its stockholders.
(vi) Other Information. From time to time, and as
soon as reasonably practicable, such other information or
documents (financial or otherwise) as any Lender through the
Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
(b) Compliance with Law. The Borrower shall, and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all applicable laws, rules,
statutes, regulations, decrees and orders of all governmental bodies,
domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of their business and
the ownership of their property, except such non-compliance as could
not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect at
the time of such noncompliance or in the foreseeable future.
(c) Payment of Taxes. The Borrower shall pay or cause to be
paid, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or cause to be
paid, when due, all taxes, charges and assessments and all other lawful
claims required to be paid by the Borrower or such Subsidiaries, except
(x) as contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
diligently conducted, if adequate reserves have been established with
respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (y) where such nonpayment
could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
(d) Preservation of Corporate Existence. The Borrower shall,
and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all things necessary to
preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate
existence and the licenses, permits, rights and franchises necessary to
the proper conduct of its business, except where the failure to do so
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries will engage in any
business if, as a result, the general nature of the business, taken on
a consolidated basis, which would then be engaged in by the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries would be substantially changed from the general
nature of the business engaged in by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
on the date of this Agreement.
(e) Maintenance of Books and Records. The Borrower will
maintain financial records in accordance with GAAP, consistently
applied. The representatives
31
<PAGE> 37
of the Agent or any of the Lenders shall have the right to visit and
inspect any of the properties of the Borrower and of any of its
Subsidiaries, to examine their books of account and records and take
notes and make transcripts therefrom, and to discuss their affairs,
finances and accounts with, and be advised as to the same by, their
officers at such reasonable times and intervals as may be requested.
(f) Financial Condition. The Borrower shall cause Consolidated
Cash Flow to equal or exceed 125% of Consolidated Cash Expenditures at
the end of each fiscal quarter for the twelve-month period then ended.
The defined terms used in this clause (f) shall be construed in
accordance with GAAP and as follows:
(i) "Consolidated Cash Flow" means for any fiscal
period the sum of (A) consolidated earnings before income
taxes of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for
such fiscal period (including any earnings representing net
gain on disposition of assets) before extraordinary items and
their tax effects and before income from discontinued
operations; (B) to the extent such amount is greater than
zero, (x) consolidated interest expense for the Borrower and
its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal period, minus
(y) consolidated interest earnings for the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal period; and (C)
consolidated depreciation and amortization for the Borrower
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal period; and
(ii) "Consolidated Cash Expenditures" means for any
fiscal period the sum of (A) consolidated interest expense of
the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, (B)
consolidated capital expenditures of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries and (C) the aggregate amount of all
dividends paid or declared by the Borrower on any of its
capital stock during such fiscal period; and
(iii) "Consolidated Subsidiary" means at any date any
Subsidiary or other entity the financial statements of which
would, under GAAP, be consolidated with those of the Borrower
in its consolidated financial statements as of such date.
SECTION 5.02. Negative Covenants. So long as any Advance or
any other amount owing hereunder shall remain unpaid or any Lender
shall have any Commitment hereunder:
(a) No Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist,
directly or indirectly, any Lien on any Principal Property now owned or
hereafter acquired (unless the Borrower secures the Advances made
hereunder equally and ratably with such Lien), other than:
32
<PAGE> 38
(i) Liens existing and disclosed to the Lenders
in writing prior to the date hereof;
(ii) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves are
being maintained in accordance with GAAP;
(iii) Statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of
carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other Liens
imposed by law created in the ordinary course of business for
amounts not yet due or which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with
respect to which adequate bonds have been posted;
(iv) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary
course of business in connection with workers' compensation,
unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or
to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts,
performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar
obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of
borrowed money);
(v) Easements, rights-of-way, zoning and similar
restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances not
interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and which do not detract
materially from the value of the property to which they attach
or impair materially the use thereof by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries;
(vi) Liens on property of any Person existing at the
time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower;
(vii) Liens securing Indebtedness owed by a
Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or another
Subsidiary of the Borrower;
(viii) any Lien arising solely by operation of law in
the ordinary course of business or which is contained in a
contract for the purchase or sale of goods or services entered
into in the ordinary course of business;
(ix) Liens on any property existing at the time of
acquisition but only if the amount of outstanding Indebtedness
secured thereby does not exceed the lesser of the fair market
value or the purchase price of the property as purchased;
33
<PAGE> 39
(x) any Lien securing the purchase price of revenues
or assets purchased after the date hereof or the cost of
repairing or altering, constructing, developing or
substantially improving all or any part of such revenues or
assets; provided that such Lien attaches only to such revenues
or assets (including any improvements) and the Indebtedness
thereby secured does not exceed the lesser of the fair market
value or the purchase price of the revenues or assets
(including any improvements) as purchased;
(xi) any other Liens securing Indebtedness which in
the aggregate does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets at any time outstanding; and
(xii) any extension, renewal or replacement of any of
the Liens referred to above; provided that the Indebtedness
secured by any such extension, renewal or replacement does not
exceed the sum of the principal amount of the Indebtedness
originally secured thereby and any fee incurred in connection
with such transaction.
(b) Merger, Etc. The Borrower shall not (i) enter into any
merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve (or suffer
any liquidation, wind-up or dissolution), discontinue its business or
convey, lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one
transaction or series of transactions, all or substantially all of its
business or property, whether now or hereafter acquired, or (ii) permit
any of its Subsidiaries to do so, if such action could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except that any
wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or convey, sell,
lease or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to, the
Borrower or any other wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may enter into any merger or
consolidation so long as in the case of a transaction involving the
Borrower, the Borrower, or in the case of any other transaction, a
Subsidiary of the Borrower, is the surviving entity in such transaction
and, after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred or be continuing.
(c) Sale-Leasebacks. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become liable, directly or
indirectly, with respect to any lease, whether an operating lease or a
Capital Lease, of any property (whether real or personal or mixed)
whether now owned or hereafter acquired (except for property the
aggregate value of which at the time such lease is entered into is less
than 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets), (i) which the Borrower
or such Subsidiary has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to
any other Person, or (ii) which the Borrower or such Subsidiary intends
to use for substantially the same purposes as any other property
34
<PAGE> 40
which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary to any other Person in connection with such lease.
ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. If any of the following
events ("Events of Default") shall occur and be continuing:
(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal of
any Advance (or, if any such failure is due solely to technical or
administrative difficulties relating to the transfer of such amounts,
within two Business Days after its due date) or the Borrower shall fail
to pay when due any interest on any Advance, any fee (other than the
facility fee and the Agent's fees referenced in Section 2.03(b)) or any
other amount payable by it hereunder or under any Note and five (5)
days shall have elapsed from the date such interest, fees or other
amounts were due; or with respect to the facility fee payable pursuant
to Section 2.03, the Borrower shall fail to pay the facility fee when
due and two Business Days shall have elapsed from the Borrower's
receipt of notice of such nonpayment from the Agent or any Lender; or
(b) Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower herein
or pursuant to this Agreement or any Note shall prove to have been
incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(c) The Borrower shall fail to perform any term, covenant or
agreement contained in Section 5.01(a)(iv), 5.01(f) or 5.02 on its part
to be performed or observed; or
(d) The Borrower shall fail to perform any term, covenant or
agreement contained in this Agreement (except those described in
clauses (a) and (c) above) and such failure shall continue for 30 days;
or
(e) A court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a
decree or order for relief in respect of the Borrower or any of its
Principal Subsidiaries in an involuntary case under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or other similar official of the Borrower or such
Principal Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree
or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 30
consecutive days; or
35
<PAGE> 41
(f) The Borrower or any of its Principal Subsidiaries shall
commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency
or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to
the entry of any order for relief in an involuntary case under any such
law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar
official of the Borrower or such Principal Subsidiary or for any
substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment
for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts
as they become due, or shall take any corporate action in furtherance
of any of the foregoing; or
(g) (A) The Borrower shall fail to make any payment in respect
of Indebtedness when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required
prepayment, acceleration or otherwise) if the aggregate amount of such
payment is $5,000,000 or more, or (B) any breach, default or event of
default shall occur and be continuing (and applicable grace and notice
periods shall have expired) under any agreement or indenture relating
to any Indebtedness in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or more, and,
except in the case of financial covenant defaults, the maturity of any
such Indebtedness has been accelerated in accordance with the terms
thereof; or
(h) (A) Any Termination Event shall occur, or (B) any Plan
shall incur an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section
412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or (C)
the Borrower or any member of its ERISA Controlled Group shall fail to
pay when due an amount which it shall have become liable to pay to the
PBGC, any Plan or a trust established under Title IV of ERISA, or (D) a
condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to
obtain a decree adjudicating that an ERISA Plan must be terminated or
have a trustee appointed to administer any ERISA Plan, or (E) the
Borrower or a member of its ERISA Controlled Group suffers a partial or
complete withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan or is in "default" (as
defined in Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with respect to payments to a
Multiemployer Plan, or (F) a proceeding shall be instituted against the
Borrower or any member of its ERISA Controlled Group to enforce Section
515 of ERISA, or (G) any other event or condition shall occur or exist
with respect to any Plan, if such events, transactions or conditions
set forth in clauses (A) through (G) above could singly or in the
aggregate be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(i) If there shall remain in force, undischarged, unsatisfied
and unstayed, for more than 30 days, whether or not consecutive, any
final judgment against the Borrower or any of its Principal
Subsidiaries which, when added to any other outstanding final judgments
which remain undischarged, unsatisfied and unstayed for more than 30
days against the Borrower or any such Principal Subsidiary, exceeds
$5,000,000;
36
<PAGE> 42
then, and in any such event, the Agent (i) shall at the request, or may with the
consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, (i) declare the
obligation of each Lender to make Advances to be terminated, whereupon the same
shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the
consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare all
Advances, the Notes, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under
this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon all Advances, the
Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due
and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided,
however that in the case of any of the Events of Default specified in clauses
(e) or (f) above with respect to the Borrower, (A) the obligation of each Lender
to make Advances shall automatically be terminated and (B) the Advances, the
Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be
due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.
ARTICLE VII
THE AGENT
SECTION 7.01. Authorization and Action. Each Lender hereby
appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and
to exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement as are delegated to
the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers and discretion as are
reasonably incidental thereto. As to any matters not expressly provided for by
this Agreement (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection of the
Notes), the Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any
action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be
fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of
the Required Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders
and all holders of Notes; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be
required to take any action that exposes the Agent to personal liability or that
is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. The Agent agrees to give to
each Lender prompt notice of each notice given to it by the Borrower pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement.
SECTION 7.02. Agent's Reliance, Etc. Neither the Agent nor any
of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this
Agreement, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the Agent: (i) may treat
the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the Agent receives and accepts
an Assignment and Acceptance entered into by the Lender that is the payee of
such Note, as assignor, and an Eligible Assignee, as assignee, as provided in
Section 8.07; (ii) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the
Borrower), independent public
37
<PAGE> 43
accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any
action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the
advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (iii) makes no warranty or
representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any
statements, warranties or representations (whether written or oral) made in or
in connection with this Agreement; (iv) shall not have any duty to ascertain or
to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or
conditions of this Agreement on the part of the Borrower or to inspect the
property (including the books and records) of the Borrower; (v) shall not be
responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity,
enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; and (vi) shall incur no
liability under or in respect of this Agreement by acting upon any notice,
consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telecopier,
telegram or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper
party or parties.
SECTION 7.03. Citibank and Affiliates. With respect to its
Commitment, the Advances made by it and the Note or Notes issued to it, Citibank
shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender
and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent; and the term "Lender"
or "Lenders" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include Citibank in
its individual capacity. Citibank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of, accept investment banking
engagements from and generally engage in any kind of business with, the
Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries and any Person who may do business with or own
securities of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, all as if Citibank were not
the Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
SECTION 7.04. Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges
that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other
Lender and based on the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 and
such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also
acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under this Agreement.
SECTION 7.05. Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify
the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower), ratably according to
the respective principal amounts of the Committed Notes then held by each of
them (or if no Committed Notes are at the time outstanding or if any Committed
Notes are held by Persons that are not Lenders, ratably according to the
respective amounts of their Commitments), from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or
arising out of this Agreement or any action
38
<PAGE> 44
taken or omitted by the Agent under this Agreement, provided that no Lender
shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
resulting from the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without
limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly
upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including
counsel fees) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation,
execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement
(whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal
advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the
extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrower.
SECTION 7.06. Successor Agent. The Agent may resign at any
time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower and may be
removed at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders. Upon any such
resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a
successor Agent, which shall be (i) a Lender or (ii) if no Lender shall accept
appointment as the Agent within 30 days after such resignation or removal, any
other Person, which Person, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower. If no successor
Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have
accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Agent's giving of
notice of resignation or the Required Lenders' removal of the retiring Agent,
then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor
Agent, which shall be (i) a Lender or (ii) any other Person, which Person, so
long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Borrower. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent
hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to
and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges and duties
of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its
duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Agent's
resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article VII
shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
while it was Agent under this Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 8.01. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement or the Notes, nor consent to any departure by the
Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in
writing and signed by the Borrower and the Required Lenders, or in the case of
Section 2.13 and any Uncommitted Note, the Borrower and the Lender to which such
Note is payable, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, that
the written consent of the Borrower and all the Lenders shall be required in
order to
39
<PAGE> 45
amend or waive any provision of the Agreement or the Notes other than Section
2.13 and the Uncommitted Notes which would have the effect of (a) a reduction in
principal, interest or fees payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or the
Committed Notes, (b) the postponement of any date fixed for the payment of any
principal, interest or fees under this Agreement or the Committed Notes, (c) an
increase in the Commitments, (d) amending or waiving compliance with the last
sentence of Section 2.01(a), Section 2.08, Section 8.05 or this Section 8.01, or
(e) amending the definition of Required Lenders; and provided further that no
amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent in
addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or
duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any Note.
SECTION 8.02. Notices, etc. All notices and other
communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopier
or telex communication) and mailed, telecopied, telexed or delivered, if to the
Borrower, at its address at 1000 Stanley Drive, New Britain, Connecticut 06050,
Attention: Secretary, telecopy no. 203-827-3911, with a copy to Craig A.
Douglas, Director, Corporate Finance, at the same address and telecopy no. 203-
827-3848; if to any Initial Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office specified
opposite its name on Schedule I hereto; if to any other Lender, at its Domestic
Lending Office specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it
became a Lender; and if to the Agent, at its address at 7th Floor, Zone 1, One
Court Square, Long Island City, New York 11120, Attention: Loan Investor
Services Department; or, as to the Borrower or the Agent, at such other address
as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties
and, as to each other party, at such other address as shall be designated by
such party in a written notice to the Borrower and the Agent. All such notices
and communications shall, when telecopied or telexed, be effective when
telecopied (with receipt confirmed by telephone) or confirmed by telex
answerback, respectively, and when mailed or delivered, when received, except
that notices and communications to the Agent pursuant to Article II, III or VII
shall not be effective until received by the Agent. Delivery by telecopier of an
executed counterpart of any amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement or the Notes or of any Exhibit hereto to be executed and delivered
hereunder shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart
thereof.
SECTION 8.03. No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of
any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right
hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein
provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
SECTION 8.04. Costs and Expenses; Breakage Indemnification.
(a) The Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses, if
any (including, without limitation, counsel fees and expenses reasonably
incurred), of the Agent and each Lender in connection with the enforcement
(whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this
Agreement, the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder,
40
<PAGE> 46
including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses in
connection with the enforcement of rights under this Section 8.04(a).
(b) If any payment, prepayment or conversion of any Eurodollar
Rate Advance or a Fixed Rate Advance is made by the Borrower to or for the
account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such
Advance, as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Advances, the Notes
pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason other than in connection with
Section 2.02(c), the Borrower shall, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of
such demand to the Agent), pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender any
amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or
expenses which it may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, including,
without limitation, any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the
liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender
to fund or maintain such Advance.
(c) The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Agent and each Lender and each of their affiliates and their officers,
directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an "Indemnified Party") from
and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses
(including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) that
may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each
case arising out of or in connection with or by reason of, or in connection with
the preparation for a defense of, any investigation, litigation or proceeding
arising out of, related to or in connection with the actual or proposed use of
the proceeds of the Advances in connection with any acquisition or proposed
acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower of another Person
or one or more businesses of another Person (whether by means of a stock
purchase, asset acquisition or otherwise), whether or not such investigation,
litigation or proceeding is brought by the Borrower, its directors, shareholders
or creditors or an Indemnified Party or any other Person or any Indemnified
Party is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, except to the extent such claim, damage,
loss, liability or expense is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a
court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party's
gross negligence or willful misconduct.
SECTION 8.05. Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Lender shall
obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any
right of setoff, or otherwise) on account of the Committed Advances owing to it
(other than pursuant to Section 2.02(d), 2.06, 2.08, 2.10 or 8.04(b)) in excess
of its ratable share of payments on account of the Committed Advances obtained
by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders
such participations in the Committed Advances owing to them as shall be
necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably
with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess
payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from
each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing
Lender the purchase price to the
41
<PAGE> 47
extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender's ratable
share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Lender's required
repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of
any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect
of the total amount so recovered. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so
purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 8.05
may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment
(including the right of setoff) with respect to such participation as fully as
if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such
participation.
SECTION 8.06. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become
effective (other than Sections 2.01 and 2.13, which shall only become effective
upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.01) when it
shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower and when the Agent shall
have been notified by each Initial Lender that such Initial Lender has executed
it, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns,
except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights or
obligations hereunder or under any Note or any interest herein or therein (other
than as permitted by Section 5.02(b)) without the prior written consent of the
Lenders.
SECTION 8.07. Assignments and Participations. (a) Each Lender
may assign to one or more Persons all or a portion of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its
Commitment, the Committed Advances owing to it and the Committed Note or Notes
held by it); provided, however, that (i) each such assignment (other than
assignment to an affiliate of such Lender) shall require the prior written
consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii)
each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of
all rights and obligations under this Agreement (other than any right to make
Uncommitted Advances, Uncommitted Advances owing to it and Uncommitted Notes),
(iii) except in the case of an assignment to a Person that, immediately prior to
such assignment, was a Lender or an assignment of all of a Lender's rights and
obligations under this Agreement, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning
Lender being assigned pursuant to each such assignment (determined as of the
date of the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall in
no event be less than $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof, and (iv) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver
to the Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment
and Acceptance (which shall include the agreement of the assignee party to such
assignment, for the benefit of the Borrower, to be bound by the terms and
provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party
hereto), together with any Committed Note subject to such assignment and a
processing and recordation fee of $3,000. Upon such execution, delivery,
acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each
Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto
and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to
it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the
42
<PAGE> 48
rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y) the Lender assignor
thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been
assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights
and be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of
an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an
assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender
shall cease to be a party hereto).
(b) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance,
the Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree
with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as
provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no
representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this
Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant hereto; (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition
of the Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its
obligations under this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished
pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of
this Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in
Section 4.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such
Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without
reliance upon the Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under
this Agreement; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such
action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under
this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with
such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vi) such
assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the
obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by
it as a Lender.
(c) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed
by an assigning Lender and an assignee representing that it is an Eligible
Assignee, together with any Committed Note or Notes subject to such assignment,
the Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in
substantially the form of Exhibit I hereto, (i) accept such Assignment and
Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and
(iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower. Within five Business Days
after its receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall
execute and deliver to the Agent in exchange for the surrendered Committed Note
a new Committed Note to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an amount equal
to the Commitment assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and,
if the assigning Lender has retained a Commitment hereunder, a new Committed
Note to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to
43
<PAGE> 49
the Commitment retained by it hereunder. Such new Committed Note or Notes shall
be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
such surrendered Committed Note or Notes, shall be dated the effective date of
such Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form
of Exhibit A hereto. Such Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to amend
this Agreement to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the
addition of such Person as a Lender and the resulting adjustment of the
Commitments, if any, arising from such assignment of Commitments to such Person.
(d) The Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in
Section 8.02 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted
by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the
Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Advances owing to,
each Lender from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register
shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the
Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded
in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The
Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks
or other financial institutions in all or a portion of its rights and/or
obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a
portion of its Commitment, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held
by it); provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, its Commitment) shall remain unchanged, (ii)
such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the Borrower for the performance
of such obligations, (iii) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and
directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and
obligations under this Agreement and (iv) such participant's right to consent to
any modification, waiver or release of any of the provisions of this Agreement
shall be limited to the right to consent to (A) any reduction in principal,
interest or fees payable to such Lender under this Agreement, (B) the
postponement of any date fixed for the payment of any principal, interest or
fees under this Agreement and (C) increase in the Commitment, and (D) any
amendments to the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C).
SECTION 8.08. Limitation on Assignments and Participations.
(a) Any Lender may, in connection with any actual or proposed assignment or
participation pursuant to Section 8.07, disclose to the actual or proposed
assignee or participant, any information relating to the Borrower furnished to
such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that the actual or
proposed assignee or participant shall have agreed prior to any such disclosure
to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the
Borrower received by it from such Lender or the Borrower.
44
<PAGE> 50
(b) Notwithstanding anything in Section 8.07 to the contrary,
no Lender shall have the right to assign its rights and obligations hereunder or
any interest therein or to sell participations to one or more banks or other
financial institutions in all or a portion of its rights hereunder or any
interest therein where the result of such assignment or participation would be
reasonably expected to entitle the Lender to claim additional amounts pursuant
to Section 2.02(d), 2.06, 2.08, 2.10, 2.13(f) or 8.04 or would otherwise result
in an increase in the Borrower's obligations.
(c) Anything in this Section 8.08 to the contrary
notwithstanding, any Lender may assign and pledge all or any portion of its
rights to payment of the Advances owing to it hereunder to any Federal Reserve
Bank (and its transferees) as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any applicable
Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall
have the effect of releasing such Lender from its obligations hereunder.
SECTION 8.09. Withholding. If any Lender, or any Person that
becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.07, is not incorporated
under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof, such Person
agrees that, prior to the first date on which any payment is due to it
hereunder, it will deliver to each of the Borrower and the Agent (i) two duly
completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 or
successor applicable form, as the case may be, certifying in each case that such
Person is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement and the Note or
Notes payable to it, without deduction or withholding of any United States
federal income taxes, and (ii) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9 or
successor applicable form, as the case may be, to establish an exemption from
United States backup withholding tax. Each Person which delivers to the Borrower
a Form 1001 or 4224 and Form W-8 or W-9 pursuant to the preceding sentence
further undertakes to deliver to each of the Borrower and the Agent two further
copies of Form 1001 or 4224 and Form W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable forms,
or other manner of certification, as the case may be, on or before the date that
any such form expires or becomes obsolete or after the occurrence of any event
requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the
Borrower and the Agent, and such extensions or renewals thereof as may
reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Agent, certifying in the case of
a Form 1001 or 4224 that such Person is entitled to receive payments under this
Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
taxes, unless in any such case an event (including, without limitation, any
change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any
such delivery would otherwise be required which renders all such forms
inapplicable or which would prevent such Person from duly completing and
delivering any such form with respect to it and such Person advises the Borrower
and the Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments without any deduction
or withholding of United States federal income tax, and in the case of a Form
W-8 or W-9, establishing an exemption from United States backup withholding tax.
45
<PAGE> 51
SECTION 8.10. Mitigation. In the event that any Lender claims
any amounts under Sections 2.02(d), 2.06, 2.08, 2.10 or 8.04(b), it shall use
all reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and legal and
regulatory restrictions) to take actions (including, without limitation,
changing the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office) so as to eliminate
such additional amounts; provided that such Lender shall not be required to take
any action if, in its reasonable judgment, such action would be materially
disadvantageous to it.
SECTION 8.11. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
SECTION 8.12. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts each of which when so executed shall be
deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one
and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page
to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually
executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 8.13. Submission to Jurisdiction. The Borrower hereby
submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for
the Southern District of New York and of any New York State court sitting in New
York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or any Note. The Borrower irre vocably waives, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the
laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and a claim
that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient
forum.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their respective signatories thereunto duly
authorized, as of the date first above written.
THE STANLEY WORKS
By Craig A. Douglas
-------------------------------
Name: Craig A. Douglas
Title: Director Corp. Finance
46
<PAGE> 52
$22,500,000 CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Agent and as Lender
By Paolo de Alessandrini
-----------------------------
Name: Paolo de Alessandrini
Title: Managing Director
INITIAL LENDERS
$20,000,000 WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.
By Terrence A. Snellings
-----------------------------
Name: Terrence A. Snellings
Title: Senior Vice President
$20,000,000 BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS
By Richard L. Sted
-----------------------------
Name: Richard L. Sted
Title: Senior Vice President
By Sophie Revillard Kaufman
-----------------------------
Name: Sophie Revillard Kaufman
Title: Vice President
$ 5,000,000 BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By Jonathan L. Gray
-----------------------------
Name: Jonathan L. Gray
Title: Associate Director
$15,000,000 SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, N.A.
By Paul A. Veiga
-----------------------------
Name: Paul A. Veiga
Title: Vice President
47
<PAGE> 53
$20,000,000 ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
NEW YORK BRANCH
By Sheryl L. Greenberg
-----------------------------
Name: Sheryl L. Greenberg
Title: Manager
$15,000,000 MELLON BANK, N.A.
By John Paul Marotta
-----------------------------
Name: John Paul Marotta
Title: Assistant Vice President
$20,000,000 MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK
By James E. Condon
-----------------------------
Name: James E. Condon
Title: Vice President
$12,500,000 STATE STREET BANK & TRUST CO.
By F. Andrew Beise
-----------------------------
Name: F. Andrew Beise
Title: Vice President
48
<PAGE> 54
SCHEDULE I
ADDRESS AND APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Lenders Domestic Eurodollar
And Addresses Lending Lending
For Notices Office Office
=========================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Citibank, N.A. Citibank, N.A. Citibank, N.A.
7th Floor, Zone 1 7th Floor, Zone 1 7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square One Court Square One Court Square
Long Island City, N.Y. 11120 Long Island City, N.Y. 11120 Long Island City, N.Y. 11120
Telecopy: 212-793-7712
Telephone: 212-559-7241/212-559-4424
Attn: Paolo de Alessandrini/
Aaron Kim
=========================================================================================================
Banque Nationale BNP - New York BNP - Georgetown
de Paris 499 Park Avenue c/o BNP - N.Y.
499 Park Avenue New York, N.Y. 10022 499 Park Avenue
New York, N.Y. 10022 New York, N.Y. 10022
Telecopy: 212-415-9606
Telephone: 212-415-9601
Attn: Ms. Sophie Kaufman
=========================================================================================================
Morgan Guaranty Loan Department c/o J.P. Morgan
Trust Company of 60 Wall Street Services, Inc.
New York New York, New York 10260 Euro-Loan Servicing Unit
60 Wall Street 902 Market Street
New York, N.Y. 10260 Wilmington, DE 19801
Telecopy: 212-648-5019
Phone:212-648-7738
Attn: James Condon
=========================================================================================================
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE I-1
<PAGE> 55
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Lenders Domestic Eurodollar
And Addresses Lending Lending
For Notices Office Office
======================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
State Street Bank & Trust Co. State Street Bank & Trust Co. State Street Bank & Trust Co.225
225 Franklin Street 225 Franklin Street 225 Franklin Street
Boston, MA 02110-2804 Boston, MA 02110-2804 Boston, MA 02110-2804
Attn: Mr. F. Andrew Beise Attn: Mr. F. Andrew Beise Attn: Mr. F. Andrew Beise
Telecopy: 617-654-4176 Telecopy: 617-654-4176 Telecopy: 617-654-4176
Phone: 617-654-3120 Phone: 617-654-3120 Phone: 617-654-3120
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE I-2
<PAGE> 56
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Lenders Domestic Eurodollar
And Addresses Lending Lending
For Notices Office Office
==============================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Royal Bank of Canada Royal Bank of Canada Royal Bank of Canada
New York Branch New York Branch New York Branch
One Financial Square One Financial Square One Financial Square
23rd Floor 23rd Floor 23rd Floor
New York, New York New York, New York New York, New York
10005-3531 10005-3531 10005-3531
Telecopy: (212) 428-2372
Telephone: (212) 428-6311
Attn: Manager, Credit
Administration
==============================================================================================================
Copy to:
Royal Bank of Canada
One Financial Square, 24th Floor
New York, New York
10005-3531
Attn: Sheryl L. Greenberg
Manager
Telecopy: (212) 428-6459
Telephone: (212)-428-6476
==============================================================================================================
Wachovia Bank of Wachovia Bank of Wachovia Bank of
Georgia, N.A. Georgia, N.A. Georgia, N.A.
191 Peachtree St., NE 191 Peachtree St.,NE 191 Peachtree St.,NE
Atlanta, GA 30303 Atlanta, GA 30303 Atlanta, GA 30303
Telecopy: 404-332-6898 Telecopy: 404-332-6898 Telecopy: 404-332-6898
Telephone: 404-332-1090 Telephone: 404-332-1090 Telephone: 404-332-1090
Attn: Terrence Snellings Attn: Terrence Snellings Attn: Terrence Snellings
MC370 MC370 MC370
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE I-3
<PAGE> 57
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Lenders
And Addresses Domestic Eurodollar Uncommitted
For Notices Lending Office Lending Office Lending Office
- ----------- -------------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Barclays Bank PLC Barclays Bank PLC Barclays Bank PLC Barclays Bank PLC
P.O. Box 544 London c/o Central Loan Admin. 8th Floor
34 Lombard Street Barclays Bank PLC Dept., 5th Floor 222 Broadway
London EC3V 9EX 75 Wall Street St. Swithins House New York, N.Y. 10038
New York, N.Y. 10265 11/12 St. Swithins Lane
Telecopy: London EC4N 8AS Ref: Stanley Works
171-699-2298 Ref: Stanley Works Uncommitted Bid Option
Base Rate Advances Ref: Stanley Works
Contacts: Eurodollar Rate Advances Contacts:
Jonathan Gray Telecopy: 212-412-5002 Tom Connolloy
Tel. No. Telecopy: 171-621-4583 Greg Hurley
171-699-2301 Contacts: Telex: 8950821 212-412-2091
Kevin Jones Telecopy:
212-412-5022 Contacts:
Tanya Bond 212-412-402
171-621-4599
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE I-4
<PAGE> 58
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Lenders Domestic Eurodollar
And Addresses Lending Lending
For Notices Office Office
================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Mellon Bank, N.A. Mellon Bank, N.A. Mellon Bank, N.A.
Three Mellon Center Three Mellon Center Three Mellon Center
Pittsburgh, Pa. Pittsburgh, Pa. Pittsburgh, Pa.
15259-0001 15259-0001 15259-0001
Telecopy: 412-236-2027 Mellon Financial Services Telecopy: 412-236-2027
Telephone: 412-234-8347 65 East 55th Street Telephone: 412-234-8347
Attn: Rhonda Ashbaugh New York, NY 10260 Attn: Rhonda Ashbaugh
Telecopy: 212-702-5269
Telephone: 212-702-4029
Attn: John Paul Marotta
================================================================================================================
Shawmut Bank Shawmut Bank Shawmut Bank
Connecticut, N.A. Connecticut, N.A. Connecticut, N.A.
777 Main Street 777 Main Street 777 Main Street
Hartford, Ct. Hartford, Ct. Hartford, Ct.
06115 06115 06115
Telecopy: 203-722-9378 Telecopy: 203-722-9378 Telecopy: 203-722-9378
Telephone: 203-728-4426 Telephone: 203-548-7098 Telephone: 203-548-7098
Attn: Paul Veiga Attn: Zoraida Sanchez Attn: Zoraida Sanchez
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE I-5
<PAGE> 59
EXHIBIT A
PROMISSORY NOTE
(Committed Advances)
$ Dated:
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, The Stanley Works, a
Connecticut corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of
[NAME OF LENDER] (the "Lender") the principal sum of $ or, if less, the
aggregate principal amount of all Committed Advances made by the Lender to the
Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below outstanding on the
Termination Date, and such amount shall be paid on or prior to the Termination
Date as provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall
have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
The Borrower promises to pay interest on the principal amount
of each Committed Advance from the date of such Advance until such principal
amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as
are specified in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the
United States of America to Citibank, N.A., as Agent, at 399 Park Avenue, New
York, New York 10043 in same day funds. Each Committed Advance made by the
Lender to the Borrower and the maturity thereof, and all payments made on
account of the principal amount thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and,
prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is a
part of this Promissory Note, which recordation shall be conclusive and binding
absent manifest error but the failure to make such recording shall not have any
effect on the Lender's rights hereunder.
This Promissory Note is one of the Committed Notes referred to
in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Facility A (364 Day) Credit
Agreement dated as of October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified or supplemented
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement), among the Borrower, the Lender and
certain other lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for the
Lender and such other lenders. The Credit Agreement, among other things,
A-1
<PAGE> 60
(i) provides for the making of Committed Advances by the Lender to the Borrower
from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding
the U.S. dollar amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower
resulting from each such Committed Advance being evidenced by this Promissory
Note, and (ii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon
the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of
principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions
therein specified.
THE STANLEY WORKS
By_____________________
Name:
Title:
By_____________________
Name:
Title:
A-2
<PAGE> 61
ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Date Amount of Amount of Principal Paid Unpaid Principal Notation
Advance or Prepaid Balance Made By
======= ============== ============================== ================= =========
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
A-3
<PAGE> 62
EXHIBIT B-1
RATE REQUEST
Citibank, N.A., as Reference Bank
under the Credit Agreement
referred to below
7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn: Mr. John Makrinos
[Date]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, The Stanley Works, refers to the Facility A (364 Day)
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement", the terms defined
therein being used herein as therein defined) among the undersigned, certain
Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders and
hereby requests notification from you pursuant to Section 2.02(a) thereof of the
Eurodollar Rate which is applicable to the Committed Advance to be made (or
converted or continued) on , 19 in the principal amount of $
with the Interest Period of months.
Very truly yours,
The Stanley Works
By
-----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
B1-1
<PAGE> 63
- -----------------
TO BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED BY
REFERENCE BANK:
The rate requested above,
determined as required by
the Credit Agreement, is .
CITIBANK, N.A., as Reference Bank
By
-------------------------------
Authorized Officer
B1-2
<PAGE> 64
EXHIBIT B-2
NOTICE OF BORROWING
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for the Lenders parties
to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn: Mr. John Makrinos
[Date]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, The Stanley Works, refers to the Facility A
(364 Day) Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified
or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement", the terms defined
therein being used herein as therein defined), among the undersigned, certain
Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders, and
hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Credit
Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Committed Borrowing under the
Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information
relating to such Committed Borrowing (the "Proposed Committed Borrowing ") as
required by Section 2.02(b) of the Credit Agreement:
(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Committed Borrowing is___ , 19__ .
(ii) The Type of Advances comprising the Proposed Committed Borrowing
is [Base Rate] [Eurodollar Rate].
(iii) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Committed Borrowing is
$______ .
[(iv)] The Initial Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance
made as part of the Proposed Committed Borrowing is _______ month[s]].
B2-1
<PAGE> 65
The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements
are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed
Committed Borrowing:
(A) the representations and warranties contained in Section
4.01 of the Credit Agreement are correct in all material respects, before and
after giving effect to the Proposed Committed Borrowing and to the application
of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; and
(B) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result
from such Proposed Committed Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds
therefrom, which constitutes an Event of Default or would constitute an Event of
Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.
The Borrower's account information for funding purposes is
Account No. 36852248, Citibank, N.A., ABA No. 021-00-0089, Long Island City, New
York, Ref. .
Very truly yours,
The Stanley Works
By
--------------------------------
Name:
Title:
B2-2
<PAGE> 66
EXHIBIT C
NOTICE OF CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION
[Date]
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for the Lenders parties
to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn: Mr. John Makrinos
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, The Stanley Works, refers to the Facility A
(364 Day) Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified
or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement", the terms defined
therein being used herein as therein defined), among the undersigned, certain
Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders, and
hereby gives you notice, pursuant to Section 2.04(b) of the Credit Agreement
that the undersigned hereby elects to [convert][continue] the Committed
Borrowing consisting of[Base Rate][Eurodollar Rate] Advances:
(i) which is in the amount of $ _________ ;
(ii) which, in the case of a Committed Borrowing consisting of
Eurodollar Rate Advances, has an Interest Period of month(s);* and
(iii) which was borrowed (or previously converted or
continued) on ________, 199_.
- -------------
* Omit clause (ii) if Committed Borrowing consisted of Base Rate Advances.
C-1
<PAGE> 67
Such [conversion][continuation] shall become effective on ,
199 , at which time such Advances shall be [converted into][continued as] [Base
Rate][Eurodollar Rate] Advances:
(i) which is in the amount of $___________;*
and
(ii) which has an Interest Period of_____ month(s)**.
Very truly yours,
The Stanley Works
By__________________________
Name:
Title:
__________________
* Omit clause (i) if conversion or continuation is for entire amount of
Committed Borrowing.
** Omit clause (ii) if conversion is into Base Rate Advance. 364-Day Credit
Agreement
C-2
<PAGE> 68
EXHIBIT D
PROMISSORY NOTE
(Uncommitted Advances)
$150,000,000 Dated:_______
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, The Stanley Works, a
Connecticut corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of
[NAME OF LENDER] (the "Lender") the aggregate principal amount of all
Uncommitted Advances made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit
Agreement referred to below and such amount shall be paid in the amounts and on
the dates provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall
have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
The Borrower promises to pay interest on the principal amount
of each Uncommitted Advance from the date of such Advance until such principal
amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as
are specified in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the
United States of America to Citibank, N.A., as Agent, for the account of the
Lender, at 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10043 in same day funds. Each
Uncommitted Advance made by the Lender to the Borrower and the maturity thereof,
and all payments made on account of the principal amount thereof, shall be
recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid
attached hereto which is a part of this Promissory Note, which recordation shall
be conclusive and binding absent manifest error but the failure to make such
recording shall not have any effect on the Lender's rights hereunder.
This Promissory Note is one of the Uncommitted Notes referred
to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Facility A (364 Day) Credit
Agreement dated as of October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified or supplemented
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among the Borrower, the Lender and
certain other lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for the
Lender and such other Lenders. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i)
provides for the making of Uncommitted Advances by the Lender to the Borrower
from time to time, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such
Uncommitted Advance being evidenced by this Promissory Note, and (ii) contains
provisions for acceleration
D-1
<PAGE> 69
of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for
prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the
terms and conditions therein specified.
THE STANLEY WORKS
By_________________________
Name:
Title:
By_________________________
Name:
Title:
D-2
<PAGE> 70
ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Date Amount of Amount of Principal Paid Maturity Date Notation
Advance or Prepaid Made By
======= ============== ============================== ================= =========
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
D-3
<PAGE> 71
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF QUOTE REQUEST
[Date]
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for the Lenders parties
to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn: Mr. John Makrinos
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, The Stanley Works, refers to the
substantially identical Facility B (Five Year) Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
"Credit Agreements", the terms defined therein being used herein as therein
defined), among the undersigned, certain Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank,
N.A., as Agent for said Lenders, and hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section
2.13 of the Credit Agreements that the undersigned hereby requests offers to
make an Uncommitted Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection
sets forth the terms on which such Borrowing (the "Proposed Uncommitted
Borrowing") is requested to be made*:
(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Uncommitted Borrowing is _______,
19___ .
(ii) The proposed aggregate amount of the Proposed Uncommitted
Borrowing is $_______.
__________
* Information required for a Borrowing may be repeated as necessary if more
than one Borrowing is being requested in one Form of Quote Request.
E-1
<PAGE> 72
(iii) The duration of the proposed Interest Period for the Proposed
Uncommitted Borrowing is_______.
(iv) The Type of Proposed Uncommitted Borrowing is [Fixed Rate]
[Floating Rate].
The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements
are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed
Uncommitted Borrowing:
(A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.01 of
the Credit Agreement are correct in all material respects, before and after
giving effect to the Proposed Uncommitted Borrowing on the same day and to the
application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date;
and
(B) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from
such Proposed Uncommitted Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds
therefrom, which constitutes an Event of Default or would constitute an Event of
Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.
Very truly yours,
The Stanley Works
By_______________________
Name:
Title:
E-2
<PAGE> 73
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF QUOTE
[Date]
THE STANLEY WORKS
1000 Stanley Drive
New Britain, CT 06050
Re: Facility A (364 Day) Credit Agreement dated as of October 25, 1995 among The
Stanley Works, certain Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for
said Lenders (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement")
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, [Name of Lender], refers to the
above-referenced Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the
Credit Agreement. The undersigned hereby makes [a] Quote[s] pursuant to Section
2.13 of the Credit Agreement, in response to the Quote Request made by the
Borrower on , 19 , and in response thereto, sets forth below the terms on which
such Quote[s] [is] [are] made:
(i) The principal amount of the Uncommitted Advance is
$__________.
(ii) The Type of Uncommitted Advance is [Fixed Rate] [Floating
Rate].
(iii) The Floating Rate Margin in the case of a Floating Rate
Advance, or the Fixed Rate in the case of a Fixed Rate Advance,
is_________ .*
______________
* Clauses (i) through (iii) should be repeated as to each
additional offer being made.
F-1
<PAGE> 74
The undersigned hereby confirms that it is prepared, subject
to the conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, to extend credit to the
Borrower upon acceptance by the Borrower of this Quote in accordance with
Section 2.13(d) of the Credit Agreement.
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF LENDER]
By_______________________
Name:
Title:
F-2
<PAGE> 75
EXHIBIT G
FORM OF ACCEPTANCE
[Date]
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for the Lenders parties
to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn: Mr. John Makrinos
Re: Facility A (364 Day) Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 1995 (as
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement")
among the undersigned, certain Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as
Agent for said Lenders
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, The Stanley Works, refers to the above
referenced Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit
Agreement. In accordance with Section 2.13 of the Credit Agreements, we have
received [a] Quote/Quotes in connection with our Quote Request, dated ,
for [an] Uncommitted Borrowing[s] to occur on , and in accordance
with Section 2.13(d) of the Credit Agreement, we hereby accept the following of
fer/offers for the Interest Period of [ ]:
Principal Amount Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Lender
G-1
<PAGE> 76
The Borrower's account information for funding purposes is Account No.
36852248, Citibank, N.A., ABA No. 021-00-0089, Long Island City, New York,
Ref.____.
Very truly yours,
The Stanley Works
By______________________
Name:
Title:
G-2
<PAGE> 77
EXHIBIT H
FORM OF OPINION OF GENERAL COUNSEL
[Date]
To each of the Lenders parties
to the Credit Agreement referred
to below and to
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for said Lenders
Ladies and Gentlemen:
I am the General Counsel of The Stanley Works, a Connecticut
corporation (the "Borrower"), and have acted as counsel to the Borrower in
connection with the Facility A (364 Day) Credit Agreement, dated as of October
25, 1995 (the "Credit Agreement"), among the Borrower, certain Lenders parties
thereto (the "Lenders"), and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders.
This opinion is being delivered to you pursuant to Section
3.01(d) of the Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.
In rendering the opinions set forth herein, I have examined
and relied on originals or copies of the following:
(a) a counterpart executed by the Borrower of the Credit
Agreement;
(b) each of the executed Notes and each of the executed
Uncommitted Notes;
(c) copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of
the Borrower;
(d) a certified copy of certain resolutions of the Board of
Directors of the Borrower;
H-1
<PAGE> 78
(e) certificates from public officials in the State of
Connecticut as to the good standing of the Borrower in the State of Connecticut;
and
(f) such other documents as I have deemed necessary or
appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth below.
In my examination, I have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all
documents submitted to me as originals, the conformity to original documents of
all documents submitted to me as certified or photostatic copies, and the
authenticity of the originals of such copies. As to any facts material to this
opinion which I did not independently establish or verify, I have relied upon
written statements and certificates of the Borrower and its officers and other
representatives and of public officials.
Unless otherwise indicated, references in this opinion to the
"Loan Documents" shall mean the documents listed in clauses (a) and (b) above.
In addition, references to (i) "Applicable Laws" shall mean the laws and
regulations of the States of Connecticut and New York and the United States of
America (including, without limitation, Regulations U and X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System) which are applicable to the
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (ii) the term "Governmental
Authorities" means any Connecticut, New York and federal executive, legislative,
judicial, administrative or regulatory body; (iii) the term "Applicable
Contracts" shall mean the agreements and instruments set forth in the index of
exhibits to the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
, 19 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and (iv) the term
"Governmental Approval" means any consent, approval, license, authorization or
validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, any Governmental
Authority pursuant to any Applicable Law.
I am admitted to the bar in the States of Connecticut and New
York. This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Connecticut, the State
of New York and the United States of America to the extent specified herein.
In rendering this opinion, I have assumed, with your consent,
that:
(a) the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower of
the Loan Documents does not and will not conflict with, contravene,
violate or constitute a default under any rule, law or regulation to
which the Borrower is subject (other than applicable laws, orders and
decrees as to which I express my opinion in paragraph 5 herein) or any
agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or the Borrower's
property is subject (except and to the extent that I express my opinion
in paragraph 5 herein);
H-2
<PAGE> 79
(b) and no authorization, consent or other approval of, notice
to or filing with any court, governmental authority or regulatory body
(other than Governmental Approvals as to which I express my opinion in
paragraph 6 herein) is required to authorize or is required in
connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower
of any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated thereby.
My opinions are also subject to the following assumptions and
qualifications:
(a) the Credit Agreement constitutes the valid and binding
obligation of the Lenders and is enforceable against the Lenders in
accordance with its terms; and
(b) I express no opinion as to the effect on the opinions
herein stated of (i) the compliance or non-compliance of the Lenders
with any state, federal or other laws or regulations applicable to the
Lenders or (ii) the legal or regulatory status or the nature of the
business of the Lenders.
Based upon the foregoing and such investigations that I have deemed
necessary, and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and
assumptions set forth herein, I am of the opinion that:
1. The Borrower has been duly incorporated, is validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Connecticut.
2. The Borrower has the corporate power and corporate
authority to execute, deliver and perform all of its obligations under the Loan
Documents.
3. The execution and delivery of each Loan Document has been
duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Borrower.
4. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by
the Borrower, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Borrower and is
enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to the
following qualifications:
(i) enforcement may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of
whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law);
(ii) I express no opinion as to the enforceability of
any rights to indemnification provided for in the Loan
Documents which may violate the public policy underlying any
law, rule or regulation (including any federal or state
securities law, rule or regulation); and
H-3
<PAGE> 80
(iii) I express no opinion as to the enforceability
of Section 8.05 of the Credit Agreement insofar as this
provision purports to authorize a Person who has purchased a
participation in Advances under the Credit Agreement to set
off, appropriate or apply any deposit or property or
indebtedness of the Borrower against any obligation of the
Borrower.
5. Neither the execution, delivery or performance by the
Borrower of the Loan Documents nor the compliance by the Borrower with the terms
and provisions thereof will conflict with, contravene, violate or constitute a
default under (i) any provision of any Applicable Contract or, to the best of my
knowledge, after due investigation, any other agreement or instrument to which
the Borrower or the Borrower's property is subject, (ii) any provision of any
Applicable Law, (iii) to the best of my knowledge, after due investigation, any
judicial or administrative order or decree of any Governmental Authority or (iv)
its Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. As used in this paragraph, "due
investigation" means solely that, as to agreements and instruments, I have
interviewed the officers of the Borrower responsible for its financing
activities, and, as to orders and decrees, I have interviewed the lawyers under
my supervision.
6. Based on my review of Applicable Laws, but without my
having made any special investigation concerning any other law, rule or
regulation, no Governmental Approval which has not been obtained or taken and is
not in full force and effect, is required to authorize or is required in
connection with the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Loan
Documents by the Borrower.
7. The Borrower is not required to be registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
This opinion is being furnished only to you and is solely for your
benefit in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents
and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, relied upon or otherwise referred to
for any other purpose without my prior written consent.
Very truly yours,
H-4
<PAGE> 81
EXHIBIT I
ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October
25, 1995 (as amended or modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement")
among The Stanley Works, a Connecticut corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders
(as defined in the Credit Agreement) and Citibank, N.A., as agent for the
Lenders (the "Agent"). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein
with the same meaning.
The "Assignor" and the "Assignee" referred to on Schedule I
hereto agree as follows:
1. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and
the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, an interest in and
to the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the
date hereof (other than in respect of Uncommitted Advances and Uncommitted
Notes) equal to the percentage interest specified on Schedule 1 hereto of all
outstanding rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement (other than in
respect of Uncommitted Advances and Uncommitted Notes). After giving effect to
such sale and assignment, the Assignee's Commitment and the amount of the
Committed Advances owing to the Assignee will be as set forth on Schedule 1
hereto.
2. The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the
legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and
that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no
representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the
Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) makes no representation
or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial
condition of the Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower of
any of its obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or
document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iv) attaches the Committed Note held
by the Assignor and requests that the Agent exchange such Committed Note for a
new Committed Note payable to the order of the Assignee in an amount equal to
the Commitment assumed by the Assignee pursuant hereto or new Committed Notes
payable to the order of the Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment
assumed by the Assignee pursuant hereto and the Assignor in an amount equal to
the Commitment retained by the Assignor under the Credit Agreement,
respectively, as specified on Schedule 1 hereto.
3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of
the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred
to in Section 4.01 thereof and such other documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate to make its own credit
I-1
<PAGE> 82
analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees
that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or
any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) confirms that it is an
Eligible Assignee; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as
agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit
Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with such
powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it
will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the
terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender;
(vi) agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, that it will be bound by the terms
and provisions of the Credit Agreement to the same extent as if it were an
original party thereto and (vii) attaches any U.S. Internal Revenue Service
forms required under Section 8.09 of the Credit Agreement.
4. Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance,
it will be delivered to the Agent for acceptance and recording by the Agent. The
effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance (the "Effective Date") shall
be the date of acceptance hereof by the Agent, unless otherwise specified on
Schedule 1 hereto.
5. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent, as of the
Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and,
to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent
provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.
6. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent, from and
after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments under the Credit
Agreement and the Committed Notes in respect of the interest assigned hereby
(including, without limitation, all payments of principal, interest and facility
fees with respect thereto) to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make
all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Credit Agreement and the
Committed Notes for periods prior to the Effective Date directly between
themselves.
7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
8. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of
which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an
executed counterpart of Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance by
telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of
this Assignment and Acceptance.
I-2
<PAGE> 83
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor and the Assignee have caused
Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their officers
thereunto duly authorized as of the date specified thereon.
I-3
<PAGE> 84
Schedule 1
to
Assignment and Acceptance
Percentage interest assigned:
__________%
Assignee's Commitment:
$__________
Aggregate outstanding principal amount of Committed
$__________
Advances assigned:
Principal amount of Committed Note payable to Assignee:
$__________
Principal amount of Committed Note payable to Assignor:
$__________
Effective Date(1): _______________, 199_
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor
By_________________________
Name:
Title:
Dated: _______________, 199_
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee
By_________________________
Name:
Title:
_______________
(1) This date should be no earlier than five Business Days after the
delivery of this Assignment and Acceptance to the Agent.
I-4
<PAGE> 85
Dated: _______________, 199_
Domestic Lending Office:
[Address]
Eurodollar Lending Office:
[Address]
Accepted [and Approved](2) this
__________ day of _______________, 199_
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
By__________________________
Name:
Title:
[Approved this __________ day
of _______________, 199_
The Stanley Works
By__________________________](2)
Name:
Title:
____________
2 Required if the Assignee is an Eligible Assignee solely by reason of
clause (iii) of the definition of "Eligible Assignee".
I-5
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4(v) EXECUTION
COPY
FACILITY B (FIVE YEAR) CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of October 25, 1995
between
THE STANLEY WORKS
as Borrower
and
THE INITIAL LENDERS NAMED HEREIN
as Initial Lenders
and
CITIBANK, N.A.
as Agent
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms............................................... 1
SECTION 1.02. Computation of Time Periods......................................... 12
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms.................................................... 12
ARTICLE II
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES
SECTION 2.01. The Commitment...................................................... 12
SECTION 2.02. Making the Committed Advances....................................... 13
SECTION 2.03. Fees................................................................ 16
SECTION 2.04. Continuation and Conversion......................................... 16
SECTION 2.05. Interest on Advances................................................ 17
SECTION 2.06. Additional Interest on Eurodollar Rate Advances..................... 18
SECTION 2.07. Repayment and Prepayment of Advances................................ 18
SECTION 2.08. Increased Costs..................................................... 19
SECTION 2.09. Payments and Computations........................................... 20
SECTION 2.10. Taxes............................................................... 21
SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Debt.................................................... 22
SECTION 2.12. Use of Proceeds of Advances......................................... 22
SECTION 2.13. Uncommitted Advances................................................ 22
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS
AND LENDING
SECTION 3.01. Condition Precedent to Effectiveness of Sections 2.01 and
2.13....................................................................... 25
SECTION 3.02. Conditions Precedent to Each Advance................................ 26
ARTICLE IV
</TABLE>
i
<PAGE> 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower................. 27
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER
SECTION 5.01. Affirmative Covenants.......................................... 29
SECTION 5.02. Negative Covenants............................................. 32
ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.............................................. 34
ARTICLE VII
THE AGENT
SECTION 7.01. Authorization and Action....................................... 36
SECTION 7.02. Agent's Reliance, Etc.......................................... 36
SECTION 7.03. Citibank and Affiliates........................................ 37
SECTION 7.04. Lender Credit Decision......................................... 37
SECTION 7.05. Indemnification................................................ 37
SECTION 7.06. Successor Agent................................................ 38
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 8.01. Amendments, Etc................................................ 38
SECTION 8.02. Notices, etc................................................... 39
SECTION 8.03. No Waiver; Remedies............................................ 39
SECTION 8.04. Costs and Expenses; Breakage Indemnification................... 39
SECTION 8.05. Sharing of Payments, Etc....................................... 40
SECTION 8.06. Binding Effect................................................. 41
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
SECTION 8.07. Assignments and Participations.......................................................... 41
SECTION 8.08. Limitation on Assignments and Participations............................................ 43
SECTION 8.09. Withholding............................................................................. 44
SECTION 8.10. Mitigation.............................................................................. 44
SECTION 8.11. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial..................................................... 45
SECTION 8.12. Execution in Counterparts............................................................... 45
SECTION 8.13. Submission to Jurisdiction.............................................................. 45
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE> 5
SCHEDULE I ADDRESSES AND APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES
EXHIBIT A FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE (COMMITTED
ADVANCES)
EXHIBIT B-1 FORM OF RATE REQUEST
EXHIBIT B-2 FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING
EXHIBIT C FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION
EXHIBIT D FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE (UNCOMMITTED
ADVANCES)
EXHIBIT E FORM OF QUOTE REQUEST
EXHIBIT F FORM OF QUOTE
EXHIBIT G FORM OF ACCEPTANCE
EXHIBIT H FORM OF OPINION
EXHIBIT I FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
iv
<PAGE> 6
FACILITY B (FIVE YEAR) CREDIT AGREEMENT
This Facility B (Five Year) Credit Agreement (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Agreement") is made
as of this 25th day of October, 1995 between THE STANLEY WORKS, a Connecticut
corporation (the "Borrow er"), the banks, financial institutions and other
institutional lenders (the "Initial Lenders") listed on the signature pages
hereof, and CITIBANK, N.A. ("Citibank"), as agent (the "Agent") for the Lenders
(as hereinafter defined).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Borrower and Citibank, Shawmut Bank Connecticut,
N.A., Mellon Bank, N.A., Wachovia Bank of Georgia, N.A., Royal Bank of Canada,
New York Branch, Banque Nationale de Paris and Barclays Bank PLC are each
parties to a Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 1994 (each such credit
agreement, an "Existing Credit Agreement" and, collectively, the "Existing
Credit Agreements"); and such parties agree that by their execution of this
Agreement, their respective Existing Credit Agreement shall be terminated and of
no further force and effect and that in connection therewith, the banks named
above have agreed to return promptly to the Borrower, the Notes and the
Uncommitted Advance Notes (as defined in and issued under the Existing Credit
Agreements).
WHEREAS, State Street Bank and Trust desires to become a party
to this Agreement.
WHEREAS, each Existing Credit Agreement having been
terminated, the Borrower desires to enter into this Agreement as well as the
Facility A (364 Day) Credit Agreement with the Lenders being executed
simultaneously herewith.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the
mutual promises and covenants contained herein the Borrower and the Initial
Lenders hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
<PAGE> 7
SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms. As used in this
Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings
to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms
defined):
"Acquiring Person" means any person (other than the ESOP) who
is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of
the Borrower's outstanding common stock.
"Advance" means a Committed Advance or an Uncommitted Advance.
"Agent's Account" means the account of the Agent maintained by
the Agent at Citibank with its office at 7th Floor, Zone 1, One Court Square,
Long Island City, New York, 11120, Account No. 36852248, Attention: Mr. John
Makrinos.
"Applicable Eurodollar Margin" means with respect to any
Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance, (i) .2500% if on the date such
Eurodollar Rate Advance is made the Borrower's outstanding Long-Term
Indebtedness is rated BBB+ or higher by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a
division of McGraw-Hill, Inc. ("Standard & Poor's") and Baal or higher by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), (ii) .3375% if on the date such
Eurodollar Rate Advance is made clause (i) is inapplicable and the Borrower's
outstand ing Long-Term Indebtedness is rated BBB or higher by Standard & Poor's
and Baa2 or higher by Moody's and (iii) .4375% if on the date such Eurodollar
Rate Advance is made clauses (i) and (ii) are inapplicable and the Borrower's
outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated BBB- or below by Standard & Poor's
or Baa3 or below by Moody's; provided that for purposes of this definition all
references to any rating agency shall be deemed to be deleted in the event that
the Borrower's outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is no longer rated by such
agency, and clause (iii) shall be deemed to apply if such Long-Term Indebtedness
is no longer rated by either agency.
"Applicable Facility Fee Rate" means as of any date of payment
of the fee required by Section 2.03 (i) a rate per annum equal to .1000% if on
such date the Borrower's outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated A- or
higher by Standard & Poor's and A3 or higher by Moody's, (ii) a rate per annum
equal to .1875% if on such date clause (i) is inapplicable and the Borrower's
outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated BBB+ or higher by Standard & Poor's
and Baal or higher by Moody's, (iii) a rate per annum equal to .2250% if on such
date clauses (i) and (ii) are inapplicable and the Borrower's outstanding
Long-Term Indebtedness is rated BBB or higher by Standard & Poor's and Baa2 or
higher by Moody's and (iv) a rate per annum equal to .2500% if on such date
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are inapplicable and the Borrower's outstanding
Long-Term Indebtedness is rated BBB- or below by Standard & Poor's or Baa3 or
below by Moody's; provided that all references to any rating agency shall be
deemed to be deleted in the event that the Borrower's outstanding Long-Term
Indebtedness
2
<PAGE> 8
is no longer rated by such agency, and clause (iv) shall be deemed to apply if
such Long-Term Indebtedness is no longer rated by either agency.
"Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to each
Lender, such Lender's Domestic Lending Office in the case of a Base Rate Advance
and such Lender's Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar Rate
Advance and, in the case of an Uncommitted Advance, the office of such Lender
notified by such Lender to the Agent and the Borrower as its Applicable Lending
Office with respect to such Uncommitted Advance.
"Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance
entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Agent, in
substantially the form of Exhibit I hereto.
"Base Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum as
shall be in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be
equal to the highest of:
(a) the rate of interest announced publicly by the Reference
Bank in New York, New York, from time to time, as its base rate;
(b) 1/2 of one percent per annum above the secondary market
morning offering rate in the United States for three-month certificates
of deposit of major United States money market banks, determined by the
Reference Bank, such rate being determined by the Reference Bank on the
basis of quotations for such rates received by the Reference Bank from
three New York certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing
selected by the Reference Bank adjusted to the nearest 1/4 of one
percent or, if there is no nearest 1/4 of one percent, to the next
higher 1/4 of one percent; or
(c) 1/2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate.
"Base Rate Advance" means a Committed Advance that bears
interest as provided in Section 2.05(a).
"Borrower" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.
"Borrowing" means a Committed Borrowing or an Uncommitted
Borrowing.
"Business Day" means a day of the year on which banks are not
required or authorized to close in New York City and, if the applicable Business
Day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Advances, on which dealings in Dollars are
carried on in the London interbank market.
3
<PAGE> 9
"Capital Lease" means any lease of property, real or personal,
the obligations under which are capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
"Change of Control" means, with respect to the Borrower, the
occurrence of any event, act or condition which results in either (i) any Person
other than the ESOP becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of
30% or more of the outstanding common stock of the Borrower or (ii) individuals
who constitute the Continuing Directors ceasing for any reason to constitute at
least the majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower.
"Citibank" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.
"Commitment" means, with respect to any Lender, the amount
specified opposite such Lender's name on the signature pages hereof or, if such
Lender has entered into any Assignment and Acceptance, set forth for such Lender
in the Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 8.07(d), as such
amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.01(b).
"Committed Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the
Borrower as part of a Committed Borrowing and refers to a Base Rate Advance or a
Eurodollar Rate Advance, each of which shall be a "Type" of Committed Advance.
"Committed Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of
simultaneous Committed Advances of the same Type made by each of the Lenders
pursuant to Section 2.01.
"Committed Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower
payable to the order of any Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit A
hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender
resulting from the Committed Advances made by such Lender.
"Consolidated Cash Expenditures" has the meaning provided in
Section 5.01(f).
"Consolidated Cash Flow" has the meaning provided in Section
5.01(f).
"Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means the excess over
current liabilities of all assets properly appearing on a consolidated balance
sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiar ies after deducting goodwill,
trademarks, patents, other like intangibles and the minority interests of others
in Subsidiaries.
"Consolidated Subsidiary" has the meaning provided in Section
5.01(f).
4
<PAGE> 10
"Contingent Obligation" as to any Person means any obligation
of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases,
dividends or other obligations ("primary obligations") of any other Person (the
"primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including,
without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct
or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (x) for the
purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (y) to maintain working
capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the
net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property,
securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any
such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of
such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner
of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however,
that the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements of
instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The
amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the
stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such
Contin gent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum
reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is
required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
"Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of
Directors of the Borrower who is not affiliated with an Acquiring Person and who
is a member of the Board of Directors of the Borrower immediately prior to the
time that the Acquiring Person became an Acquiring Person and any successor to a
Continuing Director who is not affiliated with the Acquiring Person and is
recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing
Directors who are then members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower.
"Default" means an event which would constitute an Event of
Default but for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both.
"Dollars" and "$" mean lawful money of the United States of
America.
"Domestic Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender,
the office of such Lender specified as its "Domestic Lending Office" opposite
its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to
which it became a Lender, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may
from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Agent.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, or any successors thereto, and the
regulations promulgated and the rulings found thereunder.
5
<PAGE> 11
"ERISA Controlled Group" means a group consisting of any ERISA
Person and all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or
businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control with such Person
that, together with such Person, are treated as a single employer under
regulations of the PBGC.
"ERISA Person" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(9) of
ERISA for the term "person."
"ERISA Plan" means (i) any Plan that (x) is not a
Multiemployer Plan and (y) has Unfunded Benefit Liabilities in excess of
$20,000,000 and (ii) any Plan that is a Multiemployer Plan.
"ESOP" means The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan or any
successor plan.
"Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning provided in
Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time.
"Eurodollar Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender,
the office of such Lender specified as its "Eurodollar Lending Office" opposite
its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to
which it became a Lender (or, if no such office of such Lender is specified, its
Domestic Lending Office), or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may
from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Agent.
"Eurodollar Rate" means, for any Interest Period for each
Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the same Committed Borrowing, an
interest rate per annum equal to the offered rate for deposits in Dollars as
quoted by the British Banker's Association on Telerate page 3750 at 11:00 A.M.
(London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period in
an amount substantially equal to the Reference Bank's Eurodollar Rate Advance
comprising part of such Committed Borrowing to be outstanding during such
Interest Period and for a period equal to such Interest Period.
"Eurodollar Rate Advance" means a Committed Advance that bears
interest as provided in Section 2.05(b).
"Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage" for any Lender for any
Eurodollar Rate Advances owing to such Lender means the reserve percentage
applicable two Business Days before the first day of the applicable Interest
Period under regulations issued from time to time by the Federal Reserve Board
for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation,
any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for such
Lender with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including
Eurocurrency Liabilities having a term equal to the applicable Interest Period.
6
<PAGE> 12
"Events of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
"Federal Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States
Code entitled "Bankruptcy", as amended from time to time, or any successor
thereto.
"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating
interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve Board arranged by Federal fund brokers, as published for such
day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day)
by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published
for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day
on such transactions received by the Reference Bank from three Federal funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by the Reference Bank.
"Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System as constituted from time to time.
"Fixed Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.13(c)(ii)(C).
"Fixed Rate Advance" means an Advance which bears interest as
provided in Section 2.05(d).
"Fixed Rate Auction" means a solicitation of Quotes setting
forth Fixed Rates pursuant to Section 2.13.
"Floating Rate" means, for any Interest Period for a Floating
Rate Advance, an interest rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect from
time to time minus the Floating Rate Margin for such Advance and Interest
Period.
"Floating Rate Advance" means an Advance which bears interest
as provided in Section 2.05(c).
"Floating Rate Auction" means a solicitation of Quotes setting
forth Floating Rate Margins based on the Base Rate pursuant to Section 2.13.
"Floating Rate Margin" has the meaning provided in Section
2.13(c)(ii)(B).
"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting
principles as in effect from time to time.
"Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (i)
all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
price of property or services
7
<PAGE> 13
(other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business of such
Person), (ii) all indebtedness of such Person evidenced by a note, bond,
debenture or similar instrument, (iii) the principal component of all Capital
Lease obligations of such Person, (iv) the face amount of all letters of credit
issued for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all unreimbursed
amounts drawn thereunder, (v) all indebtedness of any other Person secured by
any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such indebtedness
has been assumed, (vi) all Contingent Obligations of such Person, and (vii) all
payment obligations of such Person under any interest rate protection agreement
(including, without limitation, any interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars
and similar agreements) and currency swaps and similar agreements.
"Initial Lenders" has the meaning specified in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.
"Interest Period" means, for each Eurodollar Rate Advance
comprising part of the same Committed Borrowing, each Floating Rate Advance
comprising part of the same Uncommitted Borrowing and each Fixed Rate Advance
comprising part of the same Uncommitted Borrowing, the period commencing on the
date of such Advance or the date of the continuation of such Eurodollar Rate
Advance or the date of the conversion of any Base Rate Advance into such
Eurodollar Rate Advance and ending on the last day of the period se lected by
the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below. The duration of each such
Interest Period shall be (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance, one, two,
three or six months, (b) in the case of a Fixed Rate Advance, from 14 to 180
days, and (c) in the case of a Floating Rate Advance, from 30 to 180 days, in
each case as the Borrower may select in the Notice of Borrowing, Quote Request
or Notice of Conversion or Continuation for such Advance, as the case may be;
provided that:
(i) the Borrower may not select any Interest Period which ends
after the Termination Date;
(ii) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would
otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of
such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding
Business Day; provided that if, in the case of any Interest Period with
respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advance, such extension would cause the
last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following
calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the
next preceding Business Day;
(iii) any Interest Period which begins on the last Business
Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest
Period) shall, subject to clause (iv) below, end on the last Business
Day of a calendar month;
8
<PAGE> 14
(iv) any Interest Period which would otherwise end after the
Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date;
(v) if, upon the expiration of any Interest Period with
respect to a Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate
Advances, the Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be
applicable to such Advances as provided above, the Borrower shall be
deemed to have elected to convert such Advances into a Base Rate
Advance effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest
Period; and
(vi) Interest Periods commencing on the same date for
Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Committed
Borrowing or for Fixed Rate Advances or Floating Rate Advances
comprising part of the same Uncommitted Borrowing shall be of the same
duration.
"Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.
"Lenders" means the Initial Lenders and each Person that shall
become a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.07.
"Lien" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation,
assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or
preferential payment arrangement, priority or other security agreement of any
kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the
same effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing statement or
similar instrument under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any
jurisdiction, domestic or foreign.
"Long-Term Indebtedness" means the long-term Senior Unsecured
Indebtedness of the Borrower.
"Margin Stock" has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in
effect from time to time.
"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and
its Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
"Multiemployer Plan" means a Plan which is a "multiemployer
plan" as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
"Note" means a Committed Note or an Uncommitted Note.
9
<PAGE> 15
"Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning provided in Section
2.02(b).
"Notice of Conversion or Continuation" has the meaning
provided in Section 2.04.
"Other Taxes" has the meaning provided in Section 2.10.
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
established under ERISA, or any successor thereto.
"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation
(including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated
association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a
government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
"Plan" means any employee benefit plan covered by Title IV of
ERISA, the funding requirements of which:
(i) were the responsibility of the Borrower or a member of its
ERISA Controlled Group at any time within the five years immediately
preceding the date hereof,
(ii) are currently the responsibility of the Borrower or a
member of its ERISA Controlled Group, or
(iii) hereafter become the responsibility of the Borrower or a
member of its ERISA Controlled Group,
including any such plans as may have been, or may hereafter be, terminated for
whatever reason.
"Principal Property" means all real property and tangible
personal property constituting a manufacturing plant owned by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries, exclusive of (i) motor vehicles, mobile materials
handling equipment and other rolling stock, (ii) office furnishings and
equipment, information and electronic data processing equipment, (iii) any
property financed through obligations issued by a state, territory or possession
of the United States, or any political subdivision or instrumentality of the
foregoing, on which the interest cannot, in the opinion of tax counsel of
recognized standing or in accordance with a ruling issued by the Internal
Revenue Service, be included in gross income of the holder under Section
103(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor to such provision) as
in effect at the time of the issuance of such obligations, (iv) any real
property held for development or sale, or (v) any property and equipment
included therein without deduction of any depreciation reserves which is less
than 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or
10
<PAGE> 16
which the Board of Directors of the Borrower determines is not material to the
operation of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
"Principal Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Borrower
which has net sales which represent 15% or more of the consolidated net sales of
the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
"Pro Rata Share" means, with respect to any Lender, the
percentage corresponding to the fraction the numerator of which shall be the
amount of the Commitment of such Lender and the denominator of which shall be
the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all Lenders.
"Quote" means an offer by any Lender to make an advance under
Section 2.13.
"Quote Request" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(b).
"Rate Notification" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.02(a).
"Rate Request" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).
"Reference Bank" means Citibank or, if Citibank is no longer
the Agent, such Person (which shall be a Lender or the Agent) as shall be
designated by the Borrower with the consent of the Required Lenders, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
"Register" has the meaning specified in Section 8.07(d).
"Reportable Event" has the meaning set forth in Section
4043(b) of ERISA (other than a Reportable Event as to which the provision of 30
days notice to the PBGC is waived under applicable regulations).
"Required Lenders" means at any time Lenders representing in
the aggregate at least 51% of the Commitments or, if the Commitments shall have
terminated, Lenders representing in the aggregate at least 51% of the sum of the
Advances owing to Lenders hereunder.
"Senior Unsecured Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that is not
subordinated to any other Indebtedness and is not secured or supported by a
guarantee, letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement.
"Subsidiary" of any Person means (i) any corporation 50% or
more of whose stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary
voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation
(irrespective of whether or not at the time stock
11
<PAGE> 17
of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting
power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by
such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries and (ii) any
partnership, association, joint venture, limited liability company or other
entity in which such Person, directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, is
either a general partner or has a 50% or more equity interest at the time.
"Taxes" has the meaning provided in Section 2.10.
"Termination Date" means the earlier of the date that is five
years after the date hereof or the date of termination in whole of the
Commitments pursuant to Section 2.01(b) or 6.01.
"Termination Event" means (i) a Reportable Event, or (ii) the
initiation of any action by the Borrower, any member of the Borrower's ERISA
Controlled Group or any ERISA Plan fiduciary to terminate an ERISA Plan or the
treatment of an amendment to an ERISA Plan as a termination under ERISA, or
(iii) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA to
terminate an ERISA Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any ERISA Plan.
"Type" has the meaning provided in the definitions of
Committed Advance and Uncommitted Advance.
"Uncommitted Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the
Borrower as part of an Uncommitted Borrowing resulting from the auction bidding
procedure described in Section 2.13 and refers to a Floating Rate Advance or a
Fixed Rate Advance, each of which shall be a "Type" of Uncommitted Advance.
"Uncommitted Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower
payable to the order of any Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit D
hereto, evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting
from the Uncommitted Advances made by such Lender.
"Uncommitted Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of
simultaneous Uncommitted Advances from each of the Lenders whose offer to make
one or more Uncommitted Advances as part of such borrowing has been accepted
under the auction bidding procedure described in Section 2.13.
"Unfunded Benefit Liabilities" means with respect to any Plan
at any time, the amount (if any) by which (i) the present value of all benefit
liabilities under such Plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, exceeds
(ii) the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all
determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such
12
<PAGE> 18
Plan (on the basis of assumptions prescribed by the PBGC for the purpose of
Section 4044 of ERISA).
SECTION 1.02. Computation of Time Periods. In this Agreement
in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified
date, the word "from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until"
each mean "to but excluding".
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not
specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.
ARTICLE II
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES
SECTION 2.01. The Commitment. (a) The Committed Advances. Each
Lender agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make
Committed Advances to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during
the period from the date hereof until the Termination Date in an aggregate
amount not to exceed at any time outstanding of (i) such Lender's Commitment
minus (ii) such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the aggregate principal amount of all
Uncommitted Advances then outstanding. Within the limits of each Lender's
Commitment, the Borrower may borrow, repay, prepay (as provided in Section 2.07)
and reborrow such amount or any portion thereof. Each Committed Borrowing shall
be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000
in excess thereof or, if less, the aggregate amount of the unused Commitments
and shall consist of Committed Advances of the same Type made on the same day by
the Lenders ratably according to their respective Commitments. Notwithstanding
the foregoing restriction with respect to the minimum amount of each Committed
Borrowing, the Borrower may borrow Committed Borrowings in an aggregate amount
equal to the amount by which the aggregate amount of a proposed Uncommitted
Borrowing requested by the Borrower exceeds the aggregate amount of Uncommitted
Advances offered to be made by the Lenders and accepted by the Borrower in
respect of such Uncommitted Borrowing, if such Uncommitted Borrowing is made on
the same date as such Committed Borrowing.
(b) Termination and Reduction. The Borrower shall have the
right, upon at least two Business Days' notice to the Agent, to terminate in
whole or reduce each Lender's Pro Rata Share of the unused Commitments, provided
that the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Lenders shall not be reduced
to an amount that is less than the aggregate principal amount of the Uncommitted
Advances then outstanding. Each partial reduction of the Commitments shall be in
the aggregate amount of at least $10,000,000 or a larger whole multiple of
$1,000,000.
13
<PAGE> 19
SECTION 2.02. Making the Committed Advances. (a) Determination
of Eurodollar Rate. The Borrower may request the Reference Bank, no earlier than
9:00 A.M. (New York City time) and no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time)
on the third Business Day before a proposed Eurodollar Rate Advance, to notify
the Borrower of the Eurodollar Rate that would be applicable to a Committed
Advance in the principal amount and with the Interest Period as described by the
Borrower in such request, which request shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit B-1 (a "Rate Request"). Upon such request, the Reference Bank shall
furnish such interest rate to the Borrower no later than noon (New York City
time) on the second Business Day before the proposed Eurodollar Rate Advance by
delivering to the Borrower a copy of the related Rate Request setting forth such
rate and executed by an autho rized officer of the Reference Bank in the space
provided therefor (a "Rate Notification"). The Borrower shall be entitled to
rely on any such notification and such rate shall be conclusive and binding on
the Lenders absent manifest error.
(b) Notice of Borrowing. Each Committed Borrowing shall be
made on notice by the Borrower to the Agent, which shall give to each Lender
prompt notice thereof by telecopier or telex, given not later than 11:00 A.M.
(New York City time) on the date of the proposed Committed Borrowing, if such
Committed Borrowing is to be comprised of Base Rate Advances and no earlier than
9:00 A.M. (New York City time) and no later than 4:00 P.M. (New York City time)
on the third Business Day prior to such date if such Committed Borrowing is to
be comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances. Each such notice of a Committed
Borrowing (a "Notice of Borrowing") shall be by telecopier, telex or cable, or
by telephone confirmed immediately in writing, in substantially the form of
Exhibit B-2 hereto, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Committed
Borrowing, (ii) Type of Advances comprising such Committed Borrowing, (iii)
aggregate amount of such Committed Borrowing and (iv) in the case of a Committed
Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the initial Interest Period
for each such Committed Advance. Each Lender shall, before 1:00 P.M. (New York
City time) on the date of such Committed Borrowing, make available for the
account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Agent at the Agent's Account, in
same day funds, such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such Committed Borrowing.
Promptly after the Agent's receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the
applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Agent will make such funds
available to the Borrower by depositing the same in immediately available funds
into such account as the Borrower shall have specified in the related Notice of
Borrowing.
(c) Illegality, Etc. Anything in subsection (a) or (b) above
to the contrary notwithstanding,
(i) if any Lender shall, at least one Business Day before the
date of any requested Advance or the date of any conversion to or
continuation of a Eurodollar Rate Advance, notify the Agent that the
introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or
regulation makes it unlawful, or that any central bank or
14
<PAGE> 20
other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such
Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office to perform its obligations
hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or to fund or maintain
Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder, the Agent shall forthwith given
notice thereof to the other Lenders and the Borrower, whereupon (A)
such Lender shall have no obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances,
or to convert Advances into Eurodollar Rate Advances, until such Lender
notifies the Borrower and the Agent that the circumstances causing such
suspension no longer exist and (B) the Borrower shall be deemed to have
converted all Eurodollar Rate Advances of such Lender then outstanding
into Base Rate Advances in accordance with Section 2.04 on and as of
the date of the Agent's receipt of such notice, unless and to the
extent such notice directs that one or more Eurodollar Rate Advances
shall be so converted on the last day of the applicable Interest
Period, provided that (w) before giving any such notice, such Lender
agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy
and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different
Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a designation would
avoid the need for such suspension and conversion and would not, in the
reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to
such Lender, (x) any request by the Borrower for Eurodollar Rate
Advances during a time when a Lender's obligation to make, or convert
Advances into, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended hereunder
shall be deemed to be a request for, or for conversion into, Base Rate
Advances from such Lender, (y) all Advances that would otherwise be
made by such Lender as Eurodollar Rate Advances during any such
suspension shall instead be made as Base Rate Advances, and (z) in the
event any Lender shall notify the Agent and the Borrower of the
occurrence of the circumstances causing such suspension under this
Section 2.02(c), all payments and prepayments of principal that would
otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurodollar Rate Advances that
would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurodollar Rate
Advances shall instead be applied to repay the Base Rate Advances made
by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such
Eurodollar Rate Advances;
(ii) if the Reference Bank cannot furnish the Eurodollar Rate
for any Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances
because of conditions existing in the London interbank market, the
right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be
suspended until the Reference Bank shall notify the Borrower and the
Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist;
and
(iii) if the Required Lenders shall, at least one Business Day
before the date of any requested Eurodollar Rate Advance, notify the
Agent that the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period will not
adequately reflect the cost to the Required Lenders of making, funding
or maintaining their respective Eurodollar Rate Advances for such
Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith so notify the Borrower and
the Lenders, whereupon the Lenders shall have no obligation to make, or
convert Committed
15
<PAGE> 21
Advances into, Eurodollar Rate Advances until the Agent shall notify
the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such
suspension no longer exist.
(d) Effect of Failure to Fulfill Conditions. Each Notice of
Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. In the case of any
Committed Borrowing that the related Notice of Borrowing specifies is to be
comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender
against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any
failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in such Notice of Borrowing
for such Committed Borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Article III,
including, without limitation, any loss (excluding anticipated profits), cost or
expense reasonably incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of
deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Committed Advance to
be made by such Lender as part of such Committed Borrowing when such Advance, as
a result of such failure, is not made on such date, such indemnity to be paid
promptly upon receipt by the Borrower of a certificate of such Lender setting
forth the calculation of the amount of the indemnity claimed by such Lender.
(e) Funds Available. Unless the Agent shall have received
notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Committed Borrowing that such
Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender's ratable portion of
such Committed Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such
portion available to the Agent on the date of such Committed Borrowing in
accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 2.02 and the Agent may, in
reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a
corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so
made such ratable portion available to the Agent, such Lender and the Borrower
severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding
amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is
made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the
Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the
time to Committed Advances comprising such Committed Borrowing and (ii) in the
case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate. If such Lender shall repay to the
Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such
Lender's Committed Advance as part of such Committed Borrowing for purposes of
this Agreement.
(f) Failure to Make Advances. The failure of any Lender to
make the Committed Advance to be made by it as part of any Committed Borrowing
shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make
its Committed Advance on the date of such Committed Borrowing, but no Lender
shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Committed
Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Committed Borrowing.
SECTION 2.03. Fees. (a) Facility Fee. The Borrower agrees to
pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender a facility fee on the aggregate
amount of such Lender's
16
<PAGE> 22
Commitment from the date hereof in the case of each Initial Lender and from the
effective date specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it
became a Lender in the case of each other Lender until the Termination Date at
the Applicable Facility Fee Rate, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day
of each March, June, September and December during the term hereof and on the
Termination Date. All computations of the facility fee shall be based on a year
of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be.
(b) Agent's Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its
own account such fees as may from time to time be agreed between the Borrower
and the Agent.
SECTION 2.04. Continuation and Conversion. (a) General.
Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Borrower shall have the option (i)
to convert all or any part of an outstanding Committed Borrowing consisting of
Base Rate Advances to a Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate
Advances, (ii) to convert all or any part of an outstanding Committed Borrowing
consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances to a Committed Borrowing consisting of
Base Rate Advances, or (iii) to continue all or any part of an outstanding
Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances as a Committed
Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances for an additional Interest
Period; provided that no Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate
Advances shall be so converted other than as contemplated by Section 2.02(c) or
continued, until the expiration of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
(b) Notice of Conversion or Continuation. In order to elect to
convert or continue a Committed Borrowing hereunder, the Borrower shall deliver
an irrevocable notice thereof (a "Notice of Conversion or Continuation") to the
Agent by telecopier, telex or cable or by telephone confirmed immediately in
writing, no later than (i) 11:00 A.M., (New York City time) on the proposed
conversion date in the case of a conversion to Base Rate Advances and (ii) no
earlier than 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) and no later than 4:00 P.M. (New
York City time) on the third Business Day in advance of the proposed conversion
or contin uation date in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of,
Eurodollar Rate Advances, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto. A
Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall specify (w) the requested conversion
or continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), (x) the amount and Type of
the Advances to be converted or continued, (y) whether a conversion or
continuation is requested, and (z) in the case of a conversion to, or a
continuation of, Eurodollar Rate Advances, the requested Interest Period. The
relevant Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period in the case of a conversion
to, or a continuation of, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be determined in the
manner provided in Section 2.02(a) as if such conversion or continuation is
instead new Eurodollar Rate Advances in such amount, on such date and for such
Interest Period. If the Borrower fails to give a Notice of Conversion or
Continuation with respect to an outstanding Committed Borrowing consisting of
Eurodollar Rate Advances as provided in clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall be
deemed to have converted such
17
<PAGE> 23
Eurodollar Rate Advances into Base Rate Advances in accordance with this Section
2.04 if such Advances are outstanding after the last day of the Interest Period
with respect thereto.
SECTION 2.05. Interest on Advances. The Borrower shall pay
interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance owing to each Lender
from the date of such Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full,
at the following rates per annum:
(a) Base Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Base Rate
Advance, a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect from time to
time, payable in arrears quarterly on the last Business Day of each
fiscal quarter during the period such Base Rate Advance remains
outstanding and on the date such Base Rate Advance shall be paid in
full;
(b) Eurodollar Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Eurodollar
Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest
Period for such Advance to the sum of the Eurodollar Rate for such
Interest Period plus the Applicable Eurodollar Margin for such Advance,
payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period and, if such
Interest Period has a duration of more than three months, on each day
which occurs during such Interest Period every three months from the
first day of such Interest Period;
(c) Floating Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Floating Rate
Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period
for such Advance to the Floating Rate for such Interest Period quoted
by such Lender in accordance with Section 2.13, payable in arrears on
the last Business Day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest
Period has a duration of more than three months, on each day which
occurs during such Interest Period every three months from the first
day of such Interest Period;
(d) Fixed Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Fixed Rate
Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period
for such Advance to the Fixed Rate for such Interest Period quoted by
such Lender in accordance with Section 2.13, payable in arrears on the
last day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest Period has a
duration of more than three months, on each day which occurs during
such Interest Period every three months from the first day of such
Interest Period; and
(e) Default Rate. In the event that, and for so long as, any
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the outstanding
principal amount of all Advances and, to the extent permitted by law,
overdue interest in respect of all Advances, shall bear interest at a
rate per annum equal to the sum of two percent (2%) plus the interest
rate otherwise applicable hereunder to such principal amount in effect
from time to time. In the event that, and for so long as, any Default
under Section
18
<PAGE> 24
6.01(a) shall have occurred and be continuing, the outstanding
principal amount of the Advance with respect to which such Default has
occurred and is continuing shall bear interest at a rate per annum
equal to the sum of two percent (2%) plus the interest rate otherwise
applicable hereunder to such principal amount in effect from time to
time.
SECTION 2.06. Additional Interest on Eurodollar Rate Advances.
The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, during each period as such Lender shall
be required under regulations of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain reserves
with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency
Liabilities, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each
Eurodollar Rate Advance of such Lender outstanding during such period, from the
later of the date such reserves are required and the making of such Advance
until the earlier of the date such reserves are no longer required and such
principal amount is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal at all
times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i) the Eurodollar Rate for the
Interest Period applicable to such Advance from (ii) the rates obtained by
dividing such Eurodollar Rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the average
Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage of such Lender during such period, payable on
each date on which interest is payable on such Advance. Such Lender shall
determine the amount of such additional interest, if any, and promptly notify
the Borrower through the Agent of the amount thereof.
SECTION 2.07. Repayment and Prepayment of Advances. (a) The
Borrower shall repay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders on the
Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of the Committed Advances then
outstanding and shall repay to the Agent for the account of the Lenders to which
Uncommitted Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing are owing the
aggregate principal amount of such Uncommitted Advances then outstanding on the
last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower shall have no
right to prepay any principal amount of any Advances other than as provided in
this Section 2.07. The Borrower may, upon at least two Business Days' notice to
the Agent stating the proposed date and principal amount of the prepayment, and
if such notice is given the Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding principal
amount of the Committed Advances comprising part of the same Committed Borrowing
in whole or ratably in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such
prepayment on the principal amount prepaid; provided, however, that each partial
prepayment shall be in the aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 or
a larger whole multiple of $1,000,000 and, in the case of a payment or
prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Advance other than on the last day of the
Interest Period for such Advance as provided herein, shall have the consequences
set forth in Section 8.04(b).
(b) The Borrower shall notify the Agent immediately upon
becoming aware of any Change of Control. Upon receipt of such notice and for a
period of 90 days thereafter, the Required Lenders shall be entitled, by written
notice to the Borrower received within such period, to terminate the Commitments
in whole and require the Borrower to prepay all outstanding Advances within 5
Business Days of its receipt of such notice, together with any
19
<PAGE> 25
accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of such prepayment and any other
amounts due hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, a
Change of Control shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Default hereunder.
SECTION 2.08. Increased Costs. (a) Changes in Law, Etc. If,
due to (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any
law or regulation on or after the date of this Agreement, or (ii) the compliance
with any guideline or request not applicable on the date of this Agreement from
any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the
force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing
to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Advances, then the
Borrower shall from time to time, promptly upon demand by such Lender (with a
copy of such demand to the Agent) accompanied by the certificate described in
the next sentence, pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender additional
amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost. A
certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to the Borrower
and the Agent by such Lender, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes,
absent manifest error.
(b) Capital Adequacy. If, due to (i) the introduction of or
any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation on or after the
date of this Agreement, or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request not
applicable on the date of this Agreement from any central bank or other
governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), any Lender
determines that the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by
such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender has been or would be
affected and that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the
existence of such Lender's commitment to lend hereunder and other commitments of
this type, then, upon demand by such Lender received by the Borrower within such
time from the relevant change or introduction described above as is reasonably
required in order to determine the effect thereof (with a copy of such demand to
the Agent) accompanied by a certificate of such Lender as to the amounts
demanded, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender,
from time to time as specified by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to
compensate such Lender or such corporation, as the case may be, to the extent
that such Lender reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable
to the existence of such Lender's commit ment to lend hereunder, such amounts to
be due and payable within two days of such Lender's invoice therefor. A
certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Borrower and the Agent by such
Lender shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.09. Payments and Computations. (a) Manner of
Payment. The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder and under the Notes not
later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the day when due in Dollars to the
Agent at the Agent's Account in same day funds. The Agent will promptly
thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of
principal or interest or facility fees ratably (other than amounts payable
pursuant to Section 2.02(d), 2.06, 2.08, 2.10, 2.13(f) or 8.04(b)) to the
Lenders for the
20
<PAGE> 26
account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices, and like funds relating
to the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such Lender for the
account of its Applicable Lending Office, in each case to be applied in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon its acceptance of an
Assignment and Acceptance and recording of the information contained therein in
the Register pursuant to Section 8.07(c), from and after the effective date
specified in such Assignment and Acceptance, the Agent shall make all payments
hereunder and under the Notes in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the
Lender assignee thereunder, and the parties to such Assignment and Acceptance
shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior to
such effective date directly between themselves.
(b) Setoff. The Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender, if and
to the extent payment owed to such Lender is not made when due hereunder or
under the Note or Notes held by such Lender, to charge from time to time against
any or all of the Borrower's accounts with such Lender any amount so due.
(c) Interest. All computations of interest based on the Base
Rate shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as
the case may be, and all computations of interest based on the Eurodollar Rate
or the Federal Funds Rate or with respect to Uncommitted Advances and all
computations of interest pursuant to Section 2.06 shall be made by the Agent on
the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for the actual number of days
(including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for
which such interest is payable. Each determination by the Reference Bank of an
interest rate for any Committed Advance hereunder shall be conclusive and
binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(d) Business Days. Whenever any payment hereunder or under the
Notes shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment
shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time
shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or
facility fee, as the case may be; provided that if such extension would cause
payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Advances to be made in
the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next
preceding Business Day.
(e) Assumption of Payment. Unless the Agent shall have
received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due
to the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full,
the Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the
Agent on such date and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to
be distributed to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount
then due such Lender. If and to the extent the Borrower shall not have so made
such payment in full to the Agent, each Lender shall repay to the Agent
forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender together with
interest thereon, for
21
<PAGE> 27
each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date
such Lender repays such amount to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.
(f) Rate Information. The Reference Bank shall notify the
Borrower and the Agent of the Base Rate in effect on the first Business Day on
which a Base Rate or Floating Rate Advance is outstanding and each day on which
a change in the Base Rate occurs, each in sufficient detail to enable the
Borrower to calculate interest payments hereunder with respect to Base Rate
Advances and Floating Rate Advances, and shall provide such information to any
Lender promptly upon its request. The Borrower will provide to each Lender (i)
(unless the Lender is the Reference Bank) promptly upon receipt thereof copies
of the information received by the Borrower pursuant to the immediately
preceding sentence or any Rate Notification received pursuant to Section
2.02(a), (ii) promptly upon the making of any interest payment with respect to a
Base Rate Advance or a Floating Rate Advance hereunder a schedule based on such
information setting forth the Base Rate for each day in the period in which such
Advance was outstanding, and (iii) promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof,
notice of any change in the rating assigned by Standard & Poor's or Moody's to
the Borrower's Long-Term Indebtedness and the date of such change, provided that
the Borrow er's failure to provide any of the foregoing information shall be
deemed not to be a Default or Event of Default hereunder.
SECTION 2.10. Taxes. (a) General. Any and all payments by the
Borrower hereunder or under the Notes shall be made in accordance with Section
2.09, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all taxes, levies,
imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect
thereto, not in effect or not imposed on the date of this Agreement; excluding,
in the case of each Lender and the Agent, taxes imposed on its income, and
franchise taxes imposed on it by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such
Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political
subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Lender, taxes imposed on its
income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction of such Lender's
Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof (all such
non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and
liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes").
(b) Other Taxes. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any
stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or under the Notes or
from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to,
this Agreement not in effect or not imposed on the date of this Agreement or the
Notes (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes") upon notice from the Lender.
(c) Tax Indemnity. The Borrower will indemnify each Lender and
the Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without
limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts
payable under this Section 2.10) paid by such Lender or the Agent (as the case
may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest
22
<PAGE> 28
and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such
Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification
shall be made within 30 days from the date such Lender or the Agent (as the case
may be) makes written demand therefor.
(d) Receipt. Within 30 days after the date of any payment of
Taxes, the Borrower will furnish to the Agent, at its address referred to in
Section 8.02, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment
thereof.
(e) Survival. Without prejudice to the survival of any other
agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the
Borrower contained in this Section 2.10 shall survive the payment in full of
principal and interest hereunder.
SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Debt. The Committed Advances owing
to each Lender shall be evidenced by the Committed Note to the order of such
Lender and the Uncom mitted Advances owing to each Lender shall be evidenced by
the Uncommitted Note to the order of such Lender, in each case delivered to such
Lender pursuant to Article III. The entries made in each Committed Note and each
Uncommitted Note shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent
manifest error.
SECTION 2.12. Use of Proceeds of Advances. The Borrower will
use the proceeds of the Advances for general corporate purposes, including,
without limitation, for the acquisition of Margin Stock.
SECTION 2.13. Uncommitted Advances. (a) The Uncommitted
Advances Option. In addition to Committed Advances pursuant to Section 2.01, the
Borrower may, as set forth in this Section 2.13, request the Lenders to make
offers to make Uncommitted Advances to the Borrower. Each Lender may, but shall
have no obligation to, make such offers and the Borrower may, but shall have no
obligation to, accept any such offers in the manner set forth in this Section
2.13; provided that, following the making of each Uncommitted Borrowing, the
aggregate amount of the Advances then outstanding shall not exceed the aggregate
amount of the Commitments of the Lenders (computed without regard to any
Uncommitted Advances then outstanding). The Uncommitted Advances may be Floating
Rate Advances or Fixed Rate Advances.
(b) Quote Request. When the Borrower wishes to request offers
to make Uncommitted Advances as part of an Uncommitted Borrowing, it shall
transmit to the Agent, by telecopier or telex, a quote request substantially in
the form of Exhibit E hereto (a "Quote Request") so as to be received (x) no
earlier than 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) and no later than 11:00 A.M. (New
York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of Borrowing
proposed therein, in the case of a Fixed Rate Auction, or (y) no later than
11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the
proposed date of Borrowing proposed therein, in the case of a Floating Rate
Auction, specifying:
23
<PAGE> 29
(i) the proposed date of Borrowing, which shall be a Business
Day;
(ii) the proposed aggregate amount of such Borrowing, which
shall be $10,000,000 or a larger whole multiple of $1,000,000; and
(iii) the duration of the proposed Interest Period applicable
thereto subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period.
The Agent shall in turn promptly notify each Lender of each request for an
Uncommitted Borrowing received by it from the Borrower by sending such Lender a
copy of the related Quote Request. The Borrower may request offers to make
Uncommitted Advances for more than one Interest Period in a single Quote
Request. No Quote Request shall be given within five Business Days of any other
Quote Request.
(c) Submission and Contents of Quotes. (i) Each Lender may but
shall not be required to submit a Quote containing an offer or offers to make an
Uncommitted Advance as part of a proposed Uncommitted Borrowing in response to
any Quote Request. Each Quote must comply with the requirements of this Section
2.13(c) and must be submitted to the Agent (which shall give prompt notice
thereof to the Borrower) in writing (including by telecopy) no later than (A)
11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the proposed
date of borrowing in the case of a Fixed Rate Auction or (B) 11:00 A.M. (New
York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed date of
borrowing, in the case of a Floating Rate Auction; provided that if the Agent in
its capacity as a Lender shall, in its sole discretion, elect to make any such
offer, it shall notify the Borrower of such offer at least 30 minutes before the
time and on the date on which notice of such election is to be given to the
Agent by the other Lenders. If any Lender shall elect not to make such an offer,
such Lender shall so notify the Agent, before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on
the date on which notice of such election is to be given to the Agent by the
other Lenders, and such Lender shall not be obligated to, and shall not, make
any Uncommitted Advance as part of such Uncommitted Borrowing; provided that the
failure by any Lender to give such notice shall not cause such Lender to be
obligated to make any Uncommitted Advance as part of such proposed Uncommitted
Borrowing. Any Quote so made shall be irrevocable except with the written
consent of the Borrower.
(ii) A Quote may set forth each separate offer by a Lender
with respect to each Interest Period specified in the related Quote Request.
Each Quote shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto, and shall in
any case specify:
(A) the principal amount of the Uncommitted Advance for each
such offer, which principal amount (1) may be greater than or less than
the Commitment of such Lender, (2) must be a whole multiple of
$1,000,000, (3) may not exceed (but may be less than) the proposed
principal amount of the proposed Uncommitted Borrowing set
24
<PAGE> 30
forth in the related Quote Request, and (4) may be subject to an
aggregate limitation as to the principal amount of Uncommitted Advances
for which offers being made by such Lender may be accepted;
(B) in the case of a Floating Rate Auction, the margin below
the Base Rate (the "Floating Rate Margin") offered for each such
Uncommitted Advance expressed as a percentage (specified to the nearest
1/1,000th of 1%) to be subtracted from such Base Rate; and
(C) in the case of a Fixed Rate Auction, the rate of interest
per annum (specified to the nearest 1/1,000th of 1%) (the "Fixed Rate")
offered for each such Uncommitted Advance.
(iii) Any Quote shall be disregarded if it:
(A) is not substantially in conformity with the format
described in the relevant Quote Request or does not specify all of the
information required by Section 2.13(c)(ii);
(B) contains qualifying, conditional or similar language;
(C) proposes terms other than or in addition to those set
forth in the appli cable Quote Request; or
(D) is received by the Agent after the time set forth in
Section 2.13(c)(i).
(d) Acceptance and Notice by Borrower. Not later than (i) 1:00
P.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the proposed date
of borrowing, in the case of a Fixed Rate Auction or (ii) 1:00 P.M. (New York
City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed date of
borrowing, in the case of a Floating Rate Auction, the Borrower shall notify the
Agent (which shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders) of its acceptance
or nonacceptance of the offers so notified to it pursuant to Section 2.13(c)
substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto; provided that if the Borrower
shall fail to so notify the Agent by the times set forth above, the Borrower
shall be deemed to have notified the Agent of its nonacceptance of each such
offer. In the case of acceptance, each such notice shall specify the aggregate
principal amount of offers that are accepted. The Borrower may accept any such
offer in whole or in part; provided that:
(i) the aggregate principal amount of each Uncommitted
Borrowing may not exceed the applicable amount set forth in the related Quote
Request;
25
<PAGE> 31
(ii) the principal amount of each Uncommitted Borrowing must
be $10,000,000 or a larger whole multiple of $1,000,000;
(iii) acceptance of offers from the Lenders may only be made
on the basis of ascending Floating Rate Margins or Fixed Rates, as the
case may be; and
(iv) the Borrower may not accept any offer that is described
in Section 2.13(c)(iii) or that otherwise fails to comply with the
requirements of this Agreement.
(e) Allocation. If offers are made by more than one Lender
with the same Floating Rate Margins or Fixed Rates, as the case may be, for a
greater aggregate principal amount than the amount in respect of which such
offers are accepted, the principal amount of Uncommitted Advances in respect of
which such offers are accepted shall be allocated by the Agent among such
Lenders as nearly as possible (in such multiples, not less than $1,000,000, as
it may deem appropriate) in proportion to the aggregate principal amounts of
such offers. Determinations by the Agent of the allocations of Uncommitted
Advances shall be binding and conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The
Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any allocation
pursuant to this Section 2.13(e).
(f) Funding. In the case of an Uncommitted Borrowing as to
which the Borrower has accepted the offer of one or more Lenders to make an
Uncommitted Advance under clause (d) above, before 12:00 noon (New York City
time) on the date of such Uncommitted Borrowing, each such Lender shall make
available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Agent at the
Agent's Account, in same day funds, such Lender's portion of such Uncommitted
Borrowing. Upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article
III and after receipt by the Agent of such funds, the Agent will make such funds
available to the Borrower by depositing the same in immediately available funds
into such account as the Borrower shall have specified in the related notice of
acceptance (in substantially the form of Exhibit G). Promptly after each
Uncommitted Borrowing the Agent will notify each Lender of the amount of the
Uncommitted Borrowing, the aggregate principal amount of the Uncommitted
Advances then outstanding and the dates upon which such Uncommitted Advances
commenced and will mature.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS
AND LENDING
SECTION 3.01. Condition Precedent to Effectiveness of Sections
2.01 and 2.13. Sections 2.01 and 2.13 shall become effective on and as of the
first date on which the Agent shall have received the following, each dated such
day, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and (except for the Notes)
in sufficient copies for each Lender:
26
<PAGE> 32
(a) Notes. The Committed Notes and the Uncommitted Notes to
the order of the Lenders, respectively;
(b) Resolutions, Etc. Certified copies of documents evidencing
all necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with
respect to this Agreement, the Committed Notes and the Uncommitted
Notes;
(c) Incumbency. A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Borrower certifying the names and true signatures of
the officers of the Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement, the
Committed Notes, the Uncommitted Notes and the other documents to be
delivered hereunder; and
(d) Legal Opinion. An opinion of counsel to the Borrower
substantially in the form of Exhibit H.
SECTION 3.02. Conditions Precedent to Each Advance. The
obligation of each Lender to make each Advance (including the initial Advance)
as part of a Borrowing shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that
(i) on the date of such Borrowing the following statements shall be true (and
each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Borrowing or the notice of
acceptance under Section 2.13(d), as the case may be, and the acceptance by the
Borrower of the proceeds of such Advance shall constitute a representation and
warranty by the Borrower that on the date of such Advance the following
statements shall be true): (x) the representations and warranties contained in
Section 4.01 are correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such
Borrowing, before and after giving effect to such Borrowing and to the
application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date,
and (y) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such
Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, that would
constitute an Event of Default, or would constitute an Event of Default but for
the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both and, (ii) in the
case of a requested Borrowing the proceeds of which are to be used to purchase
or carry any Margin Stock, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate
of the chief financial officer of the Borrower accompanying the relevant Notice
of Borrowing setting forth in reasonable detail the basis upon which the
Borrower has made the representation set forth in the third sentence of Section
4.01(l) on and as of the date of such Borrowing, before and after giving effect
to such Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom.
27
<PAGE> 33
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.
The Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
(a) Corporate Existence. The Borrower is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Connecticut.
(b) Corporate Authorization, Etc. The execution, delivery and
performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the Notes are within
the Borrower's corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action and do not contravene (i) the Borrower's
charter or by-laws or (ii) any law or contractual restric tion binding
on or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
(c) No Approvals. No authorization, approval or action by, and
no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory
body is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the
Borrower of this Agreement or the Notes.
(d) Enforceability. This Agreement is and upon issuance and
delivery thereof in accordance with Article III each Note will be the
legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable
against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.
(e) Financial Information. The consolidated balance sheet of
the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994
and the related statements of income and retained earnings of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then
ended, copies of which have been furnished to the Lenders, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and the
results of the operations of the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with
GAAP consistently applied.
(f) No Litigation. Except as disclosed or otherwise reflected
in the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1994, there is no pending or (to the best of the
Borrower's knowledge) threatened action or proceeding against the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to any of their re
spective properties before any court, governmental agency or
arbitrator, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect or which purports to affect the legality, validity or
enforceability of this Agreement or any Note.
28
<PAGE> 34
(g) No Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 1994, there
has been no event, act or condition which has had a Material Adverse
Effect.
(h) Environmental Matters. Except as disclosed or otherwise
reflected in the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1994, neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries has received notice or otherwise obtained knowledge of any
claim, demand, action, event, condition, report or inves tigation
indicating or concerning any potential or actual liability which could
reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a
Material Adverse Effect arising in connection with (i) any
non-compliance with or violation of the requirements of any applicable
federal, state or local environmental health or safety statutes or
regulations, or (ii) the release or threatened release of any toxic or
hazardous waste, substance or constituent into the environment.
(i) Investment Company. The Borrower is not an "investment
company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
(j) Disclosure. The information furnished in writing by or on
behalf of the Borrower to the Lenders in connection with the
negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement does not contain
any material misstatements of fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(k) No Defaults. The Borrower (i) is not in default under or
with respect to this Agreement or any Note, and (ii) is not in default
under or with respect to any other agreement, instrument or undertaking
to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound
in any respect which could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(l) Use of Proceeds, Etc. All proceeds of each Advance will be
used by the Borrower only in accordance with the provisions of Section
2.12. The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit
for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock and no proceeds
of any Advance will be used to extend credit to others for the purpose
of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. Neither the making of any
Advance nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate or be
inconsistent with the provisions of Regulations G, U, or X issued by
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
29
<PAGE> 35
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER
SECTION 5.01. Affirmative Covenants. So long as any Advance or
any other amount owing hereunder shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have
any Commitment hereunder:
(a) Financial Information. The Borrower will furnish to the
Lenders:
(i) Quarterly Financial Statements. Within 50 days
after the close of each quarterly accounting period in each
fiscal year of the Borrower, the con solidated balance sheet
of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the
end of such quarterly period and the related consolidated and
consolidating statements of income, retained earnings and cash
flows for such quarterly period and for the elapsed portion of
the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly
period, in each case setting forth comparative figures for the
related periods in the prior fiscal year.
(ii) Annual Financial Statements. Within 95 days
after the close of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year
and the related consolidated statement of income, retained
earnings and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth
comparative figures for the preceding fiscal year and reported
on without qualification by independent certified public
accountants of recognized national standing, in each case
together with a report of such accounting firm stating that in
the course of its regular audit of the consolidated financial
statements of the Borrower, which audit was conducted in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, such
accounting firm has obtained no knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default relating to accounting matters (including,
without limitation, in respect of Section 5.01(f)), or if in
the opinion of such accounting firm such a Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the
nature thereof.
(iii) Officer's Certificates. At the time of the
delivery of the financial statements under clauses (i) and
(ii) above, a certificate of the chief financial officer of
the Borrower which certifies (x) that such financial
statements fairly present the financial condition and the
results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on
the dates and for the periods indicated, and (y) that such
officer has reviewed the terms of this Agreement and has made,
or caused to be made under his or her supervision, a review in
reasonable detail of the business and condition of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during the
30
<PAGE> 36
accounting period covered by such financial statements, and
that as a result of such review such officer has concluded
that no Default or Event of Default has occurred during the
period commencing at the beginning of the accounting period
covered by the financial statements accompanied by such
certificate and ending on the date of such certificate or, if
any Default or Event of Default has occurred, specifying the
nature and extent thereof and, if continuing, the action the
Borrower proposes to take in respect thereof. Such certificate
shall set forth the calculations required to establish whether
the Borrower was in compliance with the provisions of Section
5.01(f) for the twelve-month period ending as at the end of
the accounting period covered by the financial statements
accompanied by such certificate.
(iv) Notice of Default or Litigation. Promptly after
the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, or (ii) any
litigation or governmental proceeding pending or threatened
against the Borrower or other event, act or condition which
could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
(v) SEC Filings. Promptly upon transmission thereof,
copies of all regular and periodic financial information,
proxy materials and other information and reports, if any,
which the Borrower shall file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission or any governmental agencies substituted therefor
or which the Borrower shall send to its stockholders.
(vi) Other Information. From time to time, and as
soon as reasonably practicable, such other information or
documents (financial or otherwise) as any Lender through the
Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
(b) Compliance with Law. The Borrower shall, and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all applicable laws, rules,
statutes, regulations, decrees and orders of all governmental bodies,
domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of their business and
the ownership of their property, except such non-compliance as could
not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect at
the time of such noncompliance or in the foreseeable future.
(c) Payment of Taxes. The Borrower shall pay or cause to be
paid, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or cause to be
paid, when due, all taxes, charges and assessments and all other lawful
claims required to be paid by the Borrower or such Subsidiaries, except
(x) as contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
diligently conducted, if adequate reserves have been established with
respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (y) where such nonpayment
could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
31
<PAGE> 37
(d) Preservation of Corporate Existence. The Borrower shall,
and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all things necessary to
preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate
existence and the licenses, permits, rights and franchises necessary to
the proper conduct of its business, except where the failure to do so
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries will engage in any
business if, as a result, the general nature of the business, taken on
a consolidated basis, which would then be engaged in by the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries would be substantially changed from the general
nature of the business engaged in by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
on the date of this Agreement.
(e) Maintenance of Books and Records. The Borrower will
maintain financial records in accordance with GAAP, consistently
applied. The representatives of the Agent or any of the Lenders shall
have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the
Borrower and of any of its Subsidiaries, to examine their books of
account and records and take notes and make transcripts therefrom, and
to discuss their affairs, finances and accounts with, and be advised as
to the same by, their officers at such reasonable times and intervals
as may be requested.
(f) Financial Condition. The Borrower shall cause Consolidated
Cash Flow to equal or exceed 125% of Consolidated Cash Expenditures at
the end of each fiscal quarter for the twelve-month period then ended.
The defined terms used in this clause (f) shall be construed in
accordance with GAAP and as follows:
(i) "Consolidated Cash Flow" means for any fiscal
period the sum of (A) consolidated earnings before income
taxes of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for
such fiscal period (including any earnings representing net
gain on disposition of assets) before extraordinary items and
their tax effects and before income from discontinued
operations; (B) to the extent such amount is greater than
zero, (x) consolidated interest expense for the Borrower and
its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal period, minus
(y) consolidated interest earnings for the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal period; and (C)
consolidated depreciation and amortization for the Borrower
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal period; and
(ii) "Consolidated Cash Expenditures" means for any
fiscal period the sum of (A) consolidated interest expense of
the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, (B)
consolidated capital expenditures of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries and (C) the aggregate amount of all
dividends paid or declared by the Borrower on any of its
capital stock during such fiscal period; and
32
<PAGE> 38
(iii) "Consolidated Subsidiary" means at any date any
Subsidiary or other entity the financial statements of which
would, under GAAP, be con solidated with those of the Borrower
in its consolidated financial statements as of such date.
SECTION 5.02. Negative Covenants. So long as any Advance or
any other amount owing hereunder shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have
any Commitment hereunder:
(a) No Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist,
directly or indirectly, any Lien on any Principal Property now owned or
hereafter acquired (unless the Borrower secures the Advances made
hereunder equally and ratably with such Lien), other than:
(i) Liens existing and disclosed to the Lenders in
writing prior to the date hereof;
(ii) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves are
being maintained in accordance with GAAP;
(iii) Statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of
carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other Liens
imposed by law cre ated in the ordinary course of business for
amounts not yet due or which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with
respect to which adequate bonds have been posted;
(iv) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary
course of business in connection with workers' compensation,
unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or
to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts,
performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar
obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of
borrowed money);
(v) Easements, rights-of-way, zoning and similar
restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances not
interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and which do not detract
materially from the value of the property to which they attach
or impair materially the use thereof by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries;
(vi) Liens on property of any Person existing at the
time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower;
33
<PAGE> 39
(vii) Liens securing Indebtedness owed by a
Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or another
Subsidiary of the Borrower;
(viii) any Lien arising solely by operation of law in
the ordinary course of business or which is contained in a
contract for the purchase or sale of goods or services entered
into in the ordinary course of business;
(ix) Liens on any property existing at the time of
acquisition but only if the amount of outstanding Indebtedness
secured thereby does not exceed the lesser of the fair market
value or the purchase price of the property as purchased;
(x) any Lien securing the purchase price of revenues
or assets purchased after the date hereof or the cost of
repairing or altering, constructing, developing or
substantially improving all or any part of such revenues or
assets; provided that such Lien attaches only to such revenues
or assets (including any improvements) and the Indebtedness
thereby secured does not exceed the lesser of the fair market
value or the purchase price of the revenues or assets
(including any improvements) as purchased;
(xi) any other Liens securing Indebtedness which in
the aggregate does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets at any time outstanding; and
(xii) any extension, renewal or replacement of any of
the Liens referred to above; provided that the Indebtedness
secured by any such extension, renewal or replacement does not
exceed the sum of the principal amount of the Indebtedness
originally secured thereby and any fee incurred in connection
with such transaction.
(b) Merger, Etc. The Borrower shall not (i) enter into any
merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve (or suffer
any liquidation, wind-up or dissolution), discontinue its business or
convey, lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one
transaction or series of transactions, all or substantially all of its
business or property, whether now or hereafter acquired, or (ii) permit
any of its Subsidiaries to do so, if such action could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except that any
wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or convey, sell,
lease or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to, the
Borrower or any other wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may enter into any merger or
consolidation so long as in the case of a transaction involving the
Borrower, the Borrower, or in the case of any other transaction, a
Subsidiary of the Borrower, is the surviving entity in such transaction
34
<PAGE> 40
and, after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred or be continuing.
(c) Sale-Leasebacks. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become liable, directly or
indirectly, with respect to any lease, whether an operating lease or a
Capital Lease, of any property (whether real or personal or mixed)
whether now owned or hereafter acquired (except for property the
aggregate value of which at the time such lease is entered into is less
than 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets), (i) which the Borrower
or such Subsidiary has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to
any other Person, or (ii) which the Borrower or such Subsidiary intends
to use for substantially the same purposes as any other property which
has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary to any other Person in connection with such lease.
ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. If any of the following
events ("Events of Default") shall occur and be continuing:
(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal of
any Advance (or, if any such failure is due solely to technical or
administrative difficulties relating to the transfer of such amounts,
within two Business Days after its due date) or the Borrower shall fail
to pay when due any interest on any Advance, any fee (other than the
facility fee and the Agent's fees referenced in Section 2.03(b)) or any
other amount payable by it hereunder or under any Note and five (5)
days shall have elapsed from the date such interest, fees or other
amounts were due; or with respect to the facility fee payable pursuant
to Section 2.03, the Borrower shall fail to pay the facility fee when
due and two Business Days shall have elapsed from the Borrower's
receipt of notice of such nonpayment from the Agent or any Lender; or
(b) Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower herein
or pursuant to this Agreement or any Note shall prove to have been
incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(c) The Borrower shall fail to perform any term, covenant or
agreement contained in Section 5.01(a)(iv), 5.01(f) or 5.02 on its part
to be performed or observed; or
35
<PAGE> 41
(d) The Borrower shall fail to perform any term, covenant or
agreement contained in this Agreement (except those described in
clauses (a) and (c) above) and such failure shall continue for 30 days;
or
(e) A court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a
decree or order for relief in respect of the Borrower or any of its
Principal Subsidiaries in an involuntary case under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or other similar official of the Borrower or such
Principal Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree
or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 30
consecutive days; or
(f) The Borrower or any of its Principal Subsidiaries shall
commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency
or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to
the entry of any order for relief in an involuntary case under any such
law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar
official of the Borrower or such Principal Subsidiary or for any
substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment
for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts
as they become due, or shall take any corporate action in furtherance
of any of the foregoing; or
(g) (A) The Borrower shall fail to make any payment in respect
of Indebtedness when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required
prepayment, acceleration or otherwise) if the aggregate amount of such
payment is $5,000,000 or more, or (B) any breach, default or event of
default shall occur and be continuing (and applicable grace and notice
periods shall have expired) under any agreement or indenture relating
to any Indebtedness in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or more, and,
except in the case of financial covenant defaults, the maturity of any
such Indebtedness has been accelerated in accordance with the terms
thereof; or
(h) (A) Any Termination Event shall occur, or (B) any Plan
shall incur an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section
412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or (C)
the Borrower or any member of its ERISA Controlled Group shall fail to
pay when due an amount which it shall have become liable to pay to the
PBGC, any Plan or a trust established under Title IV of ERISA, or (D) a
condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to
obtain a decree adjudicating that an ERISA Plan must be terminated or
have a trustee appointed to administer any ERISA Plan, or (E) the
Borrower or a member of its ERISA Controlled Group suffers a partial or
complete withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan or is in "default" (as
defined in Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with
36
<PAGE> 42
respect to payments to a Multiemployer Plan, or (F) a proceeding shall
be instituted against the Borrower or any member of its ERISA
Controlled Group to enforce Section 515 of ERISA, or (G) any other
event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to any Plan, if
such events, transactions or conditions set forth in clauses (A)
through (G) above could singly or in the aggregate be reasonably
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(i) If there shall remain in force, undischarged, unsatisfied
and unstayed, for more than 30 days, whether or not consecutive, any
final judgment against the Borrower or any of its Principal
Subsidiaries which, when added to any other outstanding final judgments
which remain undischarged, unsatisfied and unstayed for more than 30
days against the Borrower or any such Principal Subsidiary, exceeds
$5,000,000;
then, and in any such event, the Agent (i) shall at the request, or may with the
consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, (i) declare the
obligation of each Lender to make Advances to be terminated, whereupon the same
shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the
consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare all
Advances, the Notes, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under
this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon all Advances, the
Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due
and payable, without present ment, demand, protest or further notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided,
however that in the case of any of the Events of Default specified in clauses
(e) or (f) above with respect to the Borrower, (A) the obligation of each Lender
to make Advances shall automatically be terminated and (B) the Advances, the
Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be
due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.
ARTICLE VII
THE AGENT
SECTION 7.01. Authorization and Action. Each Lender hereby
appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and
to exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement as are delegated to
the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers and discretion as are
reasonably incidental thereto. As to any matters not expressly provided for by
this Agreement (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection of the
Notes), the Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any
action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be
fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of
the Required Lenders, and such
37
<PAGE> 43
instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders and all holders of Notes;
provided, however, that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that
exposes the Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or
applicable law. The Agent agrees to give to each Lender prompt notice of each
notice given to it by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
SECTION 7.02. Agent's Reliance, Etc. Neither the Agent nor any
of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this
Agreement, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the Agent: (i) may treat
the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the Agent receives and accepts
an Assignment and Acceptance entered into by the Lender that is the payee of
such Note, as assignor, and an Eligible Assignee, as assignee, as provided in
Section 8.07; (ii) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the
Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and
shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by
it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (iii)
makes no warranty or representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible
to any Lender for any statements, warranties or representations (whether written
or oral) made in or in connection with this Agreement; (iv) shall not have any
duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of
the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement on the part of the Borrower
or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of the Borrower;
(v) shall not be responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality,
validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or
any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; and (vi) shall incur
no liability under or in respect of this Agreement by acting upon any notice,
consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telecopier,
telegram or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper
party or parties.
SECTION 7.03. Citibank and Affiliates. With respect to its
Commitment, the Advances made by it and the Note or Notes issued to it, Citibank
shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender
and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent; and the term "Lender"
or "Lenders" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include Citibank in
its individual capacity. Citibank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of, accept investment banking
engagements from and generally engage in any kind of business with, the
Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries and any Person who may do business with or own
securities of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, all as if Citibank were not
the Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
SECTION 7.04. Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges
that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other
Lender and based on the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 and
such other documents and information as it
38
<PAGE> 44
has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into
this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and
without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents
and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its
own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.
SECTION 7.05. Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify
the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower), ratably according to
the respective principal amounts of the Committed Notes then held by each of
them (or if no Committed Notes are at the time outstanding or if any Committed
Notes are held by Persons that are not Lenders, ratably according to the
respective amounts of their Commitments), from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or
arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under
this Agreement, provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Agent's gross negligence or
willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to
reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any
out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the Agent in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal
proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or
responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the extent that the Agent is not
reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrower.
SECTION 7.06. Successor Agent. The Agent may resign at any
time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower and may be
removed at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders. Upon any such
resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a
successor Agent, which shall be (i) a Lender or (ii) if no Lender shall accept
appointment as the Agent within 30 days after such resignation or removal, any
other Person, which Person, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower. If no successor
Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have
accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Agent's giving of
notice of resignation or the Required Lenders' removal of the retiring Agent,
then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor
Agent, which shall be (i) a Lender or (ii) any other Person, which Person, so
long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Borrower. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent
hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to
and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges and duties
of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its
duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Agent's
resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article VII
shall inure to its
39
<PAGE> 45
benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent
under this Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 8.01. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement or the Notes, nor consent to any departure by the
Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in
writing and signed by the Borrower and the Required Lenders, or in the case of
Section 2.13 and any Uncommitted Note, the Borrower and the Lender to which such
Note is payable, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, that
the written consent of the Borrower and all the Lenders shall be required in
order to amend or waive any provision of the Agreement or the Notes other than
Section 2.13 and the Uncommitted Notes which would have the effect of (a) a
reduction in principal, interest or fees payable to the Lenders under this
Agreement or the Committed Notes, (b) the postponement of any date fixed for the
payment of any principal, interest or fees under this Agreement or the Committed
Notes, (c) an increase in the Commitments, (d) amending or waiving compliance
with the last sentence of Section 2.01(a), Section 2.08, Section 8.05 or this
Section 8.01, or (e) amending the definition of Required Lenders; and provided
further that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed
by the Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action,
affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any Note.
SECTION 8.02. Notices, etc. All notices and other
communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopier
or telex communication) and mailed, telecopied, telexed or delivered, if to the
Borrower, at its address at 1000 Stanley Drive, New Britain, Connecticut 06050,
Attention: Secretary, telecopy no. 203-827-3911, with a copy to Craig A.
Douglas, Director, Corporate Finance, at the same address and telecopy no. 203-
827-3848; if to any Initial Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office specified
opposite its name on Schedule I hereto; if to any other Lender, at its Domestic
Lending Office specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it
became a Lender; and if to the Agent, at its address at 7th Floor, Zone 1, One
Court Square, Long Island City, New York 11120, Attention: Loan Investor
Services Department; or, as to the Borrower or the Agent, at such other address
as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties
and, as to each other party, at such other address as shall be designated by
such party in a written notice to the Borrower and the Agent. All such notices
and communications shall, when telecopied or telexed, be effective when
telecopied (with receipt confirmed by telephone) or confirmed by telex
answerback, respectively, and when mailed or delivered, when received, except
that notices and communications to the Agent pursuant to Article II, III or VII
shall not
40
<PAGE> 46
be effective until received by the Agent. Delivery by telecopier of an executed
counterpart of any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the
Notes or of any Exhibit hereto to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be
effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.
SECTION 8.03. No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of
any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right
hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein
provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
SECTION 8.04. Costs and Expenses; Breakage Indemnification.
(a) The Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses, if
any (including, without limitation, counsel fees and expenses reasonably
incurred), of the Agent and each Lender in connection with the enforcement
(whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this
Agreement, the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder,
including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses in
connection with the enforcement of rights under this Section 8.04(a).
(b) If any payment, prepayment or conversion of any Eurodollar
Rate Advance or a Fixed Rate Advance is made by the Borrower to or for the
account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such
Advance, as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Advances, the Notes
pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason other than in connection with
Section 2.02(c), the Borrower shall, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of
such demand to the Agent), pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender any
amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or
expenses which it may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, including,
without limitation, any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the
liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender
to fund or maintain such Advance.
(c) The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Agent and each Lender and each of their affiliates and their officers,
directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an "Indemnified Party") from
and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses
(including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) that
may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each
case arising out of or in connection with or by reason of, or in connection with
the preparation for a defense of, any investigation, litigation or proceeding
arising out of, related to or in connection with the actual or proposed use of
the proceeds of the Advances in connection with any acquisition or proposed
acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower of another Person
or one or more businesses of another Person (whether by means of a stock
purchase, asset acquisition or otherwise), whether or not such investigation,
litigation or proceeding is brought by the Borrower, its directors, shareholders
or creditors or an Indemnified Party or any other Person or any Indemnified
Party is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not the
41
<PAGE> 47
transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, except to the extent such
claim, damage, loss, liability or expense is found in a final, non-appealable
judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such
Indemnified Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
SECTION 8.05. Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Lender shall
obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any
right of setoff, or otherwise) on account of the Committed Advances owing to it
(other than pursuant to Section 2.02(d), 2.06, 2.08, 2.10 or 8.04(b)) in excess
of its ratable share of payments on account of the Committed Advances obtained
by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders
such participations in the Committed Advances owing to them as shall be
necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably
with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess
payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from
each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing
Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount
equal to such Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the
amount of such Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered
from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by
the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Borrower
agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender
pursuant to this Section 8.05 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff) with respect
to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the
Borrower in the amount of such participation.
SECTION 8.06. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become
effective (other than Sections 2.01 and 2.13, which shall only become effective
upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.01) when it
shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower and when the Agent shall
have been notified by each Initial Lender that such Initial Lender has executed
it, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns,
except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights or
obligations hereunder or under any Note or any interest herein or therein (other
than as permitted by Section 5.02(b)) without the prior written consent of the
Lenders.
SECTION 8.07. Assignments and Participations. (a) Each Lender
may assign to one or more Persons all or a portion of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its
Commitment, the Committed Advances owing to it and the Committed Note or Notes
held by it); provided, however, that (i) each such assignment (other than
assignment to an affiliate of such Lender) shall require the prior written
consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii)
each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of
all rights and obligations under this Agreement (other than any right to make
Uncommitted Advances,
42
<PAGE> 48
Uncommitted Advances owing to it and Uncommitted Notes), (iii) except in the
case of an assignment to a Person that, immediately prior to such assignment,
was a Lender or an assignment of all of a Lender's rights and obligations under
this Agreement, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Lender being
assigned pursuant to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the
Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be
less than $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof,
and (iv) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the
Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and
Acceptance (which shall include the agreement of the assignee party to such
assignment, for the benefit of the Borrower, to be bound by the terms and
provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party
hereto), together with any Committed Note subject to such assignment and a
processing and recordation fee of $3,000. Upon such execution, delivery,
acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each
Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto
and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to
it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations
of a Lender hereunder and (y) the Lender assignor thereunder shall, to the
extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant
to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from
its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and
Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights
and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party
hereto).
(b) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance,
the Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree
with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as
provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no
representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this
Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant hereto; (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition
of the Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its
obligations under this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished
pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of
this Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in
Section 4.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such
Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without
reliance upon the Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under
this Agreement; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such
action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under
this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with
such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental
43
<PAGE> 49
thereto; and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with
their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are
required to be performed by it as a Lender.
(c) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed
by an assigning Lender and an assignee representing that it is an Eligible
Assignee, together with any Committed Note or Notes subject to such assignment,
the Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in
substantially the form of Exhibit I hereto, (i) accept such Assignment and
Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and
(iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower. Within five Business Days
after its receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall
execute and deliver to the Agent in exchange for the surrendered Committed Note
a new Committed Note to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an amount equal
to the Commitment assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and,
if the assigning Lender has retained a Commitment hereunder, a new Committed
Note to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the Commitment
retained by it hereunder. Such new Committed Note or Notes shall be in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such
surrendered Committed Note or Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such
Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of
Exhibit A hereto. Such Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to amend this
Agreement to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the
addition of such Person as a Lender and the resulting adjustment of the
Commitments, if any, arising from such assignment of Commitments to such Person.
(d) The Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in
Section 8.02 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted
by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the
Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Advances owing to,
each Lender from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register
shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the
Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded
in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The
Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks
or other finan cial institutions in all or a portion of its rights and/or
obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a
portion of its Commitment, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held
by it); provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, its Commitment) shall remain unchanged, (ii)
such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the Borrower for the performance
of such obligations, (iii) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and
directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and
obligations under this Agreement and (iv) such
44
<PAGE> 50
participant's right to consent to any modification, waiver or release of any of
the provisions of this Agreement shall be limited to the right to consent to (A)
any reduction in principal, interest or fees payable to such Lender under this
Agreement, (B) the postponement of any date fixed for the payment of any
principal, interest or fees under this Agreement and (C) increase in the
Commitment, and (D) any amendments to the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C).
SECTION 8.08. Limitation on Assignments and Participations.
(a) Any Lender may, in connection with any actual or proposed assignment or
participation pursuant to Section 8.07, disclose to the actual or proposed
assignee or participant, any information relating to the Borrower furnished to
such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that the actual or
proposed assignee or participant shall have agreed prior to any such disclosure
to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the
Borrower received by it from such Lender or the Borrower.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in Section 8.07 to the contrary,
no Lender shall have the right to assign its rights and obligations hereunder or
any interest therein or to sell participations to one or more banks or other
financial institutions in all or a portion of its rights hereunder or any
interest therein where the result of such assignment or participation would be
reasonably expected to entitle the Lender to claim additional amounts pursuant
to Section 2.02(d), 2.06, 2.08, 2.10, 2.13(f) or 8.04 or would otherwise result
in an increase in the Borrower's obligations.
(c) Anything in this Section 8.08 to the contrary
notwithstanding, any Lender may assign and pledge all or any portion of its
rights to payment of the Advances owing to it hereunder to any Federal Reserve
Bank (and its transferees) as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any applicable
Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall
have the effect of releasing such Lender from its obligations hereunder.
SECTION 8.09. Withholding. If any Lender, or any Person that
becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.07, is not incorporated
under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof, such Person
agrees that, prior to the first date on which any payment is due to it
hereunder, it will deliver to each of the Borrower and the Agent (i) two duly
completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 or
successor applicable form, as the case may be, certifying in each case that such
Person is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement and the Note or
Notes payable to it, without deduction or withholding of any United States
federal income taxes, and (ii) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9 or
successor applicable form, as the case may be, to establish an exemption from
United States backup withholding tax. Each Person which delivers to the Borrower
a Form 1001 or 4224 and Form W-8 or W-9 pursuant to the preceding sentence
further undertakes to deliver to each of the Borrower and the Agent two
45
<PAGE> 51
further copies of Form 1001 or 4224 and Form W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable
forms, or other manner of certification, as the case may be, on or before the
date that any such form expires or becomes obsolete or after the occurrence of
any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it
to the Borrower and the Agent, and such extensions or renewals thereof as may
reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Agent, certifying in the case of
a Form 1001 or 4224 that such Person is entitled to receive payments under this
Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
taxes, unless in any such case an event (including, without limitation, any
change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any
such delivery would otherwise be required which renders all such forms
inapplicable or which would prevent such Person from duly completing and
delivering any such form with respect to it and such Person advises the Borrower
and the Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments without any deduction
or withholding of United States federal income tax, and in the case of a Form
W-8 or W-9, establishing an exemption from United States backup withholding tax.
SECTION 8.10. Mitigation. In the event that any Lender claims
any amounts under Sections 2.02(d), 2.06, 2.08, 2.10 or 8.04(b), it shall use
all reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and legal and
regulatory restrictions) to take actions (including, without limitation,
changing the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office) so as to eliminate
such additional amounts; provided that such Lender shall not be required to take
any action if, in its reasonable judgment, such action would be materially
disadvantageous to it.
SECTION 8.11. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
SECTION 8.12. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts each of which when so executed shall be
deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one
and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page
to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually
executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 8.13. Submission to Jurisdiction. The Borrower hereby
submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for
the Southern District of New York and of any New York State court sitting in New
York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or any Note. The Borrower irre vocably waives, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or
46
<PAGE> 52
hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such
a court and a claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been
brought in an inconvenient forum.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their respective signatories thereunto duly
authorized, as of the date first above written.
THE STANLEY WORKS
By Craig A. Douglas
-------------------------
Name: Craig A. Douglas
Title: Director Corp. Finance
47
<PAGE> 53
$22,500,000 CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Agent and as Lender
By Paolo de Alessandrini
----------------------------------
Name: Paolo de Alessandrini
Title: Managing Director
INITIAL LENDERS
$20,000,000 WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.
By Terrence A. Snellings
----------------------------------
Name: Terrence A. Snellings
Title: Senior Vice President
$20,000,000 BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS
By Richard L. Sted
----------------------------------
Name: Richard L. Sted
Title: Senior Vice President
By Sophie Revillard Kaufman
----------------------------------
Name: Sophie Revillard Kaufman
Title: Vice President
$ 5,000,000 BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By Jonathan L. Gray
----------------------------------
Name: Jonathan L. Gray
Title: Associate Director
$15,000,000 SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, N.A.
By Paul A. Veiga
----------------------------------
Name: Paul A. Veiga
Title: Vice President
48
<PAGE> 54
$20,000,000 ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
NEW YORK BRANCH
By Sheryl L. Greenberg
-----------------------------------
Name: Sheryl L. Greenberg
Title: Manager
$15,000,000 MELLON BANK, N.A.
By John Paul Marotta
-----------------------------------
Name: John Paul Marotta
Title: Assistant Vice President
$20,000,000 MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK
By James E. Condon
-----------------------------------
Name: James E. Condon
Title: Vice President
$12,500,000 STATE STREET BANK & TRUST CO.
By F. Andrew Beise
-----------------------------------
Name: F. Andrew Beise
Title: Vice President
49
<PAGE> 55
SCHEDULE I
ADDRESS AND APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Lenders Domestic Eurodollar
And Addresses Lending Lending
For Notices Office Office
=============================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Citibank, N.A. Citibank, N.A. Citibank, N.A.
7th Floor, Zone 1 7th Floor, Zone 1 7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square One Court Square One Court Square
Long Island City, N.Y. 11120 Long Island City, N.Y. 11120 Long Island City, N.Y. 11120
Telecopy: 212-793-7712
Telephone: 212-559-7241/212-559-4424
Attn: Paolo de Alessandrini/
Aaron Kim
=============================================================================================================================
Banque Nationale BNP - New York BNP - Georgetown
de Paris 499 Park Avenue c/o BNP - N.Y.
499 Park Avenue New York, N.Y. 10022 499 Park Avenue
New York, N.Y. 10022 New York, N.Y. 10022
Telecopy: 212-415-9606
Telephone: 212-415-9601
Attn: Ms. Sophie Kaufman
=============================================================================================================================
Morgan Guaranty Loan Department c/o J.P. Morgan
Trust Company of 60 Wall Street Services, Inc.
New York New York, New York 10260 Euro-Loan Servicing Unit
60 Wall Street 902 Market Street
New York, N.Y. 10260 Wilmington, DE 19801
Telecopy: 212-648-5019
Phone:212-648-7738
Attn: James Condon
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE I-1
<PAGE> 56
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Lenders Domestic Eurodollar
And Addresses Lending Lending
For Notices Office Office
========================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
State Street Bank & Trust Co. State Street Bank & Trust Co. State Street Bank & Trust Co.225
225 Franklin Street 225 Franklin Street 225 Franklin Street
Boston, MA 02110-2804 Boston, MA 02110-2804 Boston, MA 02110-2804
Attn: Mr. F. Andrew Beise Attn: Mr. F. Andrew Beise Attn: Mr. F. Andrew Beise
Telecopy: 617-654-4176 Telecopy: 617-654-4176 Telecopy: 617-654-4176
Phone: 617-654-3120 Phone: 617-654-3120 Phone: 617-654-3120
========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE I-2
<PAGE> 57
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Lenders Domestic Eurodollar
And Addresses Lending Lending
For Notices Office Office
========================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Royal Bank of Canada Royal Bank of Canada Royal Bank of Canada
One Financial Square Grand Cayman (North America Grand Cayman (North America
23rd Floor No. 1) Branch No. 1) Branch
New York, New York c/o New York Branch c/o New York Branch
10005-3531 One Financial Square One Financial Square
Telecopy: (212) 428-2372 23rd Floor 23rd Floor
Telephone: (212) 428-6311 New York, New York New York, New York
Attn: Manager, Credit 10005-3531 10005-3531
Administration
========================================================================================================================
Copy to:
Royal Bank of Canada
One Financial Square, 24th Floor
New York, New York
10005-3531
Attn: Sheryl L. Greenberg
Manager
Telecopy: 212-428-6459
Telephone: 212-428-6476
========================================================================================================================
Wachovia Bank of Wachovia Bank of Wachovia Bank of
Georgia, N.A. Georgia, N.A. Georgia, N.A.
191 Peachtree St., NE 191 Peachtree St.,NE 191 Peachtree St.,NE
Atlanta, GA 30303 Atlanta, GA 30303 Atlanta, GA 30303
Telecopy: 404-332-6898 Telecopy: 404-332-6898 Telecopy: 404-332-6898
Telephone: 404-332-1090 Telephone: 404-332-1090 Telephone: 404-332-1090
Attn: Terrence Snellings Attn: Terrence Snellings Attn: Terrence Snellings
MC370 MC370 MC370
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE I-3
<PAGE> 58
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Lenders
And Addresses Domestic Eurodollar Uncommitted
For Notices Lending Office Lending Office Lending Office
- ------------------ ---------------- ---------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Barclays Bank PLC Barclays Bank PLC Barclays Bank PLC Barclays Bank PLC
P.O. Box 544 London c/o Central Loan Admin. 8th Floor
34 Lombard Street Barclays Bank PLC Dept., 5th Floor 222 Broadway
London EC3V 9EX 75 Wall Street St. Swithins House New York, N.Y. 10038
New York, N.Y. 10265 11/12 St. Swithins Lane
Telecopy: London EC4N 8AS Ref: Stanley Works
171-699-2298 Ref: Stanley Works Uncommitted Bid Option
Base Rate Advances Ref: Stanley Works
Contacts: Eurodollar Rate Advances Contacts:
Jonathan Gray Telecopy: 212-412-5002 Tom Connolloy
Tel. No. Telecopy: 171-621-4583 Greg Hurley
171-699-2301 Contacts: Telex: 8950821 212-412-2091
Kevin Jones Telecopy:
212-412-5022 Contacts:
Tanya Bond 212-412-402
171-621-4599
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE I-4
<PAGE> 59
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Lenders Domestic Eurodollar
And Addresses Lending Lending
For Notices Office Office
=========================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Mellon Bank, N.A. Mellon Bank, N.A. Mellon Bank, N.A.
Three Mellon Center Three Mellon Center Three Mellon Center
Pittsburgh, Pa. Pittsburgh, Pa. Pittsburgh, Pa.
15259-0001 15259-0001 15259-0001
Telecopy: 412-236-2027 Mellon Financial Services Telecopy: 412-236-2027
Telephone: 412-234-8347 65 East 55th Street Telephone: 412-234-8347
Attn: Rhonda Ashbaugh new York, NY 10260 Attn: Rhonda Ashbaugh
Telecopy: 212-702-5269
Telephone: 212-702-4029
Attn: John Paul Marotta
=========================================================================================================
Shawmut Bank Shawmut Bank Shawmut Bank
Connecticut, N.A. Connecticut, N.A. Connecticut, N.A.
777 Main Street 777 Main Street 777 Main Street
Hartford, Ct. Hartford, Ct. Hartford, Ct.
06115 06115 06115
Telecopy: 203-722-9378 Telecopy: 203-722-9378 Telecopy: 203-722-9378
Telephone: 203-728-4426 Telephone: 203-548-7098 Telephone: 203-548-7098
Attn: Paul Veiga Attn: Zoraida Sanchez Attn: Zoraida Sanchez
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE I-5
<PAGE> 60
EXHIBIT A
PROMISSORY NOTE
(Committed Advances)
$_______ Dated:_______
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, The Stanley Works, a
Connecticut corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of
[NAME OF LENDER] (the "Lender") the principal sum of $ or, if less, the
aggregate principal amount of all Committed Advances made by the Lender to the
Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below outstanding on the
Termination Date, and such amount shall be paid on or prior to the Termination
Date as provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall
have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
The Borrower promises to pay interest on the principal amount
of each Committed Advance from the date of such Advance until such principal
amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as
are specified in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the
United States of America to Citibank, N.A., as Agent, at 399 Park Avenue, New
York, New York 10043 in same day funds. Each Committed Advance made by the
Lender to the Borrower and the maturity thereof, and all payments made on
account of the principal amount thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and,
prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is a
part of this Promissory Note, which recordation shall be conclusive and binding
absent manifest error but the failure to make such recording shall not have any
effect on the Lender's rights hereunder.
This Promissory Note is one of the Committed Notes referred to
in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Facility B (Five Year) Credit
Agreement dated as of October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified or supplemented
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement), among the Borrower, the Lender and
certain other lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for the
Lender and such other lenders. The Credit Agreement, among other things,
A-1
<PAGE> 61
(i) provides for the making of Committed Advances by the Lender to the Borrower
from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding
the U.S. dollar amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower
resulting from each such Committed Advance being evidenced by this Promissory
Note, and (ii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon
the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of
principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions
therein specified.
THE STANLEY WORKS
By_____________________
Name:
Title:
By_____________________
Name:
Title:
A-2
<PAGE> 62
ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
Date Amount of Amount of Principal Paid Unpaid Principal Notation
Advance or Prepaid Balance Made By
===== ========= ======================== ================ ========
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
================================================================================
</TABLE>
A-3
<PAGE> 63
EXHIBIT B-1
RATE REQUEST
Citibank, N.A., as Reference Bank
under the Credit Agreement
referred to below
7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn: Mr. John Makrinos
[Date]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, The Stanley Works, refers to the Facility B (Five
Year) Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement", the terms defined
therein being used herein as therein defined) among the undersigned, certain
Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders and
hereby requests notification from you pursuant to Section 2.02(a) thereof of the
Eurodollar Rate which is applicable to the Committed Advance to be made (or
converted or continued) on , 19 in the principal amount of $ with the Interest
Period of months.
Very truly yours,
The Stanley Works
By______________________
Name:
Title:
B1-1
<PAGE> 64
_________________
TO BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED BY
REFERENCE BANK:
The rate requested above, determined as required by the Credit Agreement, is__.
CITIBANK, N.A., as Reference Bank
By____________________
Authorized Officer
B1-2
<PAGE> 65
EXHIBIT B-2
NOTICE OF BORROWING
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for the Lenders parties
to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn: Mr. John Makrinos
[Date]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, The Stanley Works, refers to the Facility B
(Five Year) Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified
or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement", the terms defined
therein being used herein as therein defined), among the undersigned, certain
Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders, and
hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Credit
Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Committed Borrowing under the
Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information
relating to such Committed Borrowing (the "Proposed Committed Borrowing ") as
required by Section 2.02(b) of the Credit Agreement:
(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Committed Borrowing is__________,
19__.
(ii) The Type of Advances comprising the Proposed Committed Borrowing
is [Base Rate] [Eurodollar Rate].
(iii) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Committed Borrowing is
$______ .
[(iv)] The Initial Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance
made as part of the Proposed Committed Borrowing is month[s]].
B2-1
<PAGE> 66
The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements
are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed
Committed Borrowing:
(A) the representations and warranties contained in Section
4.01 of the Credit Agreement are correct in all material respects, before and
after giving effect to the Proposed Committed Borrowing and to the application
of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; and
(B) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result
from such Proposed Committed Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds
therefrom, which constitutes an Event of Default or would constitute an Event of
Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.
The Borrower's account information for funding purposes is
Account No. 36852248, Citibank, N.A., ABA No. 021-00-0089, Long Island City, New
York, Ref. .
Very truly yours,
The Stanley Works
By_________________________
Name:
Title:
B2-2
<PAGE> 67
EXHIBIT C
NOTICE OF CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION
[Date]
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for the Lenders parties
to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn: Mr. John Makrinos
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, The Stanley Works, refers to the Facility B
(Five Year) Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified
or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement", the terms defined
therein being used herein as therein defined), among the undersigned, certain
Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders, and
hereby gives you notice, pursuant to Section 2.04(b) of the Credit Agreement
that the undersigned hereby elects to [convert][continue] the Committed
Borrowing consisting of[Base Rate][Eurodollar Rate] Advances:
(i) which is in the amount of $__________;
(ii) which, in the case of a Committed Borrowing consisting of
Eurodollar Rate Advances, has an Interest Period of month(s);* and
(iii) which was borrowed (or previously converted or
continued) on ________, 199_.
_____________
* Omit clause (ii) if Committed Borrowing consisted of Base Rate Advances.
C-1
<PAGE> 68
Such [conversion][continuation] shall become effective on
, 199 , at which time such Advances shall be [converted into][continued
as] [Base Rate][Eurodollar Rate] Advances:
(i) which is in the amount of $_____________;*
and
(ii) which has an Interest Period of___month(s)**.
Very truly yours,
The Stanley Works
By__________________
Name:
Title:
___________
* Omit clause (i) if conversion or continuation is for entire amount of
Committed Borrowing.
** Omit clause (ii) if conversion is into Base Rate Advance.
C-2
<PAGE> 69
EXHIBIT D
PROMISSORY NOTE
(Uncommitted Advances)
$150,000,000 Dated: October 25, 1995
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, The Stanley Works, a
Connecticut corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of
[NAME OF LENDER] (the "Lender") the aggregate principal amount of all
Uncommitted Advances made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit
Agreement referred to below and such amount shall be paid in the amounts and on
the dates provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall
have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
The Borrower promises to pay interest on the principal amount
of each Uncommitted Advance from the date of such Advance until such principal
amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as
are specified in the Credit Agreement referred to below.
Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the
United States of America to Citibank, N.A., as Agent, for the account of the
Lender, at 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10043 in same day funds. Each
Uncommitted Advance made by the Lender to the Borrower and the maturity thereof,
and all payments made on account of the principal amount thereof, shall be
recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid
attached hereto which is a part of this Promissory Note, which recordation shall
be conclusive and binding absent manifest error but the failure to make such
recording shall not have any effect on the Lender's rights hereunder.
This Promissory Note is one of the Uncommitted Notes referred
to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Facility B (Five Year) Credit
Agreement dated as of October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified or supplemented
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among the Borrower, the Lender and
certain other lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for the
Lender and such other Lenders. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i)
provides for the making of Uncommitted Advances by the Lender to the Borrower
from time to time, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such
Uncommitted Advance being evidenced by this Promissory Note, and (ii) contains
provisions for acceleration
D-1
<PAGE> 70
of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for
prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the
terms and conditions therein specified.
THE STANLEY WORKS
By
----------------------------
Name:
Title:
By
----------------------------
Name:
Title:
D-2
<PAGE> 71
ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
Date Amount of Amount of Principal Paid Notation
Advance or Prepaid Maturity Date Made By
===== ========= ======================== ================ ========
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
================================================================================
</TABLE>
D-3
<PAGE> 72
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF QUOTE REQUEST
[Date]
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for the Lenders parties
to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn: Mr. John Makrinos
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, The Stanley Works, refers to the
substantially identical Facility A (364 Day) Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 25, 1995 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
"Credit Agreements", the terms defined therein being used herein as therein
defined), among the undersigned, certain Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank,
N.A., as Agent for said Lenders, and hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section
2.13 of the Credit Agreements that the undersigned hereby requests offers to
make an Uncommitted Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection
sets forth the terms on which such Borrowing (the "Proposed Uncommitted
Borrowing") is requested to be made*:
(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Uncommitted Borrowing is _______,
19 .
(ii) The proposed aggregate amount of the Proposed Uncommitted
Borrowing is $------ .
- --------
* Information required for a Borrowing may be repeated as necessary if more
than one Borrowing is being requested in one Form of Quote Request.
E-1
<PAGE> 73
(iii) The duration of the proposed Interest Period for the Proposed
Uncommitted Borrowing is .
(iv) The Type of Proposed Uncommitted Borrowing is [Fixed Rate]
[Floating Rate].
The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements
are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed
Uncommitted Borrowing:
(A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.01 of the
Credit Agreement are correct in all material respects, before and after giving
effect to the Proposed Uncommitted Borrowing on the same day and to the
application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date;
and
(B) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such
Proposed Uncommitted Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds
therefrom, which constitutes an Event of Default or would constitute an Event of
Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.
Very truly yours,
The Stanley Works
By
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
E-2
<PAGE> 74
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF QUOTE
[Date]
THE STANLEY WORKS
1000 Stanley Drive
New Britain, CT 06050
Re: Facility B (Five Year) Credit Agreement dated as of October 25, 1995 among
The Stanley Works, certain Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for said Lenders (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement")
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, [Name of Lender], refers to the
above-referenced Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the
Credit Agreement. The undersigned hereby makes [a] Quote[s] pursuant to Section
2.13 of the Credit Agreement, in response to the Quote Request made by the
Borrower on , 19 , and in response thereto, sets forth below the
terms on which such Quote[s] [is] [are] made:
(i) The principal amount of the Uncommitted Advance is $ .
-----------
(ii) The Type of Uncommitted Advance is [Fixed Rate] [Floating
Rate].
(iii) The Floating Rate Margin in the case of a Floating Rate
Advance, or the Fixed Rate in the case of a Fixed Rate Advance, is .*
- --------
* Clauses (i) through (iii) should be repeated as to each
additional offer being made.
F-1
<PAGE> 75
The undersigned hereby confirms that it is prepared, subject
to the conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, to extend credit to the
Borrower upon acceptance by the Borrower of this Quote in accordance with
Section 2.13(d) of the Credit Agreement.
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF LENDER]
By
-----------------------------
Name:
Title:
F-2
<PAGE> 76
EXHIBIT G
FORM OF ACCEPTANCE
[Date]
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for the Lenders parties
to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
7th Floor, Zone 1
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn: Mr. John Makrinos
Re: Facility B (Five Year) Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 1995 (as
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement")
among the undersigned, certain Lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as
Agent for said Lenders
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, The Stanley Works, refers to the above
referenced Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit
Agreement. In accordance with Section 2.13 of the Credit Agreements, we have
received [a] Quote/Quotes in connection with our Quote Request, dated ,
for [an] Uncommitted Borrowing[s] to occur on , and in
accordance with Section 2.13(d) of the Credit Agreement, we hereby accept the
following offer/offers for the Interest Period of [ ]:
Principal Amount Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Lender
G-1
<PAGE> 77
The Borrower's account information for funding purposes is Account No.
36852248, Citibank, N.A., ABA No. 021-00-0089, Long Island City, New York,
Ref.____.
Very truly yours,
The Stanley Works
By
--------------------------------
Name:
Title:
G-2
<PAGE> 78
EXHIBIT H
FORM OF OPINION OF GENERAL COUNSEL
[Date]
To each of the Lenders parties
to the Credit Agreement referred
to below and to
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
for said Lenders
Ladies and Gentlemen:
I am the General Counsel of The Stanley Works, a Connecticut
corporation (the "Borrower"), and have acted as counsel to the Borrower in
connection with the Facility B (Five Year) Credit Agreement, dated as of October
25, 1995 (the "Credit Agreement"), among the Borrower, certain Lenders parties
thereto (the "Lenders"), and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders.
This opinion is being delivered to you pursuant to Section
3.01(d) of the Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.
In rendering the opinions set forth herein, I have examined
and relied on originals or copies of the following:
(a) a counterpart executed by the Borrower of the Credit
Agreement;
(b) each of the executed Notes and each of the executed
Uncommitted Notes;
(c) copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of
the Borrower;
(d) a certified copy of certain resolutions of the Board of
Directors of the Borrower;
H-1
<PAGE> 79
(e) certificates from public officials in the State of
Connecticut as to the good standing of the Borrower in the State of
Connecticut; and
(f) such other documents as I have deemed necessary or
appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth below.
In my examination, I have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all
documents submitted to me as originals, the conformity to original documents of
all documents submitted to me as certified or photostatic copies, and the
authenticity of the originals of such copies. As to any facts material to this
opinion which I did not independently establish or verify, I have relied upon
written statements and certificates of the Borrower and its officers and other
representatives and of public officials.
Unless otherwise indicated, references in this opinion to the
"Loan Documents" shall mean the documents listed in clauses (a) and (b) above.
In addition, references to (i) "Applicable Laws" shall mean the laws and
regulations of the States of Connecticut and New York and the United States of
America (including, without limitation, Regulations U and X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System) which are applicable to the
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (ii) the term "Governmental
Authorities" means any Connecticut, New York and federal executive, legislative,
judicial, administrative or regulatory body; (iii) the term "Applicable
Contracts" shall mean the agreements and instruments set forth in the index of
exhibits to the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
, 19 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and (iv) the
term "Governmental Approval" means any consent, approval, license,
authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, any
Governmental Authority pursuant to any Applicable Law.
I am admitted to the bar in the States of Connecticut and New
York. This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Connecticut, the State
of New York and the United States of America to the extent specified herein.
In rendering this opinion, I have assumed, with your consent,
that:
(a) the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower of
the Loan Documents does not and will not conflict with, contravene,
violate or constitute a default under any rule, law or regulation to
which the Borrower is subject (other than applicable laws, orders and
decrees as to which I express my opinion in paragraph 5 herein) or any
agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or the Borrower's
property is subject (except and to the extent that I express my opinion
in paragraph 5 herein);
H-2
<PAGE> 80
(b) and no authorization, consent or other approval of, notice
to or filing with any court, governmental authority or regulatory body
(other than Governmental Approvals as to which I express my opinion in
paragraph 6 herein) is required to authorize or is required in
connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower
of any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated thereby.
My opinions are also subject to the following assumptions and
qualifications:
(a) the Credit Agreement constitutes the valid and binding
obligation of the Lenders and is enforceable against the Lenders in
accordance with its terms; and
(b) I express no opinion as to the effect on the opinions
herein stated of (i) the compliance or non-compliance of the Lenders
with any state, federal or other laws or regulations applicable to the
Lenders or (ii) the legal or regulatory status or the nature of the
business of the Lenders.
Based upon the foregoing and such investigations that I have deemed
necessary, and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and
assumptions set forth herein, I am of the opinion that:
1. The Borrower has been duly incorporated, is validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Connecticut.
2. The Borrower has the corporate power and corporate
authority to execute, deliver and perform all of its obligations under the Loan
Documents.
3. The execution and delivery of each Loan Document has been
duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Borrower.
4. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by
the Borrower, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Borrower and is
enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to the
following qualifications:
(i) enforcement may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of
whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law);
(ii) I express no opinion as to the enforceability of
any rights to indemnification provided for in the Loan
Documents which may violate the public policy underlying any
law, rule or regulation (including any federal or state
securities law, rule or regulation); and
H-3
<PAGE> 81
(iii) I express no opinion as to the enforceability
of Section 8.05 of the Credit Agreement insofar as this
provision purports to authorize a Person who has purchased a
participation in Advances under the Credit Agreement to set
off, appropriate or apply any deposit or property or
indebtedness of the Borrower against any obligation of the
Borrower.
5. Neither the execution, delivery or performance by the
Borrower of the Loan Documents nor the compliance by the Borrower with the terms
and provisions thereof will conflict with, contravene, violate or constitute a
default under (i) any provision of any Applicable Contract or, to the best of my
knowledge, after due investigation, any other agreement or instrument to which
the Borrower or the Borrower's property is subject, (ii) any provision of any
Applicable Law, (iii) to the best of my knowledge, after due investigation, any
judicial or administrative order or decree of any Governmental Authority or (iv)
its Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. As used in this paragraph, "due
investigation" means solely that, as to agreements and instruments, I have
interviewed the officers of the Borrower responsible for its financing
activities, and, as to orders and decrees, I have interviewed the lawyers under
my supervision.
6. Based on my review of Applicable Laws, but without my
having made any special investigation concerning any other law, rule or
regulation, no Governmental Approval which has not been obtained or taken and is
not in full force and effect, is required to authorize or is required in
connection with the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Loan
Documents by the Borrower.
7. The Borrower is not required to be registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
This opinion is being furnished only to you and is solely for your
benefit in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents
and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, relied upon or otherwise referred to
for any other purpose without my prior written consent.
Very truly yours,
H-4
<PAGE> 82
EXHIBIT I
ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October
25, 1995 (as amended or modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement")
among The Stanley Works, a Connecticut corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders
(as defined in the Credit Agreement) and Citibank, N.A., as agent for the
Lenders (the "Agent"). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein
with the same meaning.
The "Assignor" and the "Assignee" referred to on Schedule I
hereto agree as follows:
1. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and
the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, an interest in and
to the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the
date hereof (other than in respect of Uncommitted Advances and Uncommitted
Notes) equal to the percentage interest specified on Schedule 1 hereto of all
outstanding rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement (other than in
respect of Uncommitted Advances and Uncommitted Notes). After giving effect to
such sale and assignment, the Assignee's Commitment and the amount of the
Committed Advances owing to the Assignee will be as set forth on Schedule 1
hereto.
2. The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the
legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and
that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no
representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the
Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) makes no representation
or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial
condition of the Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower of
any of its obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or
document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iv) attaches the Committed Note held
by the Assignor and requests that the Agent exchange such Committed Note for a
new Committed Note payable to the order of the Assignee in an amount equal to
the Commitment assumed by the Assignee pursuant hereto or new Committed Notes
payable to the order of the Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment
assumed by the Assignee pursuant hereto and the Assignor in an amount equal to
the Commitment retained by the Assignor under the Credit Agreement,
respectively, as specified on Schedule 1 hereto.
3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of
the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred
to in Section 4.01 thereof and such other documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate to make its own credit
I-1
<PAGE> 83
analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees
that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or
any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) confirms that it is an
Eligible Assignee; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as
agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit
Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with such
powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it
will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the
terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender;
(vi) agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, that it will be bound by the terms
and provisions of the Credit Agreement to the same extent as if it were an
original party thereto and (vii) attaches any U.S. Internal Revenue Service
forms required under Section 8.09 of the Credit Agreement.
4. Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance,
it will be delivered to the Agent for acceptance and recording by the Agent. The
effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance (the "Effective Date") shall
be the date of acceptance hereof by the Agent, unless otherwise specified on
Schedule 1 hereto.
5. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent, as of the
Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and,
to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent
provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.
6. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent, from and
after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments under the Credit
Agreement and the Committed Notes in respect of the interest assigned hereby
(including, without limitation, all payments of principal, interest and facility
fees with respect thereto) to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make
all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Credit Agreement and the
Committed Notes for periods prior to the Effective Date directly between
themselves.
7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
8. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of
which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an
executed counterpart of Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance by
telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of
this Assignment and Acceptance.
I-2
<PAGE> 84
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor and the Assignee have caused
Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their officers
thereunto duly authorized as of the date specified thereon.
I-3
<PAGE> 85
Schedule 1
to
Assignment and Acceptance
Percentage interest assigned:
- --------%
Assignee's Commitment:
$----------
Aggregate outstanding principal amount of Committed
$----------
Advances assigned:
Principal amount of Committed Note payable to Assignee:
$----------
Principal amount of Committed Note payable to Assignor:
$----------
Effective Date1: _______________, 199_
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor
By
-----------------------------
Name:
Title:
Dated: _______________, 199_
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee
By
-----------------------------
Name:
Title:
- --------
1 This date should be no earlier than five Business Days after the
delivery of this Assignment and Acceptance to the Agent.
I-4
<PAGE> 86
Dated: _______________, 199_
Domestic Lending Office:
[Address]
Eurodollar Lending Office:
[Address]
Accepted [and Approved](2) this
__________ day of _______________, 199_
Citibank, N.A., as Agent
By
-------------------------
Name:
Title:
[Approved this __________ day
of _______________, 199_
The Stanley Works
By ](2)
---------------------------
Name:
Title:
- --------
(2) Required if the Assignee is an Eligible Assignee solely by reason
of clause (iii) of the definition of "Eligible Assignee".
I-5
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10(iv)
As amended December 19, 1995
MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION
CORPORATE PLAN
I. COMPENSATION PLAN
The Plan will be based upon such performance measures as are determined
from time to time by the Compensation and Organization Committee (the
"Committee") such as (a) the consolidated net earnings of the Company as
a percentage return on shareholders' equity, (b) growth in net sales, and
(c) earnings per share. In the discretion of the Committee (in the case
of the Executive Officers) and in the discretion of the Chief Executive
Officer (in the case of non-Executive Officers), payment under the Plan
may be increased or decreased up to 50%.
II. DEFINITION OF TERMS
A. SHAREHOLDER EQUITY - the average of the opening and closing
"Shareholders' equity" of the Company.
B. NET EARNINGS - Consolidated full year's net earnings as shown in
the Annual Report to Shareholders.
C. GROWTH IN NET SALES - Consolidated net sales in the Plan Year
compared to consolidated net sales in the year immediately preceding
the Plan Year, in each case as shown in the Annual Report to
Shareholders, expressed as a percent.
D. EARNINGS PER SHARE - Consolidated full year's earnings per share,
exclusive of restructuring charges, asset write-offs and
restructuring related charges, as shown in the Annual Report to
Shareholders.
E. SALARY - Base salary for the Plan Year.
F. THRESHOLD - Minimum acceptable performance at which incentive
compensation is warranted.
G. TARGETED PERFORMANCE - The performance that is considered
satisfactory and at which performance level management will be
compensated at certain targeted incentive compensation levels.
H. TARGETED INCENTIVE RATE - The percent of base salary that would be
paid if targeted performance is met.
I. MAXIMUM PAYMENT - The percentage of targeted incentive rate which
reflects the maximum annual payment which will be made, before
application of the discretion referred to in Section I.
J. PLAN YEAR - The fiscal year of the Company.
<PAGE> 2
III. LIMITATIONS
A. To be eligible to receive incentive compensation under this plan,
the individual must be employed by the Company and rendering
services at the end of the fiscal year, except in the case of
retirement, death, or disability or special circumstances as
determined by the Chief Executive Officer, in which event incentive
compensation shall be paid on the basis of the portion of the year
for which services were rendered prior to such retirement, death, or
disability. Periods of vacation will be considered periods during
which services are being rendered.
B. This plan does not constitute a contract between The Stanley Works
and the employee. Participation in the plan in no way constitutes
an employment agreement or guarantee of employment.
IV. DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL
For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control of the Company" shall be
deemed to have occurred if
A. any "person," as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and
modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (other than
the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under
an employee benefit plan of the Company (or of any subsidiary of the
Company), or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly by the
shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as
their ownership of stock of the Company), is or becomes the
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company
representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the
Company's then outstanding securities;
B. during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period
prior to the adoption of this amendment to this Plan), individuals
who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any
new director (other than a director designated by a person who has
entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction
described in clause (a), (c) or (d) of this definition) whose
election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's
shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of
the directors then still in office who either were directors at the
beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election
was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at
least a majority thereof;
C. the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of
the Company with any other corporation, other than (1) a merger or
consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the
Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to
represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted
into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 75% of the
combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or
such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
consolidation or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement
a
-2-
<PAGE> 3
recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no
"person" (with the exceptions specified in clause (a) of this
definition) acquires 25% or more of the combined voting power of the
Company's then outstanding securities; or
D. the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the
Company's assets.
V. PRO-RATA PAYMENT FOLLOWING CHANGE IN CONTROL
Notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of this Plan, upon the
occurrence of any Change in Control of the Company, it shall be deemed,
solely for purposes of this Plan, that the employment of each individual
who is covered under this Plan for the Plan Year in which such Change in
Control occurs has terminated on the date of such Change in Control by
reason of retirement. As soon as may be practicable, each such
individual shall then be paid incentive compensation for such Plan Year
in accordance with Section III(A) hereof but without the application of
the discretion referred to in Section I; provided, however, that the
calculation of such incentive compensation shall be based on the Net
Earnings, the Net Sales, and the Earnings Per Share of the Company and
the individual's Salary during an abbreviated Plan Year which shall
include only those Company fiscal months completed prior to the Change in
Control for which Salary was paid to the individual; and provided further
that all elements entering into such calculation shall be appropriately
adjusted for such short Plan Year.
VI. PAYMENT OF PREVIOUSLY UNPAID AMOUNT FOLLOWING CHANGE IN CONTROL
Notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of this Plan, upon the
occurrence of any Change in Control of the Company, if any incentive
compensation which any individual earned under this Plan during any Plan
Year which ended prior to the Change in Control has neither been paid to
such individual nor credited to such individual's deferred account under
The Stanley Deferred Compensation Plan for Participants in Stanley's
Management Incentive Plans, such incentive compensation shall be paid to
such individual immediately following the first date on which such
incentive compensation can be calculated and shall in no event be paid
later than the later of (i) the first March 1 following the Plan Year
with respect to which such incentive compensation was earned or (ii) the
fifteenth (15th) day following the Change in Control.
-3-
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10(v)
As amended December 19, 1995
THE STANLEY WORKS
Deferred Compensation Plan for Participants
in Stanley's Management Incentive Plans
1. Purpose of the Plan.
a. To offer to certain participants in Stanley's management
incentive plans an opportunity to defer the receipt of
incentive earnings for tax or other reasons suited to the
participant's own financial plans.
b. To provide an opportunity to participants to reinvest their
incentive earnings in the Company under terms which will
provide a return related to the future earnings performance of
the Company.
c. To provide an incentive to participants, supplementing that of
the management incentive plans, for the achievement of superior
earnings performance by the Company.
2. Eligibility.
a. All participants in Stanley's management incentive plans who
are "highly compensated employees" are eligible to participate
in this Plan. A "highly compensated employee" is an employee
(i) who, for the year in which an election is made under this
Plan, is a highly compensated employee, as defined in Section
414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or (ii) whose
annual salary (not taking into account bonuses, fringe benefits
or non-cash compensation, but including amounts deferred under
Section 125 or 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code) during the
calendar year for which an election is made under Section 3a is
reasonably expected to equal or exceed the anticipated indexed
amount ($66,000 in 1996) described in Section 414(q)(1)(C) of
the Internal Revenue Code for such calendar year.
b. This Plan is applicable only to incentive earnings earned under
the management incentive plans.
3. Election by Participant.
a. The election (the "original election") by the participant must
be made in December (or such later date determined by the
administrator of this Plan, but not later than the March 31
following such December) of each year with respect to deferral
of incentive earnings earned the following year. All or
<PAGE> 2
any portion, or none, of the incentive earnings may be
deferred.
b. The original election must specify when or under what
circumstances payment is to be made in the future and whether
by lump sum or in a series of payments; the circumstances that
may be specified are limited to death, retirement, or
termination of employment. Effective with original elections
made on or after January 1, 1996, if the election specifies
that payment is to be made in a year certain (as opposed to a
year related to death, retirement, or termination of
employment) such year certain must be at least five years after
the year the incentive earnings are earned.
c. In the case of any original election made after February 25,
1981, notwithstanding the specifics of the election, any
deferred funds and interest thereon not paid out prior to the
later of the participant's death or the tenth anniversary of
the participant's termination of employment by death,
retirement or otherwise will be paid out promptly after the
later of such death or such anniversary.
d. Effective October 1, 1996, once made an election (either an
original election or a subsequent election) may not be changed
to delay the receipt of incentive earnings to a year certain
(as opposed to a delay to a year related to death, retirement,
or termination of employment) unless such year certain is at
least five years after the year in which such change is being
submitted.
e. Once made, an election may not be changed either in amount or
method of payment to accelerate the receipt of incentive
earnings, except (i) with the approval of the Compensation and
Organization Committee of Stanley's Board of Directors upon
demonstration of a financial hardship by the participant, or
(ii) upon forfeiture of a penalty equal to that percentage of
the amount of the payment equal to the Treasury Bill rate fixed
by the Treasurer as provided in the footnote on page 3.
f. No effect shall be given to an original election made by an
employee described in Section 2a(ii) if such employee is not a
highly compensated employee, as defined in Section 414(q) of
the Internal Revenue Code, for the calendar year for which the
original election was made.
4. Interest Payment Schedule.
a(i). Interest will be credited annually on deferred amounts of
incentive earnings earned prior to 1992 based on the
following schedule:
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
If "Pretax Earnings" on Interest Credited
opening Stockholders' on Deferred Funds
equity are: will be:
<S> <C>
Less than 10% -0-
10 to 12 5%
12 to 14 6-1/2
14 to 16 8-1/4
16 to 18 10-1/2
18 to 20 13-1/2
20% and over 17(a)
</TABLE>
"Pretax earnings" will be Earnings Before Income Taxes as
shown in the Annual Report to Stockholders except that
such Earnings Before Income Taxes will be increased by an
amount equal to aggregate management incentive
compensation.
a(ii). Interest will be credited annually on deferred amounts of
incentive earned based on performance in the years
1992-1994 based on the following schedule.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
If "Net Earnings" Interest Credited
on "Stockholders' on Deferred Funds
Equity" are: will be:
<S> <C>
Less than 9% 8%
9 to 18 12
Over 18 16(b)
</TABLE>
"Net Earnings" will be consolidated full year's net
earnings and "Stockholders' Equity" is the average of
the opening and closing consolidated stockholders'
equity, in each case as shown in the Annual Report to
stockholders.
a(iii). Interest will be credited annually on deferred amounts of
incentive earned based on performance in 1995 or
thereafter with interest compounded quarterly at a rate
equal to 1 percentage point greater than the yield of 10
year Treasury Notes as reported for the last business day
of the preceding calendar quarter.
b. Deferred incentive earnings earned in a given year will be
credited to the
- --------------------
(a) For 1981 and thereafter: the higher of 17%, or the U.S. Treasury
Bill rate, compounded quarterly, all as provided in footnote c.
(b) The higher of 16% or the U.S. Treasury Bill rate, compounded
quarterly, all as provided in footnote c.
-3-
<PAGE> 4
participant's deferred account in February of the following
year. Each February thereafter interest will be credited on
the total deferred balance in the account, as of the beginning
of the year, based on the Company's earnings performance for
the prior year, per the schedule above.
5. Removal of Funds from the Plan.
a. Deferred funds credited to a participant will be removed from
the Deferred Compensation Plan in the event of:
- death,
- retirement, or
- termination of employment,
provided that in the event of death or retirement interest
earned under the Plan will be credited to the participant's
deferred account on a pro rata basis from the beginning of the
year to the date of death or retirement.
b. Terminations and retirements will be as defined under the
Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works.
c. For periods after December 31, 1987, such deferred funds
removed from the Plan will be credited by the Company with
interest compounded quarterly at a rate equal to the yield of 5
year Treasury Notes(c) as reported for the last business day
of the preceding calendar quarter.
6. General.
Interest credited on deferred funds under the Plan will not
constitute earnings for pension plan purposes.
7. Definition of Change in Control
For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control of the Company"
shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(a) any "person," as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and
modified and used in Sections 3(d) and 14(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (other
than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company (or of
any subsidiary of the Company), or any corporation owned,
directly or indirectly,
- --------------------
(c) The "U.S. Treasury Bill rate" referred to elsewhere shall be that
interest rate equal to the yield for 3-month U.S. Treasury Bills
as reported for the last business day of the preceding calendar
quarter.
-4-
<PAGE> 5
by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power
of the Company's then outstanding securities;
(b) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any
period prior to the adoption of this amendment to this Plan)
individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the
Board, and any new director (other than a director designated
by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company
to effect a transaction described in clause (a), (c), (d) or
(e) of this definition) whose election by the Board or
nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was
approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
directors then still in office who either were directors at the
beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for
election was previously so cease for any reason to constitute
at least a majority thereof;
(c) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or
consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other
than (1) a merger or consolidation which would result in the
voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior
thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining
outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the
surviving entity) more than 75% of the combined voting power of
the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity
outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or
(2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a
recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in
which no "person" (with the exceptions specified in clause (a)
of this definition) acquires 25% or more of the combined voting
power of the Company's then outstanding securities;
(d) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the
Company's assets; or
(e) the Company consummates a merger, consolidation, stock
dividend, stock split or combination, extraordinary cash
dividend, exchange offer, issuer tender offer (for 20% or more
of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
securities) or other transaction effecting a recapitalization
of the Company (or similar transaction) (the "Transaction")
and, in connection with the Transaction, a Designated
Downgrading occurs with respect to the unsecured general
obligations of the Company (the "Securities"), as described
below:
(i) If the rating of the Securities by both Rating Agencies
(defined hereinafter) on the date 60 days prior to the
public announcement of the Transaction (a "Base Date") is
equal to or higher than BBB Minus (as
-5-
<PAGE> 6
hereinafter defined), then a "Designated Downgrading"
means that the rating of the Securities by either Rating
Agency on the effective date of the Transaction (or, if
later, the earliest date on which the rating shall
reflect the effect of the Transaction) (as applicable,
the "Transaction Date") is equal to or lower than BB Plus
(as hereinafter defined); if the rating of the Securities
by either Rating Agency on a Base Date is lower than BBB
Minus, then a "Designated Downgrading" means that the
rating of the Securities by either Rating Agency on the
Transaction Date has decreased from the rating by such
Rating Agency on the Base Date. In determining whether
the rating of the Securities has decreased, a decrease of
one gradation (+ and - for S&P and 1, 2 and 3 for
Moody's, or the equivalent thereof by any substitute
rating agency referred to below) shall be taken into
account;
(ii) "Rating Agency" means either Standard & Poor's
Corporation or its successor ("S&P") or Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. or its successor ("Moody's");
(iii) "BBB Minus" means, with respect to ratings by S&P, a rating of
BBB- and, with respect to ratings by Moody's, a rating of Baa3,
or the equivalent thereof by any substitute agency referred to
below;
(iv) "BB Plus" means, with respect to ratings by S&P, a rating
of BB+ and, with respect to ratings by Moody's, a rating
of BBB3, or the equivalent thereof by any substitute
agency referred to below; and
(v) The Company shall take all reasonable action necessary to
enable each of the Rating Agencies to provide a rating
for the Securities, but, if either or both of the Rating
Agencies shall not make such a rating available, a
nationally-recognized investment banking firm shall
select a nationally-recognized securities rating agency
or two nationally-recognized securities rating agencies
to act as substitute rating agency or substitute rating
agencies, as the case may be.
8. Accelerated Payment Following a Change in Control.
Notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of this Plan, as
soon as possible following any Change in Control of the Company,
payment shall be made, in cash, of the entire account of each
participant hereunder. For purposes of calculating the amount of
such payment, with respect to any period for which no interest on
the deferred balance has yet been credited to any such participant's
account under section 4 or section 5 hereof, pro-rated interest
based on the rate of interest credited for the immediately preceding
year (in the case of section 4 interest) or the immediately
preceding quarter (in the case of section 5 interest) shall be
credited to such account.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10 (vi)
As amended October 25, 1995, effective January 1, 1996
RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AND SAVINGS PLAN
FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES OF THE STANLEY WORKS
WHEREAS, The Stanley Works maintains for its employees who are employed
in salaried positions certain pension, stock bonus and profit sharing plans
designed to meet the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986; and
WHEREAS, the benefits and contributions that may be provided under such
plans are limited by Sections 401 and 415 of the Internal Revenue Code and other
provisions thereof; and
WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Supplemental Retirement and Savings
Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works to provide for certain
employees, in addition to other benefits, benefits that may not be provided
under such plans; and
WHEREAS, the Company has previously amended and restated such
Supplemental Plan, effective January 1, 1993 and January 1, 1995; and
WHEREAS, the Company now desires to further amend and restate such
Supplemental Plan;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company has adopted the following Amendment to and
Restatement of the Supplemental Plan for Salaried Employees of the Stanley
Works:
A R T I C L E 1
Name and Effective Date
Section 1.1 This Plan shall be known as the "Restated Supplemental
Retirement and Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works".
Section 1.2 This Amendment and Restatement shall be effective as of
January 1, 1996, with respect to salaried employees of the Company employed on
or after such date.
<PAGE> 2
As amended October 25, 1995, effective January 1, 1996
A R T I C L E 2
Definitions
"Affiliate" means any affiliate or subsidiary of The Stanley Works.
"Applicable Limitation" means each of:
(i) the limitation on elective contributions under Sections 401(a)(30)
and 402(g)(1) of the Code;
(ii) the limitation set forth in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code on the
compensation that may be taken into account under a plan;
(iii) the limitation on contributions resulting from the application of
Section 401(k) or (m) of the Code;
(iv) the omission from the definition of "Compensation" set forth in
Article II of the Retirement Plan of amounts deferred pursuant to Section 3 of
the Deferred Compensation Plan for Participants in Stanley's Management
Incentive Plans; and
(v) the limitation on contributions or benefits, as the case may be,
set forth in the Savings Plan or the Retirement Plan as required by Section 415
of the Code.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"Committee" means the Finance and Pension Committee of The Stanley
Works.
"Company" means The Stanley Works and any Affiliate that has adopted
the Qualified Plans.
"Eligible Employee" means a Highly Compensated Employee who is a
participant in the Management Incentive Plan of The Stanley Works.
"Highly Compensated Employee" means a salaried employee of the Company
who during the applicable Plan Year is a highly compensated employee, as defined
in Section 414(q) of the Code. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the
"applicable Plan Year" means, in the case of deferrals under Section 4.1, the
year in which an election is made under Section 4.6.
"Plan Year" means the applicable plan year of each of the Qualified
Plans.
-2-
<PAGE> 3
As amended October 25, 1995, effective January 1, 1996
"Qualified Plan" means each of the Savings Plan and the Retirement
Plan.
"Retirement Plan" means the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees of
The Stanley Works.
"Savings Plan" means The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan.
"Supplemental Company Contribution Account" means the account
established under the Plan to which amounts are credited under Section 4.2.
"Supplemental Employee Contribution Account" means the account
established under the Plan to which amounts are credited under Section 4.1.
"Unrestricted Qualified Plan Benefit" means the actuarial equivalent,
determined as of the date on which distribution commences, of the benefit, if
any, that would be payable to the Participant under the Retirement Plan if no
Applicable Limitation applied.
A R T I C L E 3
Participation in the Plan
Section 3.1 Each Eligible Employee of the Company shall become a
participant in the Plan on the date as of which an amount is first credited to
an account established under Article 4 in the name of such Eligible Employee.
Subject to Section 4.5, an Eligible Employee shall remain a participant until
all amounts to which he is entitled hereunder have been distributed.
Section 3.2 Participation in the Plan shall not give a participant any
right to remain in the service of the Company or of an Affiliate, and a
participant shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan
had not been adopted.
A R T I C L E 4
Crediting of Accounts; Election to Defer
Section 4.1 (a) If for a Plan Year an Eligible Employee's contributions
under Section 4.2 of the Savings Plan are limited by reason of the dollar
limitation described in paragraph (i) of the definition herein of Applicable
Limitation and such Eligible Employee has elected, in the manner described in
Section 4.6, to defer a portion of his or her compensation
-3-
<PAGE> 4
As amended October 25, 1995, effective January 1, 1996
from the Company (not to exceed, when added to contributions made under Section
4.2 of the Savings Plan, 15% of such compensation), there shall be credited to a
Supplemental Employee Contribution Account an amount equal to the excess of the
portion of compensation so elected over such dollar limitation.
(b) If for a Plan Year an Eligible Employee's contributions under
Section 4.2 of the Savings Plan are limited by reason of an Applicable
Limitation, other than as described in subsection (a), and such Eligible
Employee has elected, in the manner described in Section 4.6, to defer a portion
of his or her compensation from the Company, there shall be credited to a
Supplemental Employee Contribution Account an amount equal to the excess of (i)
over (ii) where:
(i) is the amount that would have been contributed under
Section 4.2 of the Savings Plan in the absence of the
Applicable Limitation, and
(ii) is the amount actually contributed under Section 4.2
of the Savings Plan.
Section 4.2 (a) If for a Plan Year an amount is credited to a
Supplemental Employee Contribution Account under Section 4.1, there shall be
credited to a Supplemental Company Contribution Account an amount equal to the
excess of (i) over (ii) where:
(i) is the amount that would have been contributed by the
Company under Section 5.2 of the Savings Plan with
respect to the sum of the elective contributions made
to the Savings Plan and the amount credited under
Section 4.1 if all of such amounts had been
contributed to the Savings Plan, and
(ii) is the amount actually contributed by the Company
under Section 5.2 of the Savings Plan.
(b) If the amount that may be contributed by the Company under Section
5.2 of the Savings Plan is limited by reason of an Applicable Limitation,
otherwise than as described in subsection (a), there shall be credited to a
Supplemental Company Contribution Account an amount equal to the excess of (i)
over (ii) where:
(i) is the amount that would have been contributed by the
Company under Section 5.2 of the Savings Plan in the
absence of the Applicable Limitation, and
(ii) is the amount actually so contributed by the Company.
Section 4.3 If a Participant's Unrestricted Qualified Plan Benefit
exceeds the actuarial equivalent, determined as of the date on which
distribution commences, of the
-4-
<PAGE> 5
As amended October 25, 1995, effective January 1, 1996
amount payable to him under the Retirement Plan, subject to Section 5.1, there
shall be payable to him or her under this Plan such excess.
Section 4.4 A participant's Supplemental Employee Contribution Account
and Supplemental Company Contribution Account shall be adjusted to reflect the
rate of return such accounts would have earned if they had been invested in
accordance with the provisions of the Savings Plan. Such rate of return shall
further reflect any additional amount that would have been payable under the
Retirement Plan by reason of the rate of return actually achieved under the
Savings Plan. The applicable rate of return shall be calculated from the time
when the contributions to the Savings Plan would have been allocated to the
participant's account thereunder in the absence of the Applicable Limitation.
Section 4.5 (a) In the event that a participant shall cease to be an
Eligible Employee or the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine that a
participant may no longer actively participate in the Plan, any election under
Section 4.1 shall be deemed to have been revoked and no election may be made
under such section, and no amounts shall be credited under Section 4.2(b).
(b) If a participant described in subsection (a) later becomes an
Eligible Employee or the Company determines that such participant may recommence
active participation in the Plan, as the case may be, such participant shall
again become an active participant in the Plan; crediting under Section 4.2(b)
shall recommence; and, upon the filing of an election under Section 4.6,
crediting under Section 4.1 shall recommence.
(c) Any amount credited to an account established under Article 4 in
the name of a participant who was not an Eligible Employee for the Plan Year
with respect to which such amount was credited shall be distributed in a cash
lump sum payment upon the first to occur of the participant's death, disability
or separation from service with the Company or an Affiliate or the first day of
the calendar year in which the participant attains age 60. No further amount
shall be credited to any account established in the name of a participant
described in this subsection unless and until such participant becomes an
Eligible Employee. When such a participant becomes an Eligible Employee, amounts
credited to an account established in the name of the participant after he or
she becomes an Eligible Employee shall be distributed in accordance with Section
6.1 and amounts to which this subsection applies shall be distributed in
accordance with this subsection.
Section 4.6 An election to defer compensation under Section 4.1 shall
be made, and may be revoked, in such manner as the Committee may from time to
time prescribe. Any such election shall be effective only as to compensation to
be earned after the date of the election.
-5-
<PAGE> 6
As amended October 25, 1995, effective January 1, 1996
A R T I C L E 5
Vesting
Section 5.1 A participant shall be vested in each benefit provided
under this Plan in accordance with the vesting provisions of the Qualified Plan
to which such benefit relates.
A R T I C L E 6
Distributions
Section 6.1 (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.5, amounts
credited to a participant's Supplemental Employee Contribution Account and
Supplemental Company Contribution Account shall be distributed upon a
participant's retirement, death, disability or other separation from service
with the Company or an Affiliate, or the later date specified in a written
election filed by the participant with the Committee under this subsection.
Except as otherwise permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion, no
election may be filed under this subsection after the beginning of the one-year
period ending on the date on which a participant retires, dies, becomes disabled
or otherwise separates from service with the Company or an Affiliate. No more
than one election may be filed by a participant under this subsection.
(b) Amounts payable under Section 4.3 shall be paid on the date on
which distribution commences under the Retirement Plan.
Section 6.2 Distributions under the Plan shall be made in the form of a
cash lump sum payment unless an election to receive the benefits due under
Section 4.3 in a life annuity form has been made by the participant. An election
under this section may be made, and may be revoked or superseded, during the
same period as an election may be made under Section 6.1(a).
Section 6.3 If, at the time of any payment hereunder, the Committee
determines that a participant to whom or on whose behalf payment is being made
is, for any reason, indebted to the Company or an Affiliate, The Stanley Works
shall be entitled to offset such indebted ness, including any interest accruing
thereon, against the payment otherwise due under the Plan.
Section 6.4 The Stanley Works shall withhold from any payment due under
the Plan the amount of any tax required by law to be withheld from compensation
paid to an employee.
-6-
<PAGE> 7
As amended October 25, 1995, effective January 1, 1996
Section 6.5 Any payment of benefits after a participant's death shall
be made to the beneficiary designated by the participant under the Qualified
Plan to which the benefit payable relates or to the individual entitled to
benefits under such plan in the absence of a beneficiary designation, unless the
participant designates, on a form provided by the Committee, another individual
or entity to receive benefits payable hereunder after his death.
Section 6.6 No loans shall be permitted under the Plan.
A R T I C L E 7
Miscellaneous
Section 7.1 The Board of Directors of The Stanley Works may, at any
time and from time to time, amend or terminate this Plan without the consent of
any participant or beneficiary.
Section 7.2 The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The
Committee shall make all determinations as to the right of any person to a
benefit and the amount thereof. Any denial by the Committee of a claim by a
participant or beneficiary for benefits under the Plan shall be stated in
writing by the Committee and delivered or mailed to the participant or
beneficiary. Such notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial,
written in a manner that may be understood without legal counsel. The Committee
shall afford to any participant or beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been
denied a reasonable opportunity for a review of the denial of the claim.
Section 7.3 This Plan, including any amendments, shall constitute the
entire agreement between the Company and any employee, participant or
beneficiary regarding the subject matter of the Plan. There are no covenants,
promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written,
between the Company and any such individual relating to the subject matter
hereof, other than those set forth in the Plan. This Plan and any amendment
hereto shall be binding on the parties hereto and their respective heirs,
administrators, trustees, successors and assigns, and on any beneficiary of a
participant.
Section 7.4 If any provision of the Plan shall, to any extent, be
invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall not be affected
thereby, and each other provision of the Plan shall be valid and enforced to the
fullest extent permitted by law.
Section 7.5 The Company may establish a reserve or make any investment
for purposes of satisfying its obligation to pay benefits hereunder, and no
participant in the Plan shall have any interest in any such investment or
reserve. The right of any person to receive
-7-
<PAGE> 8
As amended October 25, 1995, effective January 1, 1996
benefits under the Plan shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured
general creditor of The Stanley Works.
Section 7.6 To the extent permitted by law, the right of any
participant or beneficiary to any benefit hereunder shall not be subject to
attachment or other legal process for the debts of such participant or
beneficiary, and any such benefit shall not be subject to anticipation,
alienation, sale, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.
Section 7.7 Whenever, in the opinion of the Committee, a person
entitled to receive any benefit hereunder is under a legal disability or is
unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Committee may direct that
payment be made to such person or to his or her legal representative or to a
relative of such person for his or her benefit, or the Committee may direct that
any payment due hereunder be applied for the benefit of such person in such
manner as the Committee considers advisable. Any payment in accordance with this
section shall be a complete discharge of any liability for the making of such
payment under the provisions of the Plan.
-8-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10 (xi)
FIRST AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this
"Amendment") is made as of the 20th day of December, 1995, among THE STANLEY
WORKS, STANLEY MECHANICS TOOLS, INC. (formerly known as Mac Tools, Inc.) and
STANLEY- BOSTITCH, INC. (collectively, the "Sellers"); WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA,
N.A. as Agent and as an Existing Purchaser; BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS, NEW YORK
BRANCH, and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA (the other "Existing Purchasers") and FLEET
BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS, N.A. (the "Additional Purchaser", the Existing Purchasers
and the Additional Purchaser being hereinafter collectively referred to as the
"Purchasers").
Background:
The Sellers, the Existing Purchasers and the Agent have
entered into a certain Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 1,
1993 (the "Receivables Purchase Agreement").
The Sellers, the Existing Purchasers and the Agent wish to
amend the Receivables Purchase Agreement in certain respects, as hereinafter
provided, and wish to add the Additional Purchaser as a Purchaser (as defined in
the Receivables Purchase Agreement) party to the Receivables Purchase Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein which
are not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to
them in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.
SECTION 2. Amendments. The Receivables Purchase Agreement is
hereby amended as set forth in this Section 2.
2.1 Amendments to Section 1.01. (a) The following definitions
are hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, to be
inserted in proper alphabetical order:
"Adjusted Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to any
Settlement Period means a rate per annum equal to the quotient
obtained (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher
1/100 of 1%) by dividing (a) the applicable IBOR for such
Settlement Period by (b) 1.00 minus the applicable IBOR
Reserve Percentage.
"Dollar Denominated Receivables" means Receivables
payable in Dollars.
"Dollar Equivalent" means the Dollar equivalent of
amounts that may be calculated with respect to Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables including, without
limitation, the Unpaid Balance and Unearned Charges,
determined by the Agent on the basis of its spot rate for the
purchase, with Dollars, of the foreign currency in which such
Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables are payable.
<PAGE> 2
"Effective Date" means December 20, 1995.
"Foreign Currency Business Day" shall mean any
Domestic Business Day, but excluding one on which trading is
not carried on by and between banks in deposits of the foreign
currency or currencies in which any applicable Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivable is payable, in the applicable
interbank market for such foreign currency or currencies.
"Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables" means
Receivables payable in the official currency of a country,
other than the United States, that is a member of the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
"IBOR" means, with respect to all Foreign Currency
Denominated Receivables payable in the same currency, the
offered rate for deposits in the foreign currency in which
such Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables are payable, for
amounts equal or comparable to the principal amount of the
aggregate Net Balances of such Foreign Currency Denominated
Receivables as of the first day of the Settlement Period
during which such rate is being determined, and offered for a
term of three months, which rate appears on Telerate Page 3750
or the appropriate Telerate page for such currency or if the
rate for such currency is not available on Telerate the
Reuters page for such currency as of 11:00 A.M. (London,
England time) on the day that is two Foreign Currency Business
Days prior to the first day of such Settlement Period. If the
foregoing rate is unavailable for any reason, then such rate
shall be determined by the Agent from any other interest rate
reporting service of recognized standing designated in writing
by the Agent to the Sellers and the Purchasers.
"IBOR Rate" means, with respect to all Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables payable in the same currency,
for any day during any Settlement Period, a rate per annum
equal to the sum of the Adjusted Interbank Offered Rate for
such currency for such Settlement Period, plus the Applicable
IBOR Margin for such day, provided that, upon the occurrence
and during the continuance of a Repurchase Event, the IBOR
Rate for any day during any Settlement Period means a rate per
annum equal to the sum of (x) the Adjusted Interbank Offered
Rate for such currency for such Settlement Period, plus (y)
the Applicable IBOR Margin for such day, plus (z) 2.00% per
annum. The "IBOR Rate" with respect to a particular currency
for any Settlement Period means a rate per annum equal to the
weighted average of the IBOR Rate in effect for each day with
respect to such currency during such Settlement Period.
"IBOR Reserve Percentage" means with respect to a
particular currency, for any day that percentage (expressed as
a decimal) that is in effect on such day, as prescribed by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirements
for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in respect of
"Eurocurrency Liabilities" for such currency (or in respect of
any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by
reference to which the Purchasers' Yield (when calculated by
reference to the IBOR Rate) is determined or any category of
extensions of credit or other assets that includes loans by a
non-United States
2
<PAGE> 3
office of any Purchaser to United States
residents). The Adjusted Interbank Offered Rate shall be
adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any
change in the IBOR Reserve Percentage.
(b) The definition of "Applicable Base Rate Margin" and
"Applicable Euro-Dollar Margin" contained in Section 1.01 of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows:
"Applicable Base Rate Margin", "Applicable
Euro-Dollar Margin" and "Applicable IBOR Margin" (collectively
referred to herein as the "Applicable Margins") mean, for any
day during any period set forth in the following table, those
percentages per annum set forth opposite such period in such
table, which percentages shall vary from time to time as set
forth below depending on whether the Debt Rating of the
Unsupported Stanley Debt is High, Medium or Low (the
Applicable Margins to change from time to time on any day on
which there occurs a change in the Debt Rating of the
Unsupported Stanley Debt):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD DEBT APPLICABLE APPLICABLE APPLICABLE
RATING EURO-DOLLAR IBOR BASE RATE
MARGIN MARGIN MARGIN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Prior to the Commitment High + 0.2500% +0.2500% + 0.0000%
Expiration Date --------------- ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Medium + 0.3750% +0.03750% + 0.1250%
--------------- ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Low + 0.5000% +0.5000% + 0.2500%
--------------- ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
From and after the High + 1.0000% +1.0000% + 0.7500%
Commitment
Expiration Date
--------------- ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Medium + 1.1250% +1.1250% + 0.8750%
--------------- ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Low + 1.2500% +1.2500% + 1.0000%
- ---------------------------------- --------------- ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
</TABLE>
(c) The definition of Beneficial Interest Percentage contained
in Section 1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and
restated in its entirety to read as follows:
"Beneficial Interest Percentage" of any Purchaser means, at
any date, a percentage obtained by dividing (a)(i) the aggregate amount
funded by such Purchaser hereunder, on or prior to such date, in
respect of the Purchase Price for the Initial Offered Receivables and
all Portfolio Increases (calculated by converting any amounts
attributable to Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables into their
Dollar Equivalents as of such date), minus (ii) the aggregate amount
allocated and paid to such Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.09(c), on or
prior to such date, in respect of all Portfolio Decreases (calculated
by converting any amounts attributable to Foreign Currency Denominated
Receivables into their Dollar Equivalents as of such date) by (b) the
Portfolio Balance as of the Cutoff Date or, if later, the Domestic
Business Day next preceding the Reset
3
<PAGE> 4
Date for the last Settlement Period that shall have ended on or prior
to such date. In the event of a permitted assignment by a Purchaser of
a portion of its Beneficial Interest, such Purchaser's Beneficial
Interest Percentage shall be allocated proportionately between such
Purchaser and such Purchaser's Assignee.
(d) The definition of Closing Balance contained in Section
1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Closing Balance" with respect to all Purchased Receivables
payable in the same currency (calculated separately for each currency
in which Purchased Receivables are payable) for any Settlement Period
means the aggregate Net Balances of the Closing Receivables payable in
such currency for such Settlement Period as of the Domestic Business
Day next preceding the Reset Date for such Settlement Period.
(e) The second sentence in the definition of Commitment
contained in Section 1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
The total of the Commitments initially shall be $80,000,000 and on and
after the Effective Date shall be $110,000,000.
(f) The definition of Commitment Expiration Date contained in
Section 1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and
restated in its entirety to read as follows:
"Commitment Expiration Date" means December 20, 1998 or such later date
as the Sellers and all of the Purchasers may agree in writing.
(g) Clause (c)(i) of the definition of Eligible Receivables
contained in Section 1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
(i) is payable in Dollars or in the official currency of a country that
is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (excluding, however, Receivables payable in the official
currencies of Greece, Iceland, Mexico and Turkey),
(h) Clause (c)(v) of the definition of Eligible Receivables
contained in Section 1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
(v) was created in a country that is a member of the Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development;
4
<PAGE> 5
(i) Clause (e)(iv) of the definition of Eligible Receivables
contained in Section 1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
(iv) constitutes the only Contract with respect to the goods
sold or leased thereunder and the services, if any, related
thereto (or if more than one Contract exists, all rights under
such Contracts will be assigned to the Purchasers hereunder),
(j) Clause (e)(vi) of the definition of Eligible Receivables
contained in Section 1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
(vi) has a remaining term of no longer than 60 months from the
date such Receivable is purchased hereunder,
(k) The definition of Facility Fee Rate contained in Section
1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Facility Fee Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal
to (a) before the Effective Date, (i) 0.1500% per annum at all
times when the Debt Rating of Unsupported Stanley Debt is
High, or (ii) 0.1875% per annum at all other times, and (b) on
and after the Effective Date, (i) 0.1000% per annum at all
times when the Debt Rating of Unsupported Stanley Debt is
High, or (ii) 0.1375% per annum at all other times.
(l) The definition of London Interbank Offered Rate contained
in Section 1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by
inserting on the third line thereof, immediately after the term "Opening
Balance", and on the last line thereof, immediately after the term "Opening
Balance", the following phrase:
consisting solely of Dollar Denominated Receivables
(m) The definition of MAC contained in Section 1.01 of the
Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to
read as follows:
"Mechanics Tools" means Stanley Mechanics Tools, Inc., an Ohio
corporation (formerly known as Mac Tools, Inc.), and its
permitted successors and assigns.
All references in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to MAC
shall be deemed to refer to Mechanics Tools, and all references to Mac Tools,
Inc. shall be deemed to refer to Stanley Mechanics Tools, Inc.
5
<PAGE> 6
(n) The definition of Net Balance contained in Section 1.01 of
the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding an additional
sentence at the end of such definition, to read as follows:
The Net Balance of each Foreign Currency Denominated
Receivable shall be calculated in the foreign currency in
which such Foreign Currency Denominated Receivable is payable.
(o) The definition of Opening Balance contained in Section
1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Opening Balance" with respect to Purchased Receivables
payable in the same currency (calculated separately for each
currency in which Purchased Receivables are payable) for any
Settlement Period means the aggregate Net Balances of the
Opening Receivables payable in such currency for such
Settlement Period as of the first day of such Settlement
Period.
(p) The definition of Portfolio Balance contained in Section
1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Portfolio Balance" means, at any time, the aggregate amount
of the Net Balances of all Purchased Receivables at such time.
For purposes of this definition, the Dollar Equivalent of the
Net Balance of each Foreign Currency Denominated Receivable as
of the date of calculation shall be used.
(q) The definition of Portfolio Decrease contained in Section
1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Portfolio Decrease" means, with respect to Purchased
Receivables payable in any currency (calculated separately for
each currency in which Purchased Receivables are payable) for
any Settlement Period, the positive sum, if any, of the
Opening Balance with respect to Purchased Receivables payable
in such currency for such Settlement Period minus the Closing
Balance with respect to Purchased Receivables payable in such
currency for such Settlement Period.
(r) The definition of Portfolio Increase in Section 1.01 of
the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Portfolio Increase" means, with respect to Purchased
Receivables payable in any currency (calculated separately for
each currency in which Purchased Receivables are payable) for
any Settlement Period, the negative sum, if any, of the
Opening Balance with respect to Purchased Receivables payable
in such currency for such Settlement Period minus the Closing
Balance with respect to
6
<PAGE> 7
Purchased Receivables payable in such currency for such
Settlement Period. The Portfolio Increase with respect to
Purchased Receivables payable in a particular currency for any
Settlement Period represents the amount of the aggregate
Purchase Price for all Subsequently Offered Receivables
payable in such currency to be purchased by the Purchasers
hereunder on the Ending Date for such Settlement Period, net
of the amount by which the Opening Balance with respect to
Purchased Receivables payable in such currency for such
Settlement Period exceeds the aggregate Net Balances of the
Opening Receivables with respect to Purchased Receivables
payable in such currency for such Settlement Period as of such
Ending Date.
(s) The definition of Purchasers' Yield contained in Section
1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Purchasers' Yield" with respect to Purchased Receivables
payable in a particular currency (calculated separately for
each currency in which Purchased Receivables are payable) for
any Settlement Period means an amount equal to the product
obtained by multiplying (a) the Opening Balance with respect
to Purchased Receivables payable in such currency for such
Settlement Period times (b) the Yield Rate applicable to
Purchased Receivables payable in such currency for such
Settlement Period times (c) a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of days in such Settlement Period, including the
first but excluding the last, and the denominator of which is
360.
(t) The definition of Reset Date contained in Section 1.01 of
the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Reset Date" for any Settlement Period means the earlier of
(i) the Second Euro- Dollar Business Day next preceding the
Ending Date for such Settlement Period, or (ii) if a Net
Balance is outstanding with respect to any Foreign Currency
Denominated Receivables, of if any Foreign Currency
Denominated Receivables will be purchased on the Ending Date
for such Settlement Period, the second Foreign Currency
Business Day next preceding the Ending Date for such
Settlement Period.
(u) The definition of Settlement Period contained in Section
1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Settlement Period" means each period that (i) in the case of
the first Settlement Period, shall commence on Closing Date
and shall end March 20, 1994 or (ii) in the case of each
Settlement Period thereafter, shall commence on the last day
of the immediately preceding Settlement Period and shall end
on the 20th day in the third succeeding calendar month (unless
such day is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day and a Foreign
Currency Business Day, in which event such Settlement
7
<PAGE> 8
Period shall end on the next succeeding day which is a
Euro-Dollar Business Day and a Foreign Currency Business Day).
(v) The definition of Standard & Poor's contained in Section
1.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services,
a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any
successor thereto that is a nationally recognized rating
agency.
(w) The definition of Yield Rate contained in Section 1.01 of
the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
"Yield Rate" for any Settlement Period means (i) with respect
to Dollar Denominated Receivables, the Adjusted Base Rate or
the Euro-Dollar Rate for such Settlement Period, as Stanley
shall select or be deemed to have selected pursuant to Section
2.04; and (ii) with respect to Foreign Currency Denominated
Receivables, the IBOR Rate for such Settlement Period for each
different foreign currency in which such Foreign Currency
Denominated Receivables are payable.
2.2 Amendment to Section 2.01. Section 2.01 of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows:
SECTION 2.01. Commitments to Purchase Receivables. Each
Purchaser severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set
forth herein, to purchase Receivables, up to such Purchaser's
Commitment, owned by one or more of the Sellers and offered
for sale pursuant to Section 2.02 on the Closing Date and on
any Ending Date for any Settlement Period ending prior to the
Commitment Expiration Date or the Commitment Termination Date,
as applicable; provided that, (i) immediately after each such
Purchase the Portfolio Balance shall not exceed the total
Commitments; (ii) the aggregate Net Balances, as of the Cutoff
Date, of Receivables so offered for sale on the Closing Date,
shall not be less than $25,000,000; and (iii) immediately
after each such Purchase the Portfolio Balance of Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables shall not exceed $20,000,000.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
neither the Agent or any Purchaser shall assume or be deemed
or considered to have assumed the duties, liabilities or
obligations of any Seller or any other Person under any
Contract by reason of any Purchase hereunder or otherwise.
2.3 Amendment to Section 2.02(b). Section 2.02(b) of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by changing each reference therein to
Closing Balance and Net Balance to Closing Balances and Net Balances,
respectively, and by adding, on the seventh line thereof, immediately after the
term "Net Balances", the following parenthetical:
8
<PAGE> 9
(using the Dollar Equivalent of the Net Balance of each
Foreign Currency Denominated Receivable)
2.4 Amendment to Section 2.02(c). Section 2.02(c) of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word "and" immediately
prior to clause (vi) thereof and by adding an additional clause (vii) at the end
of the second sentence thereof, to read as follows:
and (vii) the currency in which such Receivables are payable.
2.5 Amendment to Section 2.04(b). Section 2.04(b) of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows:
(b) Stanley may select, on behalf of the Sellers, for each
Settlement Period whether the Yield Rate for such Settlement
Period with respect to Dollar Denominated Receivables shall be
the Adjusted Base Rate or the Euro-Dollar Rate for such
Settlement Period. Such selection shall be made by written
notice from Stanley to the Agent to be received not later than
10:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the third Euro-Dollar
Business Day next preceding the first day of such Settlement
Period if Stanley shall elect the Euro-Dollar Rate as the
Yield Rate for such Settlement Period; provided that if the
Agent shall not have received such a notice from Stanley on or
prior to 10:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the third
Euro-Dollar Business Day next preceding the first day of such
Settlement Period, Stanley shall be deemed to have selected,
on behalf of the Sellers, the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield
Rate for such Settlement Period with respect to Dollar
Denominated Receivables; and provided further that, upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of a Repurchase Event,
Stanley may not select the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield Rate
for any Settlement Period unless all of the Purchasers shall
consent thereto in writing. The Yield Rate for all Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables shall be the IBOR Rate with
respect to the respective currencies in which such Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables are payable.
2.6 Amendment to Section 2.05. Section 2.05 of the Receivables Purchase
Agreement is hereby amended by changing the reference to Closing Balance in the
second line thereof to Closing Balances, and by inserting immediately after the
phrase Closing Balances the following parenthetical:
(calculated using the Dollar Equivalent of the Net Balance of
each Foreign Currency Denominated Receivable)
2.7 Amendment to Section 2.07(a). Section 2.07(a)(iv) of the
Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding immediately before
clause (x) in the fifth line from the bottom thereof the following phrase:
such Contract covers goods with an original value in excess of
$5,000 and
9
<PAGE> 10
2.8 Amendment to Section 2.09(b). Section 2.09(b) of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows:
(b) Prior to 4:00 p.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the Domestic
Business Day prior to the Reset Date for each Settlement
Period, the Sellers shall submit to the Agent and the
Purchasers a settlement statement, bill of sale and
assignment, substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit D-1 (each a "Settlement Statement"), dated the Ending
Date for such Settlement Period and specifying among other
things (i) the Opening Balances and the Closing Balances for
such Settlement Period, (ii) the Portfolio Decreases, if any,
for such Settlement Period, (iii) the Portfolio Increases, if
any, for such Settlement Period, (iv) the amount and
computation of the Purchasers' Yields for such Settlement
Period, (v) the amount and computation of the Facility Fee for
such Settlement Period, and (vi) the amount of all Agent's
Servicing Fees and Agent's Costs and Expenses, if any, that
became due to the Agent on or before, but remain unpaid as of,
such Ending Date. In connection with the Settlement Statement
for each Settlement Period, Stanley shall deliver to the
Agent, for receipt not later than 10:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia
time) on the Ending Date for such Settlement Period, a
Receivables Schedule for such Settlement Period, dated as of
the Domestic Business Day next preceding the Reset Date for
such Settlement Period, conforming to the requirements of
Section 2.02. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the
Agent shall have assumed the Sellers' responsibilities for the
billing and collection of Purchased Receivables, such
Settlement Statements shall be prepared by the Agent (with
copies furnished to the Sellers and the Purchasers) and the
calculations and information therein shall be conclusive,
absent manifest error.
2.9 Amendment to Section 2.09(c).The reference to Portfolio Decrease in
clause (i) and the reference to Purchasers' Yield in clause (ii) of the first
sentence of Section 2.09(c) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
changed from the singular to the plural, or to Portfolio Decreases and
Purchasers' Yields, respectively.
2.10 Amendment to Section 2.09(d). Section 2.09(d) of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows:
(d) Subject to Section 3.02, on the Ending Date for each
Settlement Period each Purchaser shall make available to the
Agent, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10(c),
its ratable share of the Portfolio Increases (in the
appropriate currencies), if any, for such Settlement Period.
Subject to Section 2.10(c), the Agent will make the funds so
received from the Purchasers available to Stanley, on behalf
of and for the account of the Sellers, at the Agent's
aforesaid address.
2.11 Amendment to Section 2.09(e). All references to Portfolio
Increase, Portfolio Decrease, and Purchasers' Yield contained in Section 2.09(e)
of the Receivables Purchase Agreement are hereby changed from the singular to
the plural, or to Portfolio Increases, Portfolio Decreases and Purchasers'
Yields, respectively.
10
<PAGE> 11
2.12 Amendment to Section 2.09(f). Section 2.09(f) of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows:
(f) Without in any way limiting the obligation to account for
or pay the amounts required to be paid to the Agent pursuant
to paragraph (c) of this Section, until such time as the Agent
shall have assumed, pursuant to Section 2.07(b) or Section
6.03, the Sellers' duties for the billing and collection of
the Purchased Receivables, to the extent that the collections
in any currency during any Settlement Period (or part thereof
prior to the date of such assumption by the Agent) in respect
of the Opening Receivables payable in such currency exceeds
the sum of (i) the amount by which the Opening Balance with
respect to Purchased Receivables payable in such currency for
such Settlement Period exceeds the aggregate Net Balances of
such Opening Receivables as of the Domestic Business Day next
preceding the Reset Date for such Settlement Period, plus (ii)
the Purchasers' Yield with respect to Purchased Receivables
payable in such currency for such Settlement Period, plus
(iii) the Facility Fees and Agency Fees for such Settlement
Period, the Sellers may retain such excess collections
(herein, the "Sellers' Servicing Fee" for such Settlement
Period) for their own account as compensation for such
Settlement Period (or portion thereof) in respect of such
servicing. In the event the Agent shall so assume the Sellers'
duties for the billing and collection of the Purchased
Receivables, such excess shall be retained by the Agent, for
the ratable benefit of the Purchasers, as collateral security
for Sellers' Obligations (and for such purpose and to such
extent, each Seller hereby grants to the Agent, as security
for the Sellers' Obligations, a security interest in such
funds).
2.13 Amendment to Section 2.10(a). Section 2.10(a) of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding an additional sentence to the end
thereof to read as follows:
All payments to be made by the Sellers hereunder shall be made
in Dollars, except for amounts attributable to Portfolio
Decreases with respect to Foreign Currency Denominated
Receivables, to Purchasers' Yields with respect to Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables, and to repurchases of
Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables pursuant to Section
6.02 which shall be payable in the currency or currencies in
which such Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables are
payable.
2.14 Amendment to Section 2.10(b). Section 2.10(b) of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows:
(b) Payment of any amount due from any Seller hereunder
(including, without limitation, pursuant to any provision of
Article II, Article VI, Article IX or Article X) that is not
paid when due in accordance with the provisions hereof shall
bear interest, payable upon demand, for each day until paid at
a rate per annum equal to (i) if such amount is payable in
Dollars, the sum of the Base Rate
11
<PAGE> 12
for such day plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin for such day
plus 2.0% per annum and (ii) if such amount is payable in a
foreign currency, the IBOR Rate with respect to such currency
for such day plus the Applicable IBOR Margin for such day plus
2.0% per annum.
2.15 Amendments to Section 2.10(c). (a) Section 2.10(c) is hereby
amended by changing the first reference to Portfolio Increase therein, on the
fifth line thereof, to Portfolio Increases and by inserting on the fifth line
thereof, immediately after the term "Portfolio Increases", the following phrase:
in the currency or currencies in which such Portfolio
Increases are payable,
(b) Section 2.10(c) is hereby amended by inserting on the twenty fourth
line thereof, immediately after the term "Federal Funds Rate", the following
phrase:
with respect to Dollar Denominated Receivables and a rate per
annum equal to the IBOR for such day with respect to Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables (calculated seperately for
each currency in which such Foreign Currency Denominated
Receivables are payable)
2.16 Amendments to Section 2.13. (a) Section 2.13(a)(i) of the
Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to
read as follows:
(i) The Sellers, upon 30 days prior notice, may at any time
require each of the Purchasers to sell all of its right, title
and interest in all the Purchased Receivables to a third party
or third parties designated in such notice on the Ending Date
of any Settlement Period ending on or after the Commitment
Expiration Date or Commitment Termination Date, as applicable.
The purchase price, which shall be paid on such Ending Date,
shall be equal to the sum of (A) for each Purchaser, the sum
of the products obtained by multiplying such Purchaser's
Beneficial Interest Percentage by the aggregate Net Balances
of Purchased Receivables (calculated separately for each
different currency in which such Purchased Receivables are
payable), which amounts shall be payable in the currencies in
which such Purchased Receivables are payable on the Domestic
Business Day next preceding the Reset Date for such Settlement
Period plus (B) to the extent not otherwise accounted for and
paid pursuant to Section 2.09, all Purchasers' Yields accrued
to such Ending Date and all Facility Fees for such Settlement
Period, subject to any necessary adjustment required by
Section 2.10(c)(i)(A) and Section 2.10(c)(ii), respectively,
plus (C) all other amounts payable to the Purchasers and the
Agent hereunder and under the other Facility Documents; or
(b) Section 2.13(b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is
hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
12
<PAGE> 13
(b) If on the Domestic Business Day next preceding the Reset
Date for any Settlement Period ending on or after the
Commitment Termination Date or the Commitment Expiration Date,
as applicable, the Portfolio Balance is less than $12,000,000,
the Sellers shall have the right on the Ending Date for such
Settlement Period, upon notice delivered to the Agent not less
than 5 Domestic Business Days prior to such Ending Date, to
repurchase from the Purchasers all of the Purchased
Receivables for a repurchase price equal to the sum of (i) for
each Purchaser, the sum of the products obtained by
multiplying such Purchaser's Beneficial Interest Percentage by
the aggregate Net Balances of Purchased Receivables
(calculated separately for each different currency in which
such Purchased Receivables are payable), which amounts shall
be payable in the currencies in which such Purchased
Receivables are payable on the Domestic Business Day next
preceding such Reset Date, plus (ii) to the extent not
otherwise accounted for and paid pursuant to Section 2.09, all
Purchasers' Yield accrued to such Ending Date and all Facility
Fees for such Settlement Period, subject to any necessary
adjustment required by Section 2.10(c)(i)(A) and Section
2.10(c)(ii), respectively, plus (iii) all other amounts
payable to the Purchasers and the Agent hereunder and under
the other Facility Documents. Any notice of repurchase
delivered pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable.
2.17 Amendment to Section 5.10. The last sentence of Section
5.10 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:
Stanley agrees upon the reasonable request of the Agent, to
deliver to the Agent the most currently available estimate of
the Withdrawal Liability of Stanley and members of the
Controlled Group with respect to each Multiemployer Plan, if
any, in which they participate.
2.18 Amendment to Section 6.02. Section 6.02 of the
Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to
read as follows:
SECTION 6.02. Purchase or Repurchase Upon a Repurchase Event. If a
Repurchase Event shall occur and be continuing;
(a) If such Repurchase Event is a Repurchase Event set forth
in Section 6.01(l) or Section 6.01(m), any Purchaser may, by
notice to Stanley, the Agent and the other Purchasers, (i)
terminate and be relieved of all of its obligations to the
Sellers hereunder and under its Commitment (which obligations
shall thereupon terminate, unless such Purchaser's Commitment
is assumed by a third party that acquires such Purchaser's
Beneficial Interest) and (ii) require the Sellers to, and the
Sellers shall, purchase from such Purchaser such Purchaser's
Beneficial Interest on a date specified in such notice (that
shall be not less than 5 nor more than 15 Domestic Business
Days after such notice is given), at a purchase price (payable
to the Agent for such Purchaser's account in the manner and at
the time set forth in Section 2.10(a)) equal to the sum of (I)
such Purchaser's Beneficial
13
<PAGE> 14
Interest Percentage multiplied by the Opening Balances
(calculated separately with respect to each currency in which
the Purchased Receivables are payable) for the Settlement
Period during which the date so specified for such purchase
shall occur plus (II) subject to any necessary adjustment
required by Section 2.10(c)(i)(A), the product obtained by
multiplying (A) such Purchaser's Commitment Percentage times
(B) the product of such Opening Balances (calculated
separately for each currency in which the Purchased
Receivables are payable) times the Yield Rates applicable to
Purchased Receivables payable in such currencies for such
Settlement Period times (C) a fraction, the denominator of
which is 360 and the numerator of which is the number of days
elapsed from (and including) the first day of such Settlement
Period to (but excluding) the date so specified for such
purchase plus (III) subject to any necessary adjustment
required by Section 2.10(c)(ii), an amount in respect of
Facility Fees equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A)
such Purchaser's Commitment Percentage times (B) the product
of the Facility Fee Rate then in effect times the total
Commitments as in effect on the first day of such Settlement
Period times (C) a fraction, the denominator of which is 360
and the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed from
(and including) the first day of such Settlement Period to
(but excluding) the date so specified for such purchase, plus
(IV) all other amounts payable to such Purchaser hereunder and
under the other Facility Documents;
(b) if such Repurchase Event is a Repurchase Event set forth
in Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h), (i) all of the
Commitments shall be automatically terminated, immediately
upon the occurrence thereof, without notice or other action by
or on behalf of the Agent or any Purchaser, and (ii) the
Sellers shall purchase from the Purchasers all of the
Purchased Receivables on that date that is 5 Domestic Business
Days after the occurrence of such Repurchase Event at a
purchase price (payable to the Agent for the Purchasers'
account (or the Agent's account, as the case may be) in the
manner and at the time set forth in Section 2.10(a)) equal to
the sum of (I) for each Purchaser, such Purchaser's Beneficial
Interest Percentage multiplied by the Opening Balances
(calculated separately for each currency in which the
Purchased Receivables are payable) for the Settlement Period
during which such fifth Domestic Business Day shall occur plus
(II) subject to any necessary adjustment required by Section
2.10(c)(i)(A), the products obtained by multiplying (A) the
products of such Opening Balances times the applicable Yield
Rates (calculated separately for each currency in which the
Purchased Receivables are payable) for such Settlement Period
times (B) a fraction, the denominator of which is 360 and the
numerator of which is the number of days elapsed from (and
including) the first day of such Settlement Period to (but
excluding) such fifth Domestic Business Day plus (III) subject
to any necessary adjustment required by Section 2.10(c)(ii),
an amount in respect of Facility Fees equal to the product
obtained by multiplying (A) the product of the Facility Fee
Rate then in effect times the total Commitments as in effect
on the first day of such Settlement Period times (B) a
fraction, the denominator of which is 360 and the numerator of
which is the number of days elapsed from (and including) the
14
<PAGE> 15
first day of such Settlement Period to (but excluding) such
fifth Domestic Business Day, plus (IV) all other amounts
payable to the Purchasers and the Agent hereunder and under
the other Facility Documents; and
(c) if such Repurchase Event is any Repurchase Event other
than those referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this
Section, the Required Purchasers may, by notice from the Agent
(given at the direction of the Required Purchasers) to Stanley
(i) terminate all of the Commitments (which shall thereupon
terminate) and (ii) require the Sellers to, and the Sellers
shall, purchase from the Purchasers all of the Purchased
Receivables on a date specified in such notice (that shall be
not less than 5 nor more than 15 Domestic Business Days after
such notice is given), at a purchase price (payable to the
Agent for the Purchasers' account (or the Agent's account, as
the case may be) in the manner and at the time set forth in
Section 2.10(a)) equal to the sum of (I) for each Purchaser,
such Purchaser's Beneficial Interest Percentage multiplied by
the Opening Balances (calculated separately for each currency
in which the Purchased Receivables are payable) for the
Settlement Period during which the date so specified for such
purchase shall occur plus (II) subject to any necessary
adjustment required by Section 2.10(c)(i)(A), the products
obtained by multiplying (A) the products of such Opening
Balances times the applicable Yield Rates (calculated
separately for each currency in which the Purchased
Receivables are payable) for such Settlement Period times (B)
a fraction, the denominator of which is 360 and the numerator
of which is the number of days elapsed from (and including)
the first day of such Settlement Period to (but excluding) the
date so specified for such purchase plus (III) subject to any
necessary adjustment required by Section 2.10(c)(ii), an
amount in respect of Facility Fees equal to the product
obtained by multiplying (A) the product of the Facility Fee
Rate then in effect times the total Commitments as in effect
on the first day of such Settlement Period times (B) a
fraction, the denominator of which is 360 and the numerator of
which is the number of days elapsed from (and including) the
first day of such Settlement Period to (but excluding) the
date so specified for such purchase, plus (IV) all other
amounts payable to the Purchasers and the Agent hereunder and
under the other Facility Documents.
2.19 Amendment to Section 8.01. Section 8.01 of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read
as follows:
SECTION 8.01. Basis for Determining Euro-Dollar Rate or IBOR
Rate Inadequate or Unfair. If on or prior to the first day of any
Settlement Period:
(a) the Agent determines in good faith that deposits in
Dollars or any foreign currency (in the applicable amounts)
are not being offered in the applicable market for such
Settlement Period, or
(b) the Required Purchasers advise the Agent in good faith
that the London Interbank Offered Rate or the IBOR Rate for a
particular foreign currency as
15
<PAGE> 16
determined by the Agent will not adequately and fairly reflect
the cost to such Purchasers of maintaining the Euro-Dollar
Rate or the IBOR Rate for a particular foreign currency as the
Yield Rate for such Settlement Period,
the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to Stanley and
the Purchasers, whereupon until the Agent notifies Stanley
that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no
longer exist, the Yield Rate with respect to Dollar
Denominated Receivables for each Settlement Period shall be
the Adjusted Base Rate for such Settlement Period and the
obligation of the Purchasers to purchase Foreign Currency
Denominated Receivables payable in the foreign currency
subject to such notice shall be suspended. The Agent (in the
case of clause (a) above) and the Purchasers (in the case of
clause (b) above) agree to deliver to Stanley a written
explanation, in reasonable detail, of the basis for their
determination.
2.20 Amendment to Section 8.02. Section 8.02 of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows:
SECTION 8.02. Illegality. (a) If, after the date hereof, the
adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any
change therein, or any change in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any governmental authority,
regulatory body, central bank or comparable agency charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof (any such
authority, bank or agency being referred to as an "Authority"
and any such event being referred to as a "Change of Law"), or
compliance by any Purchaser (or its Office) with any request
or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any
Authority shall make it unlawful or impossible for any
Purchaser (or its Office) to maintain the Euro- Dollar Rate or
any applicable IBOR Rate as the Yield Rate, and such Purchaser
shall so notify the Agent, the Agent shall forthwith give
notice thereof to the other Purchasers and Stanley, whereupon
until such Purchaser notifies Stanley and the Agent that the
circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist,
the obligation of such Purchaser to maintain the Euro-Dollar
Rate or any applicable IBOR Rate as the Yield Rate for any
Settlement Period shall be suspended. Before giving any notice
to the Agent pursuant to this Section, such Purchaser shall
designate a different Office if such designation will avoid
the need for giving such notice and will not, in the judgment
of such Purchaser, be otherwise disadvantageous to such
Purchaser.
(b) If any Purchaser shall determine that it may not lawfully
continue to maintain the Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield Rate
for the then-current or any subsequent Settlement Period and
shall so specify in such notice, if the Yield Rate for any
such affected Settlement Period shall be the Euro-Dollar Rate,
the Yield Rate shall then be automatically converted to, and
for each Settlement Period thereafter during the period of
such suspension for which Stanley shall have selected the
Euro-Dollar Rate as the Yield Rate the Yield Rate shall be, a
blended rate based on the Adjusted Base Rate for such
Settlement Period for
16
<PAGE> 17
each such Purchaser, to the extent of and in proportion to its
Beneficial Interest, and on the Euro-Dollar Rate for such
Settlement Period for each other Purchaser; in such
circumstance, the Agent shall make appropriate adjustments in
distributing to the Purchasers their respective pro rata
shares of amounts paid by the Sellers in respect of the
Purchasers' Yield for each such Settlement Period.
(c) If any Purchaser shall determine that it may not lawfully
continue to maintain an applicable IBOR Rate as the Yield Rate
for one or more Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables, the
Sellers shall upon notice from such Purchaser, purchase (on
the date specified in such notice) such Purchaser's Beneficial
Interest in such Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables at a
purchase price in the foreign currency or currencies in which
such Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables are payable
equal to the sum of (I) such Purchaser's Beneficial Interest
Percentage multiplied by the Opening Balances with respect to
such Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables for the
Settlement Period during which the date so specified for such
purchase shall occur plus (II) subject to any necessary
adjustment required by Section 2.10(c)(i)(A), the product
obtained by multiplying (A) such Purchaser's Commitment
Percentage times (B) the product of such Opening Balances
times the Yield Rates applicable to such Foreign Currency
Denominated Receivables for such Settlement Period times (c) a
fraction, the denominator of which is 360 and the numerator of
which is the number of days elapsed from (and including) the
first day of such Settlement Period to (but excluding) the
date so specified for such purchase.
2.21 Amendments to Section 8.03 . (a) Section 8.03 of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by inserting, after the term "Euro-Dollar
Rate" at each place in Section 8.03 that it appears, the phrase:
or any applicable IBOR Rate
(b) Section 8.03(a)(ii) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting in line four thereof, immediately after the term
"Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage", the following phrase:
or in an applicable IBOR Reserve Percentage
(c) Section 8.03(a)(iii) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is
hereby amended by deleting the phrase "the London interbank" in line one thereof
and substituting in its place the following phrase:
any applicable
2.22 Amendment to Section 8.04. Section 8.04 of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by inserting in the eleventh line thereof
immediately after the term "Euro- Dollar Rate", the following phrase:
17
<PAGE> 18
or any applicable IBOR Rate
2.23 Addition of New Section 8.05. A new section is hereby added to the
Receivables Purchase Agreement as Section 8.05 to read as follows:
SECTION 8.05. Failure to Pay in Foreign Currency. If the
Sellers are unable for any reason to effect payment in a foreign
currency as required by this Receivables Purchase Agreement or if the
Sellers shall default in their obligations with respect to Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables, each Purchaser may, through the
Agent, require such payment to be made in Dollars in the Dollar
Equivalent amount of such payment. In any case in which the Sellers
shall make such payment in Dollars, the Sellers agree to hold the
Purchasers harmless from any loss incurred by the Purchasers arising
from any change in the value of Dollars in relation to such foreign
currency between the date such payment became due and the date of
payment thereof.
2.24 Addition of New Section 8.06. A new section is hereby added to the
Receivables Purchase Agreement as Section 8.06 to read as follows:
SECTION 8.06. Judgment Currency. If for the purpose
of obtaining judgment in any court or enforcing any such judgment it is
necessary to convert any amount due in any foreign currency into any
other currency, the rate of exchange used shall be the Agent's spot
rate of exchange for the purchase of the foreign currency with such
other currency at the close of business on the Foreign Currency
Business Day preceding the date on which judgment is given or any order
for payment is made. The obligations of the Sellers in respect of any
amount due from them hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment or
order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due hereunder
or under any judgment or order in any other currency or otherwise be
discharged only to the extent that on the Foreign Currency Business Day
following receipt by the Agent of any payment in a currency other than
the relevant foreign currency the Agent is able (in accordance with
normal banking procedures) to purchase the relevant foreign currency
with such other currency. If the amount of the relevant foreign
currency that the Agent is able to purchase with such other currency is
less than the amount due in the relevant foreign currency,
notwithstanding any judgment or order, the Sellers shall indemnify the
Purchasers for the shortfall.
2.25 Amendment to Section 9.07. Section 9.07 of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows:
SECTION 9.07. Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, Stanley hereby waives until a period of time has expired
equal to 366 days after all Obligations of the Sellers to the Purchasers
have been paid, and the Commitments have been terminated, any right of
subrogation (under contract, Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code or
otherwise) or any other right of indemnity, reimbursement or contribution
and hereby waives until the above referenced period of time has expired,
any right to enforce any remedy that any Purchaser or the Agent now has or
may hereafter have against Bostitch, Mechanics Tools or any endorser or any
other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed
18
<PAGE> 19
Obligations, and Stanley hereby waives, until the above referenced period
of time has expired, any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any
security or collateral given to any Purchaser or the Agent to secure
payment or performance of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other liability
of Bostitch or Mechanics Tools to any Purchaser. The waiver contained in
this Section shall continue and survive the termination of this Agreement
and the final and indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed
Obligations.
2.26 Amendment to Notice Address for Sellers. The address for notices
to the Sellers is hereby amended to be as set forth on the signature pages of
this Agreement.
2.27 Amendment Increasing Aggregate Commitments and Adding Fleet Bank
of Massachusetts, N.A. as a Purchaser. The Receivables Purchase Agreement shall
be amended by increasing the total amount of the Commitments to $110,000,000.
The individual Commitments of the Existing Purchasers set forth on the signature
pages of the Receivables Purchase Agreement shall be restated to be equal to the
respective amounts set forth on the signature pages hereof opposite such
Existing Purchasers' respective names. Fleet Bank of Massachusetts, N.A. is
hereby added as a Purchaser (as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement) a
party to the Receivables Purchase Agreement and Fleet Bank of Massachusetts,
N.A. shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Purchaser thereunder. The
Office and the Commitment of Fleet Bank of Massachusetts, N.A. shall be as set
forth on the signature page hereof.
2.28 Amendment to Exhibit B. Exhibit B of the Receivables Purchase
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the column heading "Original Amount" and
replacing it with the following:
Original Amount
and Currency Denomination
2.29 Amendment to Schedule 2.12. Schedule 2.12 of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set
forth on Schedule 2.12 hereto.
2.30 Amendment to Exhibit D-1. Exhibit D-1 of the Receivables Purchase
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, to read as set forth
on Exhibit D-1 hereto.
2.31 Amendment to Exhibit D-2. Exhibit D-2 of the Receivables Purchase
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, to read as set forth
on Exhibit D-2 hereto.
2.32 Amendment to Exhibit I. Exhibit I of the Receivables Purchase
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, to read as set forth
on Exhibit I hereto.
SECTION 3. No Other Amendment. Except for the amendments set forth
above, the text of the Receivables Purchase Agreement shall remain unchanged and
in full force and effect. This Amendment is not intended to effect, nor shall it
be construed as, a novation. The Receivables Purchase Agreement and this
Amendment shall be construed together as a single instrument and any reference
to the "Agreement" or any other defined term for the Receivables
19
<PAGE> 20
Purchase Agreement in the Receivables Purchase Agreement, any other Facility
Document or any certificate, instrument or other document delivered pursuant
thereto shall mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement as amended hereby and as
it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified hereafter.
SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties. The Sellers hereby represent
and warrant in favor of the Agent and the Purchasers as follows:
(a) No Default or Event of Default under the Receivables Purchase
Agreement has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof;
(b) The Sellers have the corporate power and authority to enter into
this Amendment and to do all acts and things as are required or contemplated
hereunder to be done, observed and performed by them;
(c) This Amendment has been duly authorized, validly executed and
delivered by one or more authorized officers of each of the Sellers and each of
this Amendment and the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Sellers enforceable
against each of them in accordance with its terms; provided, that the
enforceability of each of this Amendment and the Receivables Purchase Agreement
as amended hereby is subject to general principles of equity and to bankruptcy,
insolvency and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally; and
(d) The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the Sellers'
performance hereunder and under the Receivables Purchase Agreement as amended
hereby do not and will not require the consent or approval of any regulatory
authority or governmental authority or agency having jurisdiction over the
Sellers other than those which have already been obtained or given, nor be in
contravention of or in conflict with the respective Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws of the Sellers, or the provision of any statute, or any judgment, order
or indenture, instrument, agreement or undertaking, to which any Seller is a
party or by which any Seller's assets or properties are or may become bound.
SECTION 5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in multiple
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which,
taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.
SECTION 6. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be deemed to be made
pursuant to the laws of the State of Georgia with respect to agreements made and
to be performed wholly in the State of Georgia and shall be construed,
interpreted, performed and enforced in accordance therewith.
SECTION 7. Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of
December 20, 1995 upon receipt by the Agent (i) from each of the parties hereto
of either a duly executed signature page from a counterpart of this Amendment or
a facsimile transmission of a duly executed signature page from a counterpart of
this Amendment, signed by such party; (ii) of a certified copy of a resolution
of the Board of Directors of The Stanley Works, authorizing the increase in the
aggregate Commitments; and (iii) of an incumbency certificate of the Sellers.
20
<PAGE> 21
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.
SELLERS:
THE STANLEY WORKS
By: Craig A. Douglas
-------------------------------
Craig A. Douglas
Its: Director, Corporate Finance
STANLEY-BOSTITCH, INC.
By: Craig A. Douglas
-------------------------------
Craig A. Douglas
Its: Assistant Treasurer
STANLEY MECHANICS TOOLS, INC.
By: Craig A. Douglas
-------------------------------
Craig A. Douglas
Its: Assistant Treasurer
Notice Address (All Sellers):
The Stanley Works
1000 Stanley Drive
New Britain, Connecticut 06053
Attention: Director, Corporate Finance
Telephone: (203) 827-3838
Telecopy: (203) 827-3848
Telex: N/A
Answerback: N/A
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
21
<PAGE> 22
COMMITMENTS
$37,000,000 WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.,
as a Purchaser
By: Terence P. Snellings
------------------------------
Terence P. Snellings
Title: Senior Vice President
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
22
<PAGE> 23
$29,000,000
BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS,
NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Purchaser
By: Richard L. Sted
------------------------------
Richard L. Sted
Title: Senior Vice President
and
By: Sophie Revillard Kaufman
------------------------------
Sophie Revillard Kaufman
Title: Vice President
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
23
<PAGE> 24
$29,000,000 ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as a Purchaser
By: Sheryl L. Greenberg
------------------------------
Sheryl L. Greenberg
Title: Manager
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
24
<PAGE> 25
$15,000,000
FLEET BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS, N.A.
Purchaser
By: Paul A. Veiga
------------------------------
Paul A. Viega
Title: Vice President
Office:
777 Main Street, MSN 203
Hartford, Connecticut 06115
Attention: Paul Veiga
Telephone: (203) 986-4426
Telecopy: (203) 986-9378
- -------------------------
TOTAL COMMITMENTS
$110,000,000
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
25
<PAGE> 26
SCHEDULE 2.12
Principal Offices, Location of Records, Etc.
A. Principal Offices and Exclusive Location of Records:
The Stanley Works
1000 Stanley Drive
New Britain, Connecticut 06053
Attention: Director, Corporate Finance
Stanley-Bostitch, Inc.
Route 2, Briggs Drive
East Greenwich, Rhode Island 02818
Attention: Credit Manager
Stanley Mechanics Tools, Inc.
(Principal Office)
12827 Valley Branch Lane
Dallas, Texas 75234
Attention: Vice President - Controller
Mac Tools, a Division of Stanley Mechanics Tools, Inc.
(Location of Records)
4635 Hilton Corporate Drive
Columbus, Ohio 43232
B. Federal Employment Identification Numbers:
The Stanley Works 06-0548860
Stanley Mechanics Tools, Inc. 06-1017406
Stanley-Bostitch, Inc. 05-0419891
26
<PAGE> 27
EXHIBIT D-1
SETTLEMENT STATEMENT, ASSIGNMENT AND BILL OF SALE
This Settlement Statement, Assignment and Bill of Sale (this "Settlement
Statement") is delivered pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated
as of December 1, 1993 (as amended from time to time and in effect on the date
hereof, the "Purchase Agreement"), by and among The Stanley Works, Stanley
Mechanics Tools, Inc. , Stanley-Bostitch, Inc., the purchasers from time to time
party thereto and Wachovia Bank of Georgia, National Association, as agent for
the Purchasers. Unless otherwise provided herein, terms defined in the Purchase
Agreement shall have the meanings herein as therein defined. This Settlement
Statement is made as of the Ending Date for the Settlement Period beginning on
___________, 199__ and ending on ____________, 199__ (the "Settlement Period").
PART I: RECONCILIATION AND SETTLEMENT
The Sellers hereby warrant and represent to the Purchasers that (a) the
Receivables Schedule attached to this Settlement Statement, setting forth the
information described therein with respect to each of the Closing Receivables
for the Settlement Period, is true and correct and (b) the following information
is true and correct and accurately sets forth (i) the Portfolio Increases due
from the Purchasers to the Sellers, and/or the Portfolio Decreases due from the
Sellers to the Purchasers, as the case may be, for the Settlement Period, (ii)
the Purchasers' Yield and the Facility Fees for the Settlement Period due from
the Sellers to the Purchasers,1 and (iii) the amount of all Agent's Servicing
Fees and Agent's Costs and Expenses, if any, that became due to the Agent on or
before, but remain unpaid as of, the Ending Date of the Settlement Period.
A. Portfolio Decrease/Increase:
---------------------------
<TABLE>
1. Dollar Denominated Receivables
<S> <C>
a. Opening Balance: $____________
b. Closing Balance: $____________
c. Portfolio Decrease, if any, Due to Purchasers
(positive amount, if any, of a minus b): $____________
d. Portfolio Increase, if any, Due to Sellers
(negative amount, if any, of a minus b): $__________**
[2. Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables (________ currency)
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Purchasers' Yield and Facility Fees may be subject to adjustment as
provided in Section 2.10(c)(i) and (ii) of the Purchase Agreement.
1
<PAGE> 28
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
a. Opening Balance ____________
b. Closing Balance ____________
c. Portfolio Decrease, if any, Due to Purchasers
(positive amount, if any, of a minus b): ____________
d. Portfolio Increase, if any, Due to Sellers
(negative amount, if any, of a minus b): __________](2)
B. Purchasers' Yield Due to Purchasers:
1. Dollar Denominated Receivables
Purchasers' Yield = a x b x c/360 = $____________
Where
a = Opening Balance for the Settlement Period
b = Yield Rate applicable to Dollar Denominated Receivables
for the Settlement Period = X + Y = _____%
Where:
X = Applicable Margin for the Settlement Period = _____%
(weighted average of Applicable Base Rate Margin or Applicable
Euro-Dollar Margin, as applicable, in effect for each day of
the Settlement Period)
Y = Adjusted Base Rate or Adjusted London Interbank = _____%
Offered Rate, as applicable, for the Settlement Period
c = Number of days in the Settlement Period
[2. Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables (_______currency)(3)
Purchasers' Yield = a x b x c/360 = ____________
</TABLE>
- --------
(2) Repeat item 2 as item 3, 4 etc. for each currency in which Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables are payable.
(3) Repeat item 2 as item 3, 4 etc. for each currency in which Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables are payable.
2
<PAGE> 29
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Where
a = Opening Balance for the Settlement Period
b = Yield Rate applicable to Foreign Currency Denominated
Receivables payable in ______ currency
for the Settlement Period = x + y = _____%
Where:
x = Applicable Margin for the Settlement Period = _____%
(weighted average of Applicable IBOR Margin in effect for each
day of the Settlement Period)
y = Adjusted Interbank Offered Rate for the Settlement Period = _____%
c = Number of days in the Settlement Period](3)
C. Facility Fees Due to Purchasers:
Facility Fees = a x b x c/360 = $____________
Where
a = Total Commitments as of first day of the Settlement Period
b = Facility Fee Rate for the Settlement Period = _____%
(weighted average of Facility Fee Rate in effect for each day of the Settlement
Period)
c = Number of days in the Settlement Period
D. Unpaid Agent's Servicing Fees: $____________
E. Unpaid Agent's Costs and Expenses: $____________
F. Total Due to Purchasers: $____________
G. Total Due to Sellers: $____________
</TABLE>
____________________
3
<PAGE> 30
PART II: ASSIGNMENT AND BILL OF SALE
1. Each of the respective Sellers has sold, assigned and conveyed to
the Purchasers, and by these presents does hereby sell, assign, transfer, convey
and set over unto the Purchasers, all of such Seller's right, title and interest
in those Closing Receivables for the Settlement Period, identified in the
Receivables Schedule attached hereto, that are owned by such Seller and that
were not Opening Receivables for the Settlement Period (such Closing Receivables
are referred to herein as the "Subsequently Offered Receivables"), the sale,
assignment, transfer and conveyance hereunder being made under and subject to
the Purchase Agreement, it being acknowledged and agreed that, with respect to
each Subsequently Offered Receivable the Purchasers shall have all of the rights
and benefits provided under the Purchase Agreement.
2. Each Seller hereby warrants and represents to the Purchasers, with
respect to each Subsequently Offered Receivable so sold, assigned and conveyed
hereunder by such Seller, that
(a) such Seller (i) is the true, lawful and sole owner of such
Subsequently Offered Receivable, (ii) has good, absolute and marketable
title to such Subsequently Offered Receivable, free and clear of all
Liens of any nature, and (iii) has the right to sell, transfer and
assign such Subsequently Offered Receivable without restriction;
(b) the full Net Balance of such Subsequently Offered
Receivable, as shown on the Receivables Schedule attached hereto, is
owing;
(c) such Subsequently Offered Receivable (i) is payable in
Dollars or in the official currency of a country that is a member of
the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, (ii) is free
from allowances, discounts, credits, adjustments, defenses, set-offs or
counterclaims by any Obligor thereon of any kind against such Seller,
(iii) is not a Charged-Off Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable, (iv)
is not payable by any Obligor that is an Obligor under a Defaulted
Receivable or a Charged-Off Receivable, and (v) is not in repossession
or litigation; and
(d) to such Seller's best knowledge, such Subsequently Offered
Receivable is otherwise an Eligible Receivable in all respects.
3. This Settlement Statement may be signed in three counterparts, each
of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto
and hereto were upon the same instrument.
4. This instrument shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Georgia.
[Signatures follow on separate page]
4
<PAGE> 31
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Sellers have executed this Settlement
Statement, Assignment and Bill of Sale as of the Ending Date for the Settlement
Period first above identified.
Dated: , 199__
THE STANLEY WORKS STANLEY-BOSTITCH, INC.
By: By:
Title: Title:
STANLEY MECHANICS TOOLS, INC.
By:
Title:
Receipt Acknowledged, this _____
day of _______________, 199___.
WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent
By:
Title:
5
<PAGE> 32
EXHIBIT D-2
AGENT'S SETTLEMENT STATEMENT
This Settlement Statement is delivered pursuant to the Receivables
Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1993 (as amended from time to time
and in effect on the date hereof, the "Purchase Agreement"), by and among The
Stanley Works, Stanley Mechanics Tools, Inc. , Stanley-Bostitch, Inc., the
purchasers from time to time party thereto and Wachovia Bank of Georgia,
National Association, as agent for the Purchasers. Unless otherwise provided
herein, terms defined in the Purchase Agreement shall have the meanings herein
as therein defined. This Settlement Statement is made as of the Ending Date for
the Settlement Period beginning on ___________, 199__ and ending on ___________,
199__ (the "Settlement Period").
The Agent hereby certifies to the Purchasers that during the Settlement
Period (or that portion thereof from and after the date on which, during such
Settlement Period, the Agent assumed the Seller's duties for the billing and
collection of Purchased Receivables) the Agent has received the aggregate sum of
______________ of good, collected funds in respect of collections of the
principal of and interest on the Opening Receivables (calculated solely with
respect to Dollar Denominated Receivables) for the Settlement Period, of which
$_________ represents payments of interest on such Opening Receivables, with the
$__________ balance representing payments of the principal of such Opening
Receivables; [and the Agent has received the aggregate sum of _________ of good,
calculated funds in respect of collections of the principal and interest on the
Opening Receivables (calculated solely with reference to Foreign Currency
Denominated Receivables payable in ______ currency) for the Settlement Period,
of which _______ represents payments of or interest on such Opening Receivables
with the _________ balance representing payments of the principal of such
Opening Receivables].(4)
Set forth below is the Agent's calculation of (a) the Portfolio
Decreases if any, for the Settlement Period, (b) the Purchasers' Yields and the
Facility Fees for the Settlement Period due from the Sellers to the Purchasers,
and (c) the amount of all Agent's Servicing Fees and Agent's Costs and Expenses
that became due to the Agent on or before, but remain unpaid as of, the Ending
Date of the Settlement Period.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
A. Portfolio Decrease/Increase:
1. Dollar Denominated Receivables
5. Opening Balance: $____________
6. Closing Balance: $____________
</TABLE>
- --------
(4) Repeat bracketed language for each different currency in which Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables are payable.
Page 1 of 4
<PAGE> 33
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
7. Portfolio Decrease, if any, Due to Purchasers
(positive amount, if any, of a minus b): $____________
8. Portfolio Increase, if any, Due to Sellers
(negative amount, if any, of a minus b): $____________
[2. Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables (________ currency)
a. Opening Balance ____________
b. Closing Balance ____________
c. Portfolio Decrease, if any, Due to Purchasers
(positive amount, if any, of a minus b): ____________
d. Portfolio Increase, if any, Due to Sellers
(negative amount, if any, of a minus b): ____________](5)
B. Purchasers' Yield Due to Purchasers:
1. Dollar Denominated Receivables
Purchasers' Yield = a x b x c/360 = $___________
Where
a = Opening Balance for the Settlement Period
b = Yield Rate applicable to Dollar Denominated Receivables
for the Settlement Period = X + Y = _____%
Where:
X = Applicable Margin for the Settlement Period = _____%
(weighted average of Applicable Base Rate
Margin or Applicable Euro-Dollar Margin, as
applicable, in effect for each day of the Settlement
Period)
Y = Adjusted Base Rate or Adjusted London Interbank = _____%
Offered Rate, as applicable, for the Settlement Period
</TABLE>
- --------
(5) Repeat item 2 as item 3, 4 etc. for each currency in which Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables are payable.
Page 2 of 4
<PAGE> 34
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
c = Number of days in the Settlement Period
[2. Foreign Currency Denominated Receivables (_______currency)
Purchasers' Yield = a x b x c/360 = $____________
Where
a = Opening Balance for the Settlement Period
b = Yield Rate applicable to Foreign Currency Denominated
Receivables payable in ______ currency
for the Settlement Period = X + Y = _____%
Where:
x = Applicable Margin for the Settlement Period = _____%
(weighted average of or Applicable IBOR Margin in effect for each
day of the Settlement Period)
y = Adjusted Interbank Offered Rate for the Settlement Period = _____%
c = Number of days in the Settlement Period](6)
C. Facility Fees Due to Purchasers:
Facility Fees = a x b x c/360 = $____________
Where
a = Total Commitments as of first day of the Settlement Period
or, if the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated
prior to such date, the Opening Balance for the Settlement
Period
b = Facility Fee Rate for the Settlement Period = _____%
(weighted average of Facility Fee Rate in effect for each day of the
Settlement Period)
c = Number of days in the Settlement Period
D. Unpaid Agent's Servicing Fees: $____________
E. Unpaid Agent's Costs and Expenses: $____________
</TABLE>
- ----------------------------
(6) Repeat item 2 as item 3, 4 etc. for each currency in which Foreign
Currency Denominated Receivables are payable.
Page 3 of 4
<PAGE> 35
Dated: , 199__
WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Agent
By:
Title:
Page 4 of 4
<PAGE> 36
EXHIBIT I
Form of Assignment and Acceptance
ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
Dated ________________ __, ____
Reference is made to the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of
December 1, 1993, (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect
from time to time, the "Receivables Purchase Agreement"), among The Stanley
Works, a Connecticut corporation, Stanley-Bostitch, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, Stanley Mechanics Tools, Inc. , an Ohio corporation, the Purchasers
(as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement) and Wachovia Bank of Georgia,
National Association, as Agent (the "Agent"). Terms defined in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement are used herein with the same meaning.
_____________________________________________________ (the "Assignor") and
_____________________________________________ (the "Assignee") agree as follows:
1. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee
hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, a ______% interest in and to all
of the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Receivables Purchase
Agreement as of the Effective Date (as defined below) (including, without
limitation, a ______% interest (which on the Effective Date hereof is
$_______________) in the Assignor's Commitment and a ______% interest (which on
the Effective Date hereof is $_______________, being the product of the
Assignor's Commitment Percentage multiplied by the Portfolio Balance on the
Effective Date) in the Assignor's Beneficial Interest). From and after the
Effective Date (as hereinafter defined), the Commitment (if the Effective Date
shall be prior to the Commitment Expiration Date or the Commitment Termination
Date, as applicable), the Commitment Percentage and the Beneficial Interest
Percentage of the Assignor and the Assignee, respectively, shall be as set forth
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Commitment Beneficial
Commitment Percentage Interest Percentage
---------- ---------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSIGNOR $___________ _____% _____%
ASSIGNEE $___________ _____% _____%
</TABLE>
2. The Assignor (i) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations
made in or in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement or the
execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value
of the Receivables Purchase Agreement or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant thereto, other than that it is the legal and beneficial owner
of the interest being assigned by it hereunder, that such interest is free and
clear of any adverse claim and that as of the date hereof its Commitment
(without giving effect to assignments thereof that have not yet become
effective) is $_________________
<PAGE> 37
and its Beneficial Interest in the Portfolio Balance (without giving effect to
assignments thereof that have not yet become effective) is $_________________
(using applicable exchange rates in effect on ____________, _____); and (ii)
makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect
to the financial condition of any Seller or the performance or observance by any
Seller of any of its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement or any
other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.
3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to
in Section 4.04(a) thereof (or any more recent financial statements of Stanley
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b)
thereof) and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate
to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and
Acceptance; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon
the Agent, the Assignor or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Receivables Purchase
Agreement; (iii) confirms that it is an Eligible Purchaser; (iv) appoints and
authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise
such powers under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the other Facility
Documents as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with such
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it will perform in
accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the
Receivables Purchase Agreement are required to be performed by it as a
Purchaser; (vi) specifies as its Office (and address for notices) the office set
forth beneath its name on the signature pages hereof, (vii) represents and
warrants that the execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment and
Acceptance are within its corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action, [and (viii) attaches the forms prescribed by the
Internal Revenue Service of the United States certifying as to the Assignee's
status for purposes of determining exemption from United States withholding
taxes with respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under the
Receivables Purchase Agreement or such other documents as are necessary to
indicate that all such payments are subject to such taxes at a rate reduced by
an applicable tax treaty].7
4. The Effective Date for this Assignment and Acceptance shall be
_______________ (the "Effective Date"). Following the execution of this
Assignment and Acceptance, it will be delivered to the Agent for acknowledgment
by the Agent and to Stanley for execution by Stanley.
5. Upon such acknowledgment by the Agent and execution by Stanley, from and
after the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Receivables
Purchase Agreement and, to the extent rights and obligations have been
transferred to it by this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
obligations of a Purchaser thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent
its rights and obligations have been transferred to the Assignee by this
Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (other than under Sections 8.03
and 8.04 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement) and be released from its
obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement.
___________________
(7 If the Assignee is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the
United States.
- 2 -
<PAGE> 38
6. Upon such acknowledgment by the Agent and execution by Stanley, from and
after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments in respect of the
interest assigned hereby to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make
all appropriate adjustments in payments for periods prior to such acceptance by
the Agent directly between themselves.
7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Georgia.
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:_____________________________________
Title:__________________________________
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:_____________________________________
Title:__________________________________
Office:
[Address]
CONSENTED TO, this ____
day of _____________, 199__
THE STANLEY WORKS
By:_____________________________
Title:____________________________
ACKNOWLEDGED, this ____
day of _____________, 199__
WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION., as Agent
By:_______________________________
Title:______________________________
- 3 -
<PAGE> 1
COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE Exhibit 11
THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
(dollars and shares in thousands except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended
----------------------------------------------------
December 30 December 31 January 1
1995 1994 1994
----------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings per common share:
Weighted average shares outstanding 44,360 44,775 44,935
======= ======== =========
Earnings before cumulative effect
of accounting change $59,099 $125,296 $ 92,630
Cumulative effect of accounting change
for Postemployment Benefits -- -- (8,489)
------- -------- ---------
Net earnings $59,099 $125,296 $ 84,141
======= ======== =========
Per share amounts:
Before cumulative effect of
accounting change $ 1.33 $ 2.80 $ 2.06
Cumulative effect of accounting change
for Postemployment Benefits -- -- (0.19)
------- -------- ---------
Net earnings $ 1.33 $ 2.80 $ 1.87
======= ======== =========
Primary:
Weighted average shares outstanding 44,360 44,775 44,935
Dilutive common stock equivalents -
based on the treasury stock method
using average market price 560 553 713
------- -------- ---------
44,920 45,328 45,648
======= ======== =========
Per share amounts:
Before cumulative effect of
accounting change $ 1.32 $ 2.76 $ 2.03
Cumulative effect of accounting change
for Postemployment Benefits -- -- (0.19)
------- -------- ---------
Net earnings $ 1.32 $ 2.76 $ 1.84
======= ======== =========
Fully Diluted:
Weighted average shares outstanding 44,360 44,775 44,935
Dilutive common stock equivalents -
based on the treasury stock method
using the quarter end market price
if higher than average market price 601 557 757
------- -------- ---------
44,961 45,332 45,692
======= ======== =========
Per share amounts:
Before cumulative effect of
accounting change $ 1.31 $ 2.76 $ 2.03
Cumulative effect of accounting change
for Postemployment Benefits -- -- (0.19)
------- -------- ---------
Net earnings $ 1.31 $ 2.76 $ 1.84
======= ======== =========
</TABLE>
Note: This calculation is submitted in accordance with Regulation S-K item
601(b)(11) although not required by footnote 2 to paragraph 14 of APB Opinion
No. 15 because it results in dilution of less than 3%.
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 12
THE STANLEY WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(in Millions of Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended
--------------------------------------------------------------
December 30 December 31 January 1 January 2 December 28
1995 1994 1994 1993 1991
----------- ----------- --------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings before income taxes and
cumulative adjustment for accounting change $112.8 $201.8 $148.0 $158.1 $156.5
Add:
Portion of rents representative of
interest factor $ 13.4 $ 12.7 $ 11.7 $ 12.2 $ 11.5
Interest expense 35.2 33.1 31.4 32.6 37.2
Amortization of expense on
long-term debt 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.7 0.5
Amortization of capitalized interest 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Income as adjusted $162.0 $248.2 $191.9 $204.0 $206.1
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Fixed charges:
Interest expense $ 35.2 $ 33.1 $ 31.4 $ 32.6 $ 37.2
Amortization of expense
on long-term debt 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.7 0.5
Capitalized interest 0.1 -- 0.1 0.1 0.4
Portion of rents representative of
interest factor 13.4 12.7 11.7 12.2 11.5
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Fixed charges $ 49.0 $ 46.0 $ 43.6 $ 45.6 $ 49.6
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 3.31 5.40 4.40 4.47 4.16
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
ORGANIZATION CHANGES
In May, Mannie L. Jackson was elected to the Board. Mr. Jackson is Chairman of
Harlem Globetrotters International, a division of MJA, Inc.
In February, Gerald Strecker, President and General Manager of Stanley Hydraulic
Tools announced his decision to retire from the company. Gerry helped mold
Stanley Hydraulic Tools into an industry leader, and we thank him for his
years of outstanding service to Stanley.
Dennis Bishop, formerly Vice President, Manufacturing at Stanley Fastening
Systems was appointed to succeed Mr. Strecker.
In May, Stanley-Vidmar announced a divisional name change to Stanley Storage
Systems in order to provide its growing world-wide customer base with instant
recognition of the core business of the division.
In June, Thomas E. Mahoney, formerly President and General Manager of Stanley
Hardware was appointed President and General Manager of the Stanley Customer
Support Division and Vice President of Marketing Development for The Stanley
Works. He replaced James S. Amtmann who left the company.
Henning N. Kornbrekke replaced Mr. Mahoney as President and General Manager of
Stanley Hardware. Mr. Kornbrekke had been President and General Manager of
Stanley Access Technologies.
Thomas N. Jones replaced Mr. Kornbrekke as President and General Manager of
Stanley Access Technologies. He had previously served as President of
Stanley Tools-Europe.
Also in June, the company announced the formation of its newest division,
Stanley Home Decor. This new business unit encompasses Stanley Acmetrack
closet doors and organizing products as well as Stanley Hardware's decorator
products and Stanley Monarch. Raymond J. Martino, formerly Vice President of
Operations at Stanley Hardware, was named President and General Manager of
Stanley Home Decor.
In August, Thomas K. Clarke, Stanley's Vice-President of Corporate Development,
announced his plans to retire from the company. Mr. Clarke's keen analytical
and negotiating skills in the area of acquisitions has helped Stanley provide
consistently good value for shareholders. In fact, more than half of Stanley's
sales and profits today come from businesses acquired under the direction of
Mr. Clarke. We appreciate his years of dedicated and thoughtful service.
On September 1, Robert L. Fletcher was appointed to the newly-created position
of Vice President, Purchasing. Mr. Fletcher came to Stanley with 30 years of
procurement experience with the Xerox Corporation. The focus of this new
position is consistent with our company-wide restructuring activities designed
to make us more efficient and effective by integrating and coordinating
certain critical activities - such as procurement - among all Stanley
divisions.
In September, the Board of Directors announced the election of Paul W. Russo as
an officer of the company with the title of Vice President, Strategy and
Development. This is a new position created to help lead Stanley's effort to
refocus its priorities and to guide planning and acquisition activity.
Also in September, John E. Turpin, formerly President and General Manager of
Stanley Air Tools, was appointed to the newly-created position of Vice
President, Operations. In his new capacity, Mr. Turpin is responsible for
identifying and implementing specific strategies and actions that will enable
the company to achieve its goals for restructuring and growth.
E. Wayne Foley succeeded Mr. Turpin as President and General Manager of Stanley
Air Tools. Prior to joining Stanley, Mr. Foley had been Chief Sales and
Marketing Manager at Beta Tech, Inc., a manufacturer of threaded fastening
control systems for industrial markets similar to those served by Stanley
Air Tools.
In November, C. Stewart Gentsch, President and General Manager of Stanley Tools,
announced his decision to retire from the company at the end of 1995. Mr.
Gentsch spent most of his 13 year career at Stanley leading our largest
division - the division for which our company and our brand are best known. He
accepted this critical responsibility with humility, talent and vision. Over
the years, he shaped a solid record of success at Stanley Tools, and we are
grateful for his truly outstanding service.
In December, the Board of Directors elected Jennifer O. Estabrook an officer of
the company with the title of Assistant General Counsel and Assistant
Secretary. Ms. Estabrook previously was Corporate Counsel for the company.
14 Stanley
<PAGE> 2
OFFICERS
RICHARD H. AYERS THOMAS E. MAHONEY
Chairman and Chief Vice President Marketing
Executive Officer Development
(1972) President and General Manager,
Stanley Customer
BARBARA W. BENNETT
Support Division
Vice President Human Resources
(1965)
(1984)
PAUL W. RUSSO
JENNIFER O. ESTABROOK
Vice President Strategy
Assistant General Counsel
and Development
and Assistant Secretary
(1995)
(1992)
STEPHEN S. WEDDLE
JAMES B. GUSTAFSON
Vice President, General
Vice President
Counsel and Secretary
Information Systems
(1978)
(1977)
THOMAS J. WILLIAMS
RICHARD HUCK
Associate General Counsel
Vice President Finance and
and Assistant Secretary
Chief Financial Officer
(1981)
(1970)
THERESA F. YERKES
R. ALAN HUNTER
Vice President and Controller
President and Chief
(1989)
Operating Officer
(1974) (Joined Stanley)
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
RICHARD H. AYERS (1) GERTRUDE G. MICHELSON (1),(3),(5),(6)
Chairman and Chief Retired; former Senior Advisor and
Executive Officer Director
The Stanley Works R. H. Macy and Co., Inc.
STILLMAN B. BROWN (1),(2),(4),(6) JOHN S. SCOTT (1),(2),(5)
Managing General Partner Retired; former Chairman and
Harcott Associates-Investments Chief Executive Officer
Richardson-Vicks Inc., a
EDGAR R. FIEDLER (3),(4)
subsidiary of The Proctor and
Vice President and
Gamble Company
Economic Counselor
The Conference Board HUGO E. UYTERHOEVEN (3),(4)
Business Research Professor, Graduate School of
Business Administration
MANNIE L. JACKSON (2),(4)
Harvard University
Chairman, Harlem
Globetrotters International, WALTER W. WILLIAMS (3),(5),(6)
a division of MJA, Inc. Retired; former Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
JAMES G. KAISER (2),(5)
Rubbermaid, Incorporated
Retired; former President and
Chief Executive Officer
Quanterra Incorporated,
a subsidiary of Corning, Inc. and
(1) Member of the Executive Committee
International Technology Inc.
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
EILEEN S. KRAUS (1),(2),(4)
(3) Member of the Board Affairs and
Chairman, Fleet Bank, N.A.
Public Policy Committee
(Connecticut)
(4) Member of the Finance and Pension
GEORGE A. LORCH (3),(5),(6) Committee
Chairman and Chief (5) Member of the Compensation and
Executive Officer Organization Committee
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
(6) Member of the Ad Hoc Strategic
WALTER J. MCNERNEY (2),(4) Planning Committee
Professor of Health Policy
J.L. Kellogg Graduate School
of Management
Northwestern University
Stanley 15
<PAGE> 3
The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENT REPORT ON RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of The Stanley Works is responsible for the preparation,
integrity and objectivity of the accompanying financial statements. The
statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. Preparation of financial statements and related data involves our
best estimates and the use of judgment. Management also prepared the other
information in the Annual Report and is responsible for its accuracy and
consistency with the financial statements.
The company maintains a system of internal accounting controls which is
designed to provide reasonable assurance, at appropriate cost, as to the
reliability of financial records and the protection of assets. This system
includes monitoring by a staff of internal auditors. It is further characterized
by care in the selection of competent financial managers, by organizational
arrangements that provide for delegation of authority and divisions of
responsibility and by disseminating policies and procedures throughout the
company.
The Stanley Works also recognizes its responsibility for fostering a strong,
ethical climate so that the company's affairs are conducted according to the
highest standards of personal and business conduct. This responsibility is
reflected in the company's Business Conduct Guidelines which are publicized
throughout the organization. The company has a long-established reputation of
integrity in business conduct and maintains a systematic program to assess
compliance with these policies.
The adequacy of Stanley's internal accounting controls, the accounting
principles employed in its financial reporting and the scope of independent and
internal audits are reviewed by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors,
consisting solely of outside directors. Both the independent auditors and our
internal auditors have unrestricted access to the Audit Committee, and they meet
with it periodically, with and without management present.
/s/ Richard H. Ayers /s/ Richard Huck
Richard H. Ayers Richard Huck
Chairman and Vice President, Finance and
Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Shareholders
The Stanley Works
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Stanley
Works and subsidiaries as of December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994, and the
related consolidated statements of earnings, changes in shareholders' equity,
and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December
30, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Stanley Works
and subsidiaries at December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three fiscal years in the period ended December 30, 1995, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note J to the consolidated financial statements, the company
changed its method of accounting for postemployment benefits in 1993.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
January 31, 1996
16 Stanley
<PAGE> 4
The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
INDUSTRY SEGMENTS
The company operates worldwide in three reportable segments: Tools, Hardware and
Specialty Hardware. Additional detail is provided for the Consumer, Industrial
and Engineered tool categories within the Tools segment.
GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
The company has manufacturing and warehouse facilities and sales offices in the
United States, Europe and Other Areas. The company's operations in Europe are
principally located in the European Economic Community. Other Areas principally
include Canada, Australia, the Far East and Latin America.
INDUSTRY SEGMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994 1993
===============================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NET SALES
Tools
Consumer $ 738.9 $ 716.0 $ 676.8
Industrial 552.3 524.4 460.3
Engineered 678.3 643.5 568.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Tools 1,969.5 1,883.9 1,705.6
Hardware 324.2 311.1 299.4
Specialty Hardware 330.6 315.9 268.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated $2,624.3 $2,510.9 $2,273.1
===============================================================================
OPERATING PROFIT
Tools $ 154.9 $ 217.0 $ 158.1
Hardware 13.4 33.3 32.9
Specialty Hardware 17.8 24.0 13.2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 186.1 274.3 204.2
Net corporate expenses (37.6) (38.8) (24.0)
Interest expense (35.7) (33.7) (32.2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings before
income taxes $ 112.8 $ 201.8 $ 148.0
===============================================================================
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS
Tools $1,287.5 $1,324.6 $1,238.6
Hardware 174.9 186.4 173.3
Specialty Hardware 99.5 92.5 83.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,561.9 1,603.5 1,495.8
General corporate assets 108.1 97.6 81.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $1,670.0 $1,701.1 $1,576.9
===============================================================================
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Tools $ 53.1 $ 53.3 $ 53.6
Hardware 6.9 7.4 8.2
Specialty Hardware 5.1 5.7 3.8
DEPRECIATION AND
AMORTIZATION
Tools 63.6 65.6 63.9
Hardware 10.9 10.9 10.6
Specialty Hardware 4.1 3.8 4.4
===============================================================================
</TABLE>
GENERAL INFORMATION
Intercompany sales between geographic areas and between business segments were
not significant. Segment information includes insignificant allocations of
expenses and assets shared by the segments.
Operating profit represents net sales less operating expenses. In computing
operating profit, the following have been excluded: net corporate expenses,
interest expense, income taxes and the cumulative effect of accounting changes.
Identifiable assets are those assets used in the company's operations in each
segment or area.
GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994 1993
===============================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NET SALES
United States $1,884.9 $1,808.6 $1,649.5
Europe 413.4 357.6 317.3
Other Areas 326.0 344.7 306.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated $2,624.3 $2,510.9 $2,273.1
===============================================================================
OPERATING PROFIT
United States $ 146.9 $ 215.4 $148.0
Europe 26.8 31.9 27.4
Other Areas 12.4 27.0 29.2
Eliminations (.4)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $ 186.1 $ 274.3 $ 204.2
===============================================================================
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS
United States $1,028.5 $1,050.4 $1,004.8
Europe 314.1 319.4 270.0
Other Areas 255.9 274.4 260.2
Eliminations (36.6) (40.7) (39.2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $1,561.9 $1,603.5 $1,495.8
===============================================================================
</TABLE>
Note: In 1995, restructuring, asset write-offs and related charges of $70.0
million, $14.3 million, and $2.4 million were included in the Tools, Hardware,
and Specialty Hardware segments, respectively, and $8.3 million was included in
net corporate expenses. Restructuring, asset write-offs and related charges of
$62.0 million, $16.4 million and $8.3 million were included in the United
States, Europe and Other Areas, respectively.
In 1993, net corporate expenses included a gain of $29.0 million from the sale
of the company's investment in Max Co., Ltd.
Stanley 17
<PAGE> 5
SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 1995(A) 1994 1993 1992
=====================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONTINUING OPERATIONS(B)
Net sales $ 2,624 $ 2,511 $ 2,273 $ 2,196
Earnings 59 125 93 98
Earnings per share(C) $ 1.33 $ 2.80 $ 2.06 $ 2.15
Percent of Net Sales:
Cost of sales 68.2% 67.1% 68.3% 66.8%
Selling, general and administrative 22.5% 22.3% 22.5% 24.0%
Interest-net 1.2% 1.2% 1.1% 1.2%
Other-net .5% 1.4% 1.6% .8%
Restructuring and asset write-offs 3.3% - - -
Earnings before income taxes 4.3% 8.0% 6.5% 7.2%
Earnings 2.3% 5.0% 4.1% 4.5%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER KEY INFORMATION
Total assets $ 1,670 $ 1,701 $ 1,577 $ 1,608
Long-term debt 391 387 377 438
Shareholders' equity $ 735 $ 744 $ 681 $ 696
Ratios:
Current ratio 2.4 2.1 2.1 2.4
Total debt to total capital 39.6% 39.2% 38.7% 40.1%
Income tax rate 47.6% 37.9% 37.4% 37.9%
Return on average equity (B),(C) 8.0% 17.6% 13.5% 14.1%
Common Stock Data:
Dividends per share $ 1.42 $ 1.38 $ 1.34 $ 1.28
Equity per share at year-end $ 16.55 $ 16.74 $ 15.23 $ 15.32
Market price-high 53 3/8 44 7/8 47 7/8 48 1/8
-low 35 5/8 34 7/8 37 7/8 32 1/2
Average shares outstanding (in thousands) 44,360 44,775 44,935 45,703
Other Information:
Earnings from continuing operations $ 59 $125 $ 93 $ 98
Earnings from discontinued operations - - - -
Cumulative effect of accounting change - - (9) -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings $ 59 $125 $ 84 $ 98
Net earnings per share(C) $ 1.33 $ 2.80 $ 1.87 $ 2.15
Average number of employees 19,784 19,445 18,988 18,650
Shareholders of record at end of year 16,919 17,599 20,018 20,661
=====================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(A) Includes charges for restructuring and asset write-offs of $85.5 million,
or $1.44 per share, and other related non-recurring charges of $9.5
million, or $.13 per share.
(B) Excluding the cumulative after-tax effect of accounting changes for
postemployment benefits of $8.5 million, or $.19 per share, in 1993;
postretirement benefits of $12.5 million, or $.29 per share, in 1991; and
income taxes of $13.1 million, or $.30 per share, in 1988.
(C) EPS and Return on average equity for 1995 adjusted to exclude restructuring
charges, asset write-offs and related charges were $2.90 per share and
16.6%, respectively.
18 Stanley
<PAGE> 6
The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 1991 1990 1989 1988 1987 1986 1985
============================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONTINUING OPERATIONS(B)
Net sales $ 1,942 $ 1,956 $ 1,951 $ 1,888 $ 1,744 $ 1,355 $ 992
Earnings 97 106 117 102 96 78 70
Earnings per share(C) $ 2.24 $ 2.51 $ 2.70 $ 2.37 $ 2.22 $ 1.84 $ 1.70
Percent of Net Sales:
Cost of sales 66.0% 65.3% 64.8% 65.6% 64.7% 64.9% 63.2%
Selling, general and administrative 23.8% 23.7% 23.0% 23.0% 23.4% 23.9% 24.3%
Interest-net 1.3% 1.3% 1.3% 1.7% 1.7% 1.4% .2%
Other-net .8% .9% 1.0% .6% .7% .1% .1%
Restructuring and asset write-offs - - - - - - -
Earnings before income taxes 8.1% 8.8% 9.9% 9.1% 9.5% 9.7% 12.2%
Earnings 5.0% 5.4% 6.0% 5.4% 5.5% 5.8% 7.1%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER KEY INFORMATION
Total assets $ 1,548 $ 1,494 $ 1,491 $ 1,405 $ 1,388 $ 1,208 $ 755
Long-term debt 397 398 416 339 354 363 81
Shareholders' equity $ 689 $ 679 $ 659 $ 684 $ 626 $ 555 $ 503
Ratios:
Current ratio 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.4 2.9 3.7
Total debt to total capital 37.6% 38.7% 39.6% 35.0% 40.9% 43.4% 15.7%
Income tax rate 38.0% 38.4% 39.6% 40.8% 41.7% 40.7% 42.0%
Return on average equity (B),(C) 14.1% 15.8% 17.3% 15.5% 14.7% 14.9% 16.5%
Common Stock Data:
Dividends per share $ 1.22 $ 1.14 $ 1.02 $ .92 $ .82 $ .73 $ .67
Equity per share at year-end $ 15.22 $ 16.50 $ 15.32 $ 15.97 $ 14.59 $ 13.05 $ 12.03
Market price-high 44 39 3/4 39 1/4 31 1/4 36 5/8 30 7/8 22 1/2
-low 26 26 5/8 27 1/2 24 3/8 21 1/4 20 1/2 16 3/8
Average shares outstanding (in thousands) 43,266 42,192 43,378 43,109 43,357 42,279 41,243
Other Information:
Earnings from continuing operations $ 97 $106 $ 117 $ 102 $ 96 $ 78 $ 70
Earnings from discontinued operations - - - - (10) 1 8
Cumulative effect of accounting change (12) - - (13) - - -
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings $ 85 $ 106 $ 117 $ 89 $ 86 $ 79 $ 78
Net earnings per share(C) $ 1.95 $ 2.51 $ 2.70 $ 2.07 $ 2.00 $ 1.86 $ 1.90
Average number of employees 17,420 17,784 18,464 18,988 19,142 16,128 13,069
Shareholders of record at end of year 21,297 22,045 22,376 23,031 23,051 21,752 22,870
============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(A) Includes charges for restructuring and asset write-offs of $85.5 million,
or $1.44 per share, and other related non-recurring charges of $9.5
million, or $.13 per share.
(B) Excluding the cumulative after-tax effect of accounting changes for
postemployment benefits of $8.5 million, or $.19 per share, in 1993;
postretirement benefits of $12.5 million, or $.29 per share, in 1991; and
income taxes of $13.1 million, or $.30 per share, in 1988.
(C) EPS and Return on average equity for 1995 adjusted to exclude restructuring
charges, asset write-offs and related charges were $2.90 per share and
16.6%, respectively.
Stanley 19
<PAGE> 7
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
The company reported net earnings of $59 million, or $1.33 per share, including
charges for restructuring and asset write-offs of $1.44 per share and other
non-recurring charges related to the company's restructuring initiatives of $.13
per share. Excluding these unusual charges, net earnings would have been $2.90
per share compared with $2.80 per share in 1994 and $2.06 per share in 1993*.
Net sales in 1995 reached a record $2.6 billion. This represented a 4.5%
increase over the prior year and reflected year to year unit volume growth of
3%, a net increase due to pricing of 1% and a .5% positive contribution from the
translation of foreign revenues. Net sales in 1994 increased 10% over 1993
primarily from unit volume growth of 9% along with a 1% increase due to pricing.
In July 1995, the company announced a multi-year restructuring program with
two major objectives. The first is to reduce the company's cost structure by
$150 million (half of which will be reinvested in the business) and to reduce
working capital and other assets by $250 million by the end of 1997. The second
is to achieve net sales of $4 billion in 1999. All of Stanley's businesses and
product lines are being evaluated to determine their full potential. The company
plans to divest businesses and product lines that do not meet its criteria for
revenue growth and profitability.
In 1995, the company recognized $86 million in restructuring charges and
asset write-offs in connection with its restructuring program. Restructuring
charges of $65 million were incurred for exiting three product categories;
closing six manufacturing plants, three distribution centers and two support
facilities; a comprehensive SKU reduction program; and a salaried workforce
reduction. An additional charge of $21 million was recorded for the reduction in
value of goodwill, intangibles and underutilized manufacturing equipment
impaired as a result of new operational strategies. The company also incurred $9
million in charges for non-recurring consulting costs related to the
restructuring initiatives and, in connection with the company's aggressive
program for reducing assets, charges for the elimination of excess inventory. In
the following table, reported results have been adjusted for these charges in
order to provide a more normalized review of 1995 results. The comments
regarding 1995 that follow the table reflect the year to year comparisons using
these adjusted amounts.
OPERATING RESULTS: COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================================
ADJUSTMENTS
REPORTED RESTRUCTURING & RESTRUCTURING CORE CORE
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS) 1995 ASSET WRITE-OFFS RELATED 1995 1995 1994 1993*
==============================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED
Net Sales $ 2,624 $2,624 $2,511 $2,273
Gross Profit 835 4 839 827 720
% of sales 31.8% 32.0% 32.9% 31.7%
Operating Expense 592 5 587 560 512
% of sales 22.5% 22.4% 22.3% 22.5%
Pre-tax Profit 113 86 9 208 202 148
EPS $ 1.33 $ 1.44 $.13 $ 2.90 $ 2.80 $ 2.06
==============================================================================================================================
INDUSTRY SEGMENTS
Operating Profit
Tools $ 155 $ 65 $ 5 $ 225 11.4% 11.5% 9.3%
Hardware 13 14 1 28 8.5% 10.7% 11.0%
Specialty Hardware 18 2 20 6.1% 7.6% 4.9%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 186 81 6 273 10.4% 10.9% 9.0%
Net corporate expenses (37) 5 3 (29)
Interest expense (36) (36)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-tax Profit $ 113 $ 86 $ 9 $ 208
==============================================================================================================================
GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
Operating Profit
U.S. $ 147 $ 56 $ 6 $ 209 11.1% 11.9% 9.0%
Europe 27 16 43 10.4% 8.9% 8.6%
Other Areas 12 9 21 6.3% 7.8% 9.5%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $ 186 $ 81 $ 6 $ 273 10.4% 10.9% 9.0%
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
* 1993 EPS before the cumulative effect of an accounting change.
20 Stanley
<PAGE> 8
The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
Gross profit margins were 32.0% in 1995 compared with 32.9% in 1994. The
reduction was primarily due to costs associated with the closure and integration
of manufacturing facilities at Mechanics Tools. The margin improvement realized
in 1994 from 1993 resulted from manufacturing efficiencies from higher
production volume, process improvements and cost reduction efforts, especially
in connection with the successful transition of previously foreign-sourced
fastening tools to U.S. in-house manufacture.
Operating expenses were 22.4% of sales and were relatively consistent with
operating expense ratios in 1994 and 1993. Interest-net expense also remained
consistent year to year representing 1.2% of sales in 1995 and 1994 and 1.1% of
sales in 1993.
Other-net expense in 1995 was $14 million compared with $36 million in 1994
reflecting lower charges for environmental remediation, divestiture activity and
the 1994 write-down and sale of equipment, primarily for the Mechanics Tools
manufacturing integration. Other-net expense of $35 million in 1993 included a
$15 million charge for distributor litigation issues at the company's Mac Tools
business. Also included in 1993 was a gain on the sale of the company's
investment in Max Co., Ltd. of $29 million, which was offset by additional
charges for contingency reserves.
The effective income tax rate for 1995 excluding the effect of non-deductible
restructuring costs was 38.0% and compared with 37.9% in 1994 and 37.4% in 1993.
BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS
Net sales in the Tools segment increased 4% in 1995 reflecting 3% growth from
unit volume, 2% from pricing and a 1% decrease from divestiture activity.
Consumer tools sales grew 3% and were affected by slowing demand in the U.S.
market coupled with a loss of sales volume in Mexico. Industrial and Engineered
tools sales both increased 5% primarily from volume gains, although growth in
these categories had softened to some degree during the fourth quarter.
Operating profit margins were slightly below the prior year reflecting the
effects of Mechanics Tools' integration costs.
Sales in 1994 in the Tools Segment were 10% higher than 1993. The sales gain
was driven primarily by volume growth of 9% along with a 1% increase due to
pricing. Operating profits increased 25%, after excluding non-recurring charges
from 1993 results, the result of increased sales volume, operating efficiencies
and the successful transition of previously foreign-sourced fastening products
to in-house manufacture.
Net sales in the Hardware segment increased 4% in 1995, with 2% from pricing,
1% from volume and 1% from foreign currency translation. Operating profits
declined to $28 million from $33 million and reflected increases in certain raw
material costs, especially corrugated and steel, and the competitive pricing
environments in these markets. In addition, efforts to control inventories at a
time of weakening demand resulted in the underabsorption of factory overheads.
Sales in the Hardware segment increased 4% in 1994, reflecting volume growth
of 3% and price increases of 1%. Operating profit margins were reduced slightly
from 1993 due to operating inefficiencies in the Acmetrack facility located in
France.
Net sales in the Specialty Hardware segment increased 5% in 1995 due
primarily to a 4% gain in internal volume. The net effect of recent acquisitions
also added 1% to sales. Operating profits declined as a percent of sales,
reflecting a shift in product mix and increased promotional support in the entry
door business.
Sales in the Specialty Hardware segment in 1994 increased 18% with virtually
all of the increase from internal growth in the U.S. Operating profits increased
82% over 1993 and reflected efficiencies obtained from higher volumes and
process improvements.
GEOGRAPHIC AREA RESULTS
Net sales in the U.S. increased 4% in 1995 from internal volume growth. A 1%
gain from pricing was offset by the effects of recent divestitures. While
businesses generally realized unit volume gains, the lackluster demand in
consumer channels had a dampening effect on the year. Operating profit margins
declined from the prior year due to integration costs associated with the
Mechanics Tools business.
Stanley 21
<PAGE> 9
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Net sales in 1994 in the U.S. increased 10% primarily from internal volume
gains. Price increases contributed 1% to sales but were offset by divestiture
activity. Operating profits increased 29%, after excluding non-recurring charges
from 1993 results, due to increased sales volume, process improvements and cost
reduction efforts.
Net sales in Europe increased 16% in 1995, with 5% from volume growth, 2%
from pricing, 1% from recent acquisitions and 8% from currency translation. On
the strength of this increased volume, operating profit margins increased to
10.4% from 8.9% in the prior year.
Net sales in Europe in 1994 increased 13% over 1993, with 7% contributed by
volume growth, 4% from acquisitions and 2% from the translation of foreign
currencies. Operating profits increased 16%.
Net sales in Other Areas in 1995 decreased 5% from the prior year primarily
from volume declines. All markets, with the exception of the Pacific Rim,
experienced weakness with the most notable declines occurring in Mexico and
Canada. Operating profits declined by 23% reflecting this weakness as well as
increased costs related to investments to expand the company's presence in some
of these markets.
Net sales in Other Areas in 1994 increased 12% over 1993, reflecting internal
growth of 8%, acquisitions adding 3% and a net 1% added from the effect of price
increases offset by the negative effects of currency. Despite the strong sales
performance, operating profits declined $2.2 million, or 8%, for the year.
Profitability increased in Canada and Australia due to sales growth; however,
these gains were offset by declines in the Pacific Rim as 1994 included the full
year results of a late 1993 acquisition in Japan along with the cost of other
investments made to expand our presence in Asia.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
LIQUIDITY, SOURCES AND USES OF CAPITAL
Cash flow from operations in 1995 was $178 million compared with $129 million in
1994 and continued to provide the primary source of funds to finance operating
needs and capital expenditures. The increase in operating cash flows was due to
improved core operating profitability, the absence of abnormally high cash
outlays for legal settlements as well as improvements in working capital
utilization.
While capital expenditures of $67 million in 1995 were comparable to 1994 and
1993 levels, higher levels of investment in technology and software were
reflected in the increase in Investing - Other cash outflows. Expenditures in
1996 are anticipated to be $20 to $30 million higher than 1995 primarily due to
increased expenditures for consolidating distribution and order management as
well as additional strategic manufacturing investments to establish a more
competitive cost structure.
Consistent with its policy to mitigate any dilutive impact of its employee
benefit programs, the company purchased $13 million of its common stock on the
open market. Dividends paid in 1995 of $75 million reflected five dividend
payments compared with four payments in 1994 and 1993 due solely to the timing
of scheduled dividend payments.
The company's total borrowing level remained relatively consistent from 1994
to 1995. During the year the company refinanced approximately $80 million of
maturing Guilder notes with long-term borrowing arrangements that included a
variable rate note with final maturity in 2005 and commercial paper classified
as non-current. Substantially all of the new borrowings are effectively
denominated in Guilders and Swiss Francs as a result of swap agreements. The
company's total debt to capital ratio was 39.6% in 1995 compared with 39.2% in
1994. Excluding the company's guarantee of its ESOP debt, the debt to capital
ratio was 34.1% in 1995 and 33.1% in 1994.
The company manages its debt portfolio with the objectives of minimizing
interest expense and optimizing the leverage of foreign investments. In order to
achieve those objectives, the company utilizes selected derivative financial
instruments, primarily interest rate and interest rate/currency swaps. Infor-
22 Stanley
<PAGE> 10
The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
mation regarding the company's use of derivative financial instruments is
provided in the footnotes to the financial statements. The company's overall
financing strategy does not expose it to significant market or credit risk.
The company has access to financial resources and borrowing capabilities
around the world. As of December 30, 1995, the company had approximately $375
million of unused lines of credit. In recognition of increased business levels
over the past two years the company increased its commercial paper facility and
back-up credit facility by $100 million in 1995. The company also has $100
million of unissued debt securities registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. The company believes that its strong financial position, operating
cash flows and borrowing capacity will provide the financial flexibility
necessary to continue its record of annual dividend payments and to invest in
the capital needs of its businesses. Strategic acquisitions made in connection
with the company's revenue objectives may require external financing.
RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES
The company's restructuring activities in 1995 resulted in a total charge of $86
million of which $21 million related to the write-down of impaired assets; $44
million related to the write-down of assets from businesses or product lines to
be exited; $4 million related to cash payments, primarily employee termination
benefits; and $17 million related to reserves established for closing
facilities. The reserve balance, which is primarily severance related, is
anticipated to be adequate to cover the actions taken in 1995 and associated
cash outlays are expected to be substantially completed in 1996. The company
anticipates that these activities will reduce revenues by $30 million and will
also generate annualized savings of $30 million. Additional restructuring
charges are anticipated in 1996 and possibly beyond as the company continues the
evaluation of its businesses. While the company is unable to estimate the amount
of these charges currently, it is anticipated that they may approximate the
amounts recorded in 1995.
OTHER MATTERS
In the normal course of business the company becomes involved in various
lawsuits and claims. The company has estimated the potential cost of these
activities and has established appropriate reserves.
The company incurs costs related to environmental issues as a result of
various laws and regulations governing current operations as well as the
remediation of previously contaminated sites. Future laws and regulations are
expected to be increasingly stringent and will likely increase the company's
expenditures related to environmental matters.
The company accrues for anticipated costs associated with investigatory and
remediation efforts in accordance with appropriate accounting guidelines which
address probability and the ability to reasonably estimate future costs. The
liabilities are reassessed whenever environmental circumstances become better
defined or remediation efforts and their costs can be better estimated. Subject
to the imprecision in estimating future environmental costs, the company does
not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with environmental
matters in excess of the amounts recorded will have a material adverse effect on
its financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
In 1995 the company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards
Board Statement No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-lived Assets".
The new standard, which is required to be adopted in 1996, requires companies to
evaluate whether long-lived assets have suffered a loss in value when indicators
of impairment are present. It also provides a standard methodology to value the
amount of impairment. This methodology formed the basis for determining the
write-downs necessary to reflect the impairment in the company's assets which
resulted from new operational plans developed as part of its restructuring
activities.
Stanley 23
<PAGE> 11
The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Fiscal years ended December 30, 1995, December 31, 1994, and January 1, 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 1995 1994 1993
==========================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NET SALES $2,624.3 $2,510.9 $2,273.1
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Cost of sales 1,789.7 1,684.0 1,553.0
Selling, general and administrative 591.7 560.4 512.3
Interest-net 30.3 29.0 25.2
Other-net 14.3 35.7 34.6
Restructuring and asset write-offs 85.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,511.5 2,309.1 2,125.1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND
CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE 112.8 201.8 148.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME TAXES 53.7 76.5 55.4
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE 59.1 125.3 92.6
Cumulative effect of accounting change
for postemployment benefits (8.5)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET EARNINGS $ 59.1 $ 125.3 $84.1
==========================================================================================================
EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK:
Before cumulative effect of accounting change $ 1.33 $2.80 $2.06
Cumulative effect of accounting change (.19)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK $ 1.33 $2.80 $1.87
==========================================================================================================
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
24 Stanley
<PAGE> 12
The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of Dollars) 1995 1994
================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents $ 75.4 $ 69.3
Accounts and notes receivable 438.7 410.3
Inventories 349.1 369.2
Other current assets 51.9 39.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 915.1 888.5
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 532.1 559.8
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES 131.8 164.6
OTHER ASSETS 91.0 88.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS $1,670.0 $1,701.1
================================================================================
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term borrowings $ 77.2 $ 82.8
Current maturities of long-term debt 14.1 10.9
Accounts payable 112.7 125.3
Accrued expenses 183.7 202.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 387.7 421.5
LONG-TERM DEBT 391.1 387.1
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES 16.4 14.4
OTHER LIABILITIES 140.2 133.9
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred Stock, without par value:
Authorized and unissued 10,000,000 shares
Common Stock, par value $2.50 per share:
Authorized 110,000,000 shares;
issued 46,171,705 shares in 1995 and 1994 115.4 115.4
Capital in excess of par value 68.4 70.1
Retained earnings 937.6 937.8
Foreign currency translation adjustment (70.6) (56.3)
ESOP debt (244.3) (253.7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
806.5 813.3
Less: cost of common stock in treasury
(1,792,290 shares in 1995 and 1,722,330 shares in 1994) 71.9 69.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 734.6 744.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $1,670.0 $1,701.1
================================================================================
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
Stanley 25
<PAGE> 13
The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Fiscal years ended December 30, 1995, December 31, 1994 and January 1, 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994 1993
============================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net earnings $ 59.1 $ 125.3 $ 84.1
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 81.2 81.8 80.7
Restructuring and asset write-offs 85.5
Gain on sale of non-operating asset (29.0)
Provision for postemployment benefits 13.6
Other non-cash items 32.3 18.3 9.4
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts and notes receivable (23.3) (46.2) (19.7)
Inventories (4.5) (69.8) (15.5)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (27.8) 34.9 16.0
Income taxes (24.1) (11.9) 1.0
Other (.3) (3.9) 5.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities 178.1 128.5 146.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures (66.5) (66.4) (69.7)
Proceeds from sales of assets 4.3 11.0 6.6
Proceeds from sale of non-operating asset 38.9
Business acquisitions (3.3) (5.1) (13.3)
Other (19.8) (9.7) (13.2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used by investing activities (85.3) (70.2) (50.7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Payments on long-term debt (83.5) (2.9) (133.8)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings 86.0 78.5
Net short-term financing (5.1) 40.9 22.3
Proceeds from issuance of common stock 5.7 4.2 4.6
Purchase of common stock for treasury (13.2) (16.3) (42.3)
Cash dividends on common stock (75.2) (61.5) (60.5)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used by financing activities (85.3) (35.6) (131.2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash (1.4) 2.9 (2.0)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 6.1 25.6 (37.4)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR 69.3 43.7 81.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR $ 75.4 $ 69.3 $ 43.7
============================================================================================
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
26 Stanley
<PAGE> 14
The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Fiscal years ended December 30, 1995, December 31, 1994 and January 1, 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS)
===================================================================================================================================
Common Capital in Excess Retained Translation Treasury Shareholders'
Stock of Par Value Earnings Adjustments ESOP debt Stock Equity
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE JANUARY 2, 1993 $ 115.4 $ 75.8 $ 843.7 $ (41.5) $ (268.8) $ (28.3) $ 696.3
Net earnings 84.1 84.1
Currency translation adjustment (15.2) (15.2)
Cash dividends declared-$1.34 per share (60.1) (60.1)
Issuance of common stock (2.7) 15.7 13.0
Purchase of common stock (47.9) (47.9)
ESOP debt 7.3 7.3
ESOP tax benefit 3.4 3.4
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE JANUARY 1, 1994 115.4 73.1 871.1 (56.7) (261.5) (60.5) 680.9
Net earnings 125.3 125.3
Currency translation adjustment .4 .4
Cash dividends declared-$1.38 per share (61.9) (61.9)
Issuance of common stock (3.0) 13.3 10.3
Purchase of common stock (21.9) (21.9)
ESOP debt 7.8 7.8
ESOP tax benefit 3.3 3.3
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1994 115.4 70.1 937.8 (56.3) (253.7) (69.1) 744.2
Net earnings 59.1 59.1
Currency translation adjustment (14.3) (14.3)
Cash dividends declared-$1.42 per share (62.6) (62.6)
Issuance of common stock (1.7) 13.9 12.2
Purchase of common stock (16.7) (16.7)
ESOP debt 9.4 9.4
ESOP tax benefit 3.3 3.3
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE DECEMBER 30, 1995 $ 115.4 $ 68.4 $ 937.6 $ (70.6) $ (244.3) $ (71.9) $ 734.6
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
Stanley 27
<PAGE> 15
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(A) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and
its majority-owned subsidiaries, after the elimination of intercompany accounts
and transactions. The company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to
December 31. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses, as well as certain financial statement disclosures. While
management believes that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation
of the financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from
these estimates.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
For most foreign operations, asset and liability accounts are translated at the
year-end exchange rate; income and expenses are translated at the average
exchange rate for the year. Resulting translation adjustments are made directly
to a separate component of shareholders' equity. Translation adjustments for
operations in highly inflationary countries and gains and losses on transactions
are included in earnings. These transactional gains and losses, together with
the translation adjustments related to foreign operations in highly inflationary
economies, amounted to net losses for 1995, 1994 and 1993 of $.7 million. $5.5
million and $6.0 million, respectively.
CASH EQUIVALENTS
Highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less
are considered cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES
U.S. inventories are valued at the lower of last-in, first-out cost or market.
Other inventories are valued generally at the lower of first-in, first-out cost
or market.
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment are stated on the basis of historical cost less
accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided using a combination of
accelerated and straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the
assets.
Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over periods not
exceeding forty years. The company periodically evaluates the existence of
goodwill impairment on the basis of whether amounts recorded are recoverable
from projected undiscounted cash flows of related businesses. Impairment losses
are valued by comparing the carrying value of the goodwill to its fair value,
generally determined by the discounted cash flow method.
In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of", which requires impairment losses to be recorded on
long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present
and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are
less than the assets' carrying amount. The company adopted and applied the
provisions of this new standard in 1995 to value the impairment of assets
affected by restructuring, plant closings and exit plans and of assets impaired
by changes in operating plans initiated in the latter half of the year. The
resulting impairment losses were charged to operations in 1995 and were included
in Restructuring and asset write-offs on the income statement.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
To manage interest rate exposure, the company enters into interest rate swap
agreements. The net interest paid or received on the swaps is recognized as
interest expense. Gains resulting from the early termination of interest rate
swap agreements are deferred and amortized as adjustments to interest expense
over the remaining period originally covered by the terminated swap. The company
manages exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates by creating
offsetting positions through the use of forward exchange contracts or purchased
currency options. The company enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge
firm commitments and enters into purchased foreign currency options to hedge
anticipated transactions. Purchased currency option premiums are recognized as
cost of sales over the life of the contract. Gains and losses resulting from
these foreign currency instruments are deferred and recognized in cost of sales
in the same period as the hedged transactions. Forward contracts related to
anticipated intercompany transactions are marked to market in Other-net expense.
The company does not use financial instruments for trading or speculative
purposes.
INCOME TAXES
Deferred taxes are determined based on the difference between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in
effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred
tax expense represents the change in the deferred tax asset and liability
balances.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of shares
of common stock outstanding during each year (44,360,000 shares,
44,775,000 shares and 44,935,000 shares in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively). The issuance of additional shares under employee stock
plans would not result in a material dilution of earnings per share.
STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
The company grants stock options for a fixed number of shares to directors and
certain employees with an exercise price equal to the fair value of shares at
the date of grant. The company accounts for stock option grants in accordance
with APB No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", and accordingly
recognizes no related compensation expense.
28 Stanley
<PAGE> 16
(B) ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE
Trade receivables are dispersed among a large number of retailers, distributors
and industrial accounts in many countries. No individual customer balance is
material. Adequate provisions have been established to cover anticipated credit
losses. At December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994, allowances for doubtful
receivables of $18.2 million and $20.9 million, respectively, were applied as a
reduction of current accounts and notes receivable. The company believes it has
no significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 30, 1995.
The company sells, with recourse, certain domestic accounts receivable
under a revolving sales agreement. The proceeds from these sales were $72
million in 1995, $59 million in 1994 and $39 million in 1993. At December 30,
1995 and December 31, 1994, the balance of these receivables subject to recourse
was approximately $81 million and $69 million, respectively. Provisions have
been made to cover anticipated losses.
(C) INVENTORIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994
============================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Finished products $224.1 $238.6
Work in process 63.1 68.4
Raw materials 59.4 59.4
Supplies 2.5 2.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$349.1 $369.2
============================================================================================
</TABLE>
Inventories in the amount of $188.6 million at December 30, 1995 and
$203.6 million at December 31, 1994 were valued at the lower of last-in,
first-out (LIFO) cost or market. If LIFO inventories had been valued at FIFO
costs, they would have been $127.6 million and $120.2 million higher than
reported at December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994, respectively.
(D) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994
============================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Land $ 35.7 $ 34.2
Buildings 241.5 245.2
Machinery and equipment 863.5 849.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,140.7 1,128.6
Less: accumulated depreciation 608.6 568.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 532.1 $ 559.8
============================================================================================
</TABLE>
The provisions for depreciation for 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $62.4
million, $63.3 million and $63.1 million, respectively.
(E) GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES
Goodwill and other intangibles at the end of each fiscal year, net of
accumulated amortization of $74.3 million and $86.8 million, were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994
============================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill $104.4 $128.7
Other 27.4 35.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$131.8 $164.6
============================================================================================
</TABLE>
(F) ACCRUED EXPENSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994
============================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Salaries and wages $ 38.8 $ 40.2
Insurance 28.6 30.3
Taxes, other than income taxes 19.9 19.2
Dividends payable 2.4 15.0
Other 94.0 97.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$183.7 $202.5
============================================================================================
</TABLE>
Stanley 29
<PAGE> 17
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(G) LONG-TERM DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994
============================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Notes payable in 2002 7.4% $100.0 $100.0
Commercial Paper 5.8% 107.0 62.3
Dutch Guilder notes payable in 1996 5.9% 75.0
Notes payable in 1998 9.0% 34.8 34.8
Notes payable due semiannually to 2005 5.9% 41.3
Industrial Revenue Bonds due in
varying amounts to 2011 5.5 - 6.8% 25.1 29.9
ESOP loan guarantees,
payable in varying
monthly installments
through 2001 7.7% 66.8 75.5
Other 30.2 20.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
405.2 398.0
Less: current maturities 14.1 10.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$391.1 $387.1
============================================================================================
</TABLE>
During the year the company refinanced approximately $80 million of
maturing Dutch Guilder notes with long-term borrowing arrangements that
included a variable rate note with final maturity in 2005 and commercial
paper classified as non-current.
Commercial paper outstanding at December 30, 1995 of $107.0 million
is classified as non-current pursuant to the company's intention and
ability to continue to finance this obligation on a long-term basis.
The company has on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
shelf registration statement covering the issuance of up to $200 million of debt
securities; as of December 30, 1995, $100 million remained unused. The company
has unused short and long-term credit arrangements with several banks to borrow
up to $300 million at the lower of prime or money market rates. Of this amount,
$150 million is long-term. Commitment fees range from .07% to .1%. In addition,
the company has short-term lines of credit with numerous foreign banks
aggregating $84.5 million of which $75.7 million was available at December 30,
1995. Short-term arrangements are reviewed annually for renewal. Of the
long-term and short-term lines, $300 million is available to support the
company's commercial paper program. The weighted average interest rates on
short-term borrowings at December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994 were 6.3% and
6.4%, respectively.
The company has guaranteed the long-term notes payable to banks of its
employee stock ownership plan (ESOP). The guarantee is reflected in the
consolidated balance sheets as long-term debt with a corresponding reduction in
shareholders' equity.
To manage interest costs and foreign exchange risk, the company
maintains a portfolio of interest rate swap agreements. The portfolio includes
currency swaps maturing in 1998-1999 that convert $89.3 million of commercial
paper debt into Swiss Franc debt (5.8% weighted average rate). The company also
has a currency swap that converts $41.3 million of variable rate United States
dollar debt to variable rate Dutch Guilder debt (4.2% weighted average rate).
See Note H for more information regarding the company's interest rate swap
agreements.
Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt for the years 1997 to 2000
are $15.1 million, $50.6 million, $16.9 million and $124.8 million,
respectively. Interest paid during 1995, 1994 and 1993 amounted to $33.9
million, $45.1 million and $34.0 million, respectively.
Commercial paper, utilized to support working capital requirements,
classified as current was $67.9 million and $61.7 million, as of December 30,
1995 and December 31, 1994, respectively.
(H) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The company's objectives in using debt related financial instruments are
to obtain the lowest cost source of funds within an acceptable range of variable
to fixed rate debt proportions (30% to 40%), and to minimize the foreign
exchange risk of obligations. To meet these objectives the company enters into
interest rate swaps, currency swaps and interest rate cap agreements. A summary
of instruments and weighted average interest rates follows. The weighted average
variable pay and receive rates are based on rates in effect at the balance sheet
dates. Variable rates are generally based on LIBOR with no leverage features.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994
=============================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Interest rate swaps
Receive fixed-pay variable rates $ 62.2 $157.6
pay rate 3.9% 5.6%
receive rate 5.5% 6.5%
maturity dates 1996 1996-02
Receive variable-pay fixed rates $130.0 $174.1
pay rate 7.8% 7.8%
receive rate 5.1% 6.0%
maturity dates 1996-99 1996-98
Currency swaps $301.6 $125.4
pay rate 6.3% 7.9%
receive rate 7.0% 8.3%
maturity dates 1996-2005 1996-1998
=============================================================================
</TABLE>
The company uses purchased currency options and forward contracts to
hedge a portion of the currency risk in cross border trade flows expected to
occur over the next one year period. In addition, the company enters into
forward exchange contracts to hedge firm commitments. The objective
30 Stanley
<PAGE> 18
of these practices is to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations
on operating results. At December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994, the company
had forward contracts hedging firm commitments totaling $70.7 million and $2.7
million, respectively. At December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994, purchased
currency options hedging anticipated transactions totaled $47.1 million and
$32.6 million, respectively. Forward contracts relating to anticipated
intercompany transactions amounted to $6.0 million at December 30, 1995. The
forward contracts and options are primarily denominated in Canadian dollars,
Australian dollars, and major European currencies and generally mature within
the next one year period.
The counterparties to these interest rate and currency financial
instruments are major international financial institutions. The company is
exposed to credit risk for net coupon exchanges under these agreements, but not
for the notional amounts. The company considers the risk of default to be
remote.
A summary of the carrying values and fair values of the company's
financial instruments at December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994
====================================================================================================
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Value Value Value Value
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Long-term debt,
including current portion $381.3 $395.0 $384.1 $377.9
Currency and
interest rate swaps 23.9 33.1 14.5 25.8
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$405.2 $428.1 $398.6 $403.7
====================================================================================================
</TABLE>
Generally, the carrying value of the debt related financial instruments
is included in the balance sheet in long-term debt. The fair values of long-term
debt are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on the company's
marginal borrowing rates. The fair values of foreign currency and interest rate
swap agreements are based on current settlement values. The carrying amount of
cash equivalents and short-term borrowings approximates fair value.
(I) CAPITAL STOCK
COMMON STOCK SHARE ACTIVITY
The activity in common shares for each year, net of treasury stock, was as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1994 1993
===================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding, beginning
of year 44,449,375 44,695,631 45,438,854
Issued for employee
stock plans 349,298 323,739 387,196
Purchased (419,256) (569,995) (1,130,419)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding, end of year 44,379,415 44,449,375 44,695,631
===================================================================================
</TABLE>
COMMON STOCK RESERVED
At December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994, the number of shares of
common stock reserved for future issuance under various employee and
director stock plans was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1994
==================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Employee Stock Purchase Plan 2,859,676 2,938,052
Stock Option Plans 5,506,171 5,741,078
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan 1,454,659 1,478,526
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
9,820,506 10,157,656
==================================================================
</TABLE>
LONG-TERM STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
The Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan provides for the granting of awards to senior
management employees for achieving company performance measures over five year
cycles. The final cycle of this plan is payable in 1998. The Plan is
administered by the Compensation and Organization Committee of the Board of
Directors consisting of non-employee directors. Awards are payable 55% in cash
and 45% in shares of common stock or 100% in shares of common stock. The amounts
of $.4 million, $.3 million and $.5 million were charged to expense in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively. Shares totaling 23,867, 8,267 and 10,092 were
issued in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The Compensation and Organization
Committee determined in late 1994 not to make any further awards under this
plan. Accordingly, there will be no further payments under this plan subsequent
to the 1992-1996, 1993-1997 and 1994-1998 award cycles.
PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
Under the existing Rights Plan, each outstanding share of common stock has
two-thirds of a share purchase right, which, under certain conditions, may be
exercised to purchase one two-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $125.00, subject to
adjustment to prevent dilution. The rights, which do not have voting rights,
expire on March 10, 1996. On January 31, 1996, the Board of Directors extended
the benefits offered by the existing rights by the execution of the Rights
Agreement, dated as of January 31, 1996, between the company and the Rights
Agent named therein and by declaring a dividend of one share purchase right for
each outstanding share of common stock. Each new share purchase right, under
certain conditions, may be exercised to purchase one two-hundredth of a share of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $220.00,
subject to adjustment. In the event that the company is acquired in a merger or
other business combination transaction, provision shall be made so that each
holder of a right (other than a holder who is a 10%-or-more shareholder) shall
have the right to receive, upon exercise thereof, that number of shares of
common stock of the surviving company having a market value equal to two times
the exercise price of the right. Similarly, if anyone becomes the beneficial
owner of more than 10% of the then outstanding shares of common stock (except
pursuant to an offer for all outstanding
Stanley 31
<PAGE> 19
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
shares of common stock which the independent directors have deemed to be fair
and in the best interest of the company), provision will be made so that each
holder of a right (other than a holder who is a 10%-or-more shareholder) shall
thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise thereof, common stock (or,
in certain circumstances, cash, property or other securities of the company)
having a market value equal to two times the exercise price of the right. At
December 30, 1995, there were 44,379,415 outstanding rights. There are 250,000
shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock reserved for issuance in
connection with the new rights (an increase from 175,000 shares previously
reserved for issuance in connection with the prior rights).
STOCK OPTIONS
The company has a stock option plan for officers and key employees that provides
for nonqualified and incentive stock option grants. The company also has a stock
option plan that provides for an automatic, biennial option grant to each
outside director of the company. Options are generally for a ten year term and
are granted at the market price of the common stock on the date of grant.
Outstanding incentive stock options are subject to a two year transfer
restriction on half the shares issued upon exercise. Non-qualified stock options
are not subject to transfer restrictions. In the event of a change of control in
the company, all outstanding stock options held by employees become immediately
exercisable, all transfer restrictions lapse and optionees have the right to
sell options to the company at market-related values.
Information relative to the stock option plans is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1994 1993
=============================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
At end of year:
Options outstanding 2,410,597 2,130,801 1,827,936
Options exercisable 1,861,297 1,597,054 1,716,936
Shares available
for grants 3,095,574 3,610,277 488,869
During the year:
Options granted 549,300 533,747 111,000
Options exercised 234,907 175,727 225,424
Options canceled 34,597 55,155 63,945
Average price per share:
Options outstanding $36.68 $33.67 $31.27
Options granted 46.00 40.37 40.25
Options exercised 31.77 30.13 30.47
=============================================================================
</TABLE>
(J) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan enables substantially all employees in the
United States and Canada to subscribe at any time to purchase shares of common
stock on a monthly basis at the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the
shares on the first day of the plan year ($39.21 per share in 1995), or 85% of
the fair market value of the shares on the last business day of each month. A
maximum of 3,000,000 shares are authorized for subscription. During 1995, 1994
and 1993, shares totaling 78,376, 123,410 and 139,010, respectively, were issued
under the Plan at average prices of $34.57, $34.30 and $33.07 per share,
respectively.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN (ESOP)
The Savings Plan provides opportunities for tax-deferred savings, enabling
eligible U.S. employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the company. Such
employees may contribute from 1% to 15% of their salary to the Plan. The company
contributes an amount equal to one-half of the first 7% of employee
contributions. The amounts in 1995, 1994 and 1993 under this matching
arrangement were $8.3 million, $8.3 million and $7.8 million, respectively.
Shares of the company's common stock held by the ESOP were purchased
with the proceeds of external borrowings in 1989 and borrowings from the company
in 1991. The external ESOP borrowings are guaranteed by the company and are
included in long-term debt. Shareholders' equity reflects both the internal and
the external borrowing arrangements.
Shares are released to participant accounts based on principal and
interest payments of the underlying debt. These shares along with allocated
dividends and shares purchased on the open market are assigned to fund share
requirements of the employee contribution, the associated employer match and the
dividends earned on participant account balances.
Net ESOP activity recognized is based on total debt service and share
purchase requirements less employee contributions and dividends on ESOP shares.
The company's net ESOP activity resulted in income of $2.6 million in 1995, $2.3
million in 1994 and $5.6 million in 1993.
Dividends on ESOP shares, which are charged to shareholders' equity as
declared, were $14.8 million, $14.5 million and $14.2 million in 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively. Interest costs incurred by the Plan on external debt for
1995, 1994 and 1993 were $5.5 million, $6.1 million and $6.7 million,
respectively. ESOP shares not yet allocated to participants are treated as
outstanding for purposes of computing earnings per share. As of December 30,
1995, the number of ESOP shares allocated to participant accounts was 4,707,730
and the number of unallocated shares was 5,831,063.
PENSION PLANS
The retirement benefit for U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees was
changed effective January 1, 1995. Previously, benefits were provided by both a
defined benefit plan and a defined contribution plan. The defined contribution
plan provided for benefits as a varying percentage of
32 Stanley
<PAGE> 20
payroll and the defined benefit plan provided a benefit based on salary
and years of service. Upon retirement, plan participants received the
greater of the two benefits. Effective January 1, 1995, the two plans were
merged and restated as a defined benefit plan. The assets of both plans
were combined in order to fund the plan's guaranteed benefit which is
based on salary and years of service. If the plans are terminated or
merged with another plan within three years following a change in control
of the company, any excess plan assets are to be applied to increase the
benefits of all participants.
The company also sponsors defined benefit plans for its non-U.S.
employees and U.S. collective bargaining employees. Benefits generally are based
on salary and years of service for non-U.S. employees, while those for
collective bargaining employees are based on a stated amount for each year of
service.
The company's funding policy is to contribute amounts determined
annually on an actuarial basis to provide for current and future benefits in
accordance with federal law and other regulations. Plan assets are invested in
equity securities, bonds, real estate and money market instruments.
Additionally, the company contributes to several union-sponsored
multi-employer plans which provide defined benefits.
Total pension expense includes the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994 1993
===================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Defined benefit plans:
Service cost $16.7 $ 9.6 $ 9.0
Interest cost 29.8 21.0 20.3
Actual return on plan assets (39.5) 10.6 (25.3)
Net amortization and deferral 6.5 (35.1) 1.0
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net pension expense 13.5 6.1 5.0
Defined contribution plan 8.1 8.0
Multi-employer plans .8 .6 .5
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total pension expense $ 14.3 $ 14.8 $ 13.5
===================================================================================
</TABLE>
The funded status of the company's defined benefit plans, adjusted for
the merger of the plans covering U.S. salaried and non-union hourly
employees, at the end of each fiscal year was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994
====================================================================================================
Plans Plans Plans Plans
Where Where Where Where
Assets Accumulated Assets Accumulated
Exceed Benefits Exceed Benefits
Accumulated Exceed Accumulated Exceed
Benefits Assets Benefits Assets
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value
of benefit obligations:
Vested $320.5 $ 11.5 $296.8 $ 10.4
Non-vested 3.7 2.0 1.3 2.7
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated
benefit obligation 324.2 13.5 298.1 13.1
Additional amounts
related to projected
pay increases 68.2 4.1 38.7 5.9
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total projected benefit
obligation (PBO) 392.4 17.6 336.8 19.0
Plan assets at fair
value 425.2 6.5 369.4 6.8
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets in excess of
(less than) PBO 32.8 (11.1) 32.6 (12.2)
Unrecognized net
(gain) or loss at
transition (8.1) .2 (9.8) .3
Unrecognized net
(gain) or loss (12.5) .9 2.3
Unrecognized prior
service cost 10.8 2.9 5.3 3.1
Adjustment required to
recognize minimum
liability (2.8) (2.3)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prepaid (accrued)
pension expense
(long-term) $ 23.0 $ (9.9) $ 28.1 $ (8.8)
====================================================================================================
</TABLE>
Stanley 33
<PAGE> 21
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Assumptions used for significant defined benefit plans were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1994 1993
===================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Discount rate 7.0% 8.25% 7.5%
Average wage increase 4.5% 5.0% 5.0%
Long-term rate of return
on assets 9.0% 9.0% 9.0%
===================================================================================
</TABLE>
POSTRETIREMENT AND POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
The company provides medical and dental benefits for certain retired
employees in the United States. In addition, domestic employees who
retire from active service are eligible for life insurance benefits.
The status of the company's plans at the end of each fiscal year was
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994
===================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
Retirees $20.3 $ 19.2
Fully eligible active plan participants 1.6 1.4
Active plan participants 5.5 3.7
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated obligation 27.4 24.3
Unrecognized net loss (10.7) (7.5)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued postretirement benefit expense $16.7 $ 16.8
===================================================================================
</TABLE>
Net periodic postretirement benefit expense was $2.9 million in 1995.
$3.0 million in 1994 and $3.3 million in 1993.
The weighted average annual assumed rate of increase in the per-capita
cost of covered benefits (i.e. health care cost trend rate) is assumed to be
9.0% for 1996 reducing gradually to 6% by 2010 and remaining at that level
thereafter. A one percentage point increase in the assumed health care cost
trend rate would have increased the accumulated benefit obligation by $1.6
million at December 30, 1995 and net periodic postretirement benefit expense for
fiscal year 1995 by $.1 million. Weighted average discount rates of 7.0% in 1995
and 8.25% in 1994 were used in determining the accumulated benefit obligations.
The company provides certain postemployment benefits to eligible
employees and, in some cases, their dependents. These benefits include
severance, continuation of medical coverage and other benefits when employees
leave the company for reasons other than retirement.
In 1993, the company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits." Prior to 1993,
postemployment benefits were recognized as expense when paid. The cumulative
effect of adopting this new standard was a one-time charge to 1993 earnings of
$8.5 million ($13.6 million less related deferred income taxes of $5.1 million)
or $.19 per share. The effect of this change on 1993 operating results was
immaterial.
(K) OTHER COSTS AND EXPENSES
Interest-net for 1995, 1994 and 1993 included interest income of $5.3
million, $4.6 million and $6.8 million, respectively.
Other-net in 1993 includes a gain of $29.0 million ($.39 per share) from
the sale of the company's investment in Max Co., Ltd. and a charge of $15.0
million ($.21 per share) related to the settlement of lawsuits involving the
company's Mac Tools business. Also included in Other-net were additional charges
for a fine levied by U.S. District Court in Missouri for $5.0 million ($.07 per
share) and contingency reserves of $23.3 million ($.32 per share) related to
product liability litigation, restructuring activities and environmental
remediation.
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and amounted to $54.3 million
in 1995, $53.4 million in 1994 and $46.5 million in 1993.
(L) RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET WRITE-OFFS
In order to create a more competitive cost base and to fuel long-term growth,
the company initiated a multi-year restructuring program in 1995. The program
encompasses all Stanley businesses and focuses on the profitability potential of
each product category. Businesses or product lines that do not meet the
company's criteria for revenue growth and profitability will be divested.
Restructuring activities will be directed at creating a more competitive cost
structure for the company's business units. Restructuring activities are also
being focused on enhancing the company's relationships with its customers in
order to create a strategic competitive advantage. This initiative involves the
consolidation of distribution and order management for North American key
customers.
Restructuring charges of $64.8 million included the write-down of
assets, severance and other costs totaling $53.4 million for exiting three
product categories, closing six manufacturing plants, three distribution
centers and two support facilities. These actions are expected to ultimately
result in a workforce reduction of 550 employees. Restructuring charges
also included $5.3 million for severance related to a workforce reduction
of 350 employees and $6.1 million for a comprehensive SKU reduction
program. Of the total severance recorded of $9.2 million, approximately
$6.0 million is reflected as a liability at the end of 1995 and is expected
to be paid in 1996.
A charge of $20.7 million was also recognized for losses on assets
that were identified as being impaired in conjunction with the company's
restructuring initiatives and strategy changes.
The plant closings and exit activities initiated in 1995 are expected to
be completed in 1996 while the consolidation of distribution and order
management is targeted for completion in 1997. Additional restructuring
alternatives are currently being evaluated and future restructuring charges
34 Stanley
<PAGE> 22
will likely result as the various initiatives under consideration are developed
and specific operating plans are designed, approved and implemented. Due to the
complexity of these initiatives and the early stage of planning, the company is
currently unable to estimate the future charges; however, it is likely that
those charges will be material and may approximate the amount of charges already
incurred in 1995.
(M) OPERATIONS BY INDUSTRY SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA
Industry Segment and Geographic Area information included on page 17
of this report is an integral part of the financial statements.
(N) INCOME TAXES
Significant components of the company's deferred tax liabilities and
assets as of the end of each fiscal year were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994 1993
===================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Depreciation $75.4 $74.1 $73.1
Other 12.9 6.0 12.9
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities 88.3 80.1 86.0
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Tax Assets:
Employee benefit plans 19.8 20.6 20.4
Restructuring charges 19.2
Amortization of intangibles 15.1 14.5
Accruals 18.0 24.4 25.6
Other 12.4 13.2 11.9
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Deferred Tax Assets 84.5 72.7 57.9
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities $ 3.8 $ 7.4 $28.1
===================================================================================
</TABLE>
Income tax expense consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994 1993
===================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current:
Federal $26.0 $59.3 $40.2
Foreign 21.1 18.8 13.6
State 7.5 12.2 7.2
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current 54.6 90.3 61.0
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred:
Federal 1.2 (8.4) (4.8)
Foreign .3 (1.0) .6
State (2.4) (4.4) (1.4)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Deferred (.9) (13.8) (5.6)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $53.7 $76.5 $55.4
===================================================================================
</TABLE>
Income taxes paid during 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $74.1 million,
$79.8 million and $63.4 million, respectively.
The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective
rate was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1994 1993
===================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory federal income
tax rate 35.00% 35.00% 35.00%
State income taxes,
net of federal benefits 2.64 2.50 2.70
Difference between foreign
and federal income tax rates 1.25 (.30)
Nondeductible
restructuring charges 9.60
Other-Net (.89) .70 (.30)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective Tax Rate 47.60% 37.90% 37.40%
===================================================================================
</TABLE>
The components of earnings before income taxes consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) 1995 1994 1993
===================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
United States $ 78.5 $159.4 $110.5
Foreign 34.3 42.4 37.5
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total pre-tax earnings $112.8 $201.8 $148.0
===================================================================================
</TABLE>
Undistributed foreign earnings of approximately $183 million at December
30, 1995 are considered to be invested indefinitely or will be remitted
substantially free of additional tax. Accordingly, no provision has been
made for taxes that might be payable upon remittance of such earnings,
nor is it practicable to determine the amount of this liability.
(O) LEASES
The company leases certain facilities, vehicles, machinery and equipment
under long-term operating leases with varying terms and expiration dates.
Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases, in
millions of dollars, as of December 30, 1995 were $37.6 in 1996, $28.3 in 1997,
$21.6 in 1998, $14.5 in 1999, $10.0 in 2000 and $14.4 thereafter. Minimum
payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $28.4 million due
in the future under noncancelable subleases. Rental expense for operating leases
amounted to $40.3 million in 1995, $38.1 million in 1994 and $35.0 million in
1993.
Stanley 35
<PAGE> 23
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(P) CONTINGENCIES
In the normal course of business, the company is involved in various law-suits
and claims. In addition, the company is a party to a number of proceedings
before federal and state regulatory agencies relating to environmental
remediation. Also, the company, along with many other companies, has been named
as a potentially responsible party (PRP) in a number of administrative
proceedings for the remediation of various waste sites, including nine Superfund
sites. Current laws potentially impose joint and several liability upon each
PRP. In assessing its potential liability at these sites, the company has
considered the following: the solvency of the other PRPs, whether responsibility
is being disputed, the terms of existing agreements, experience at similar
sites, and the fact that the company's volumetric contribution at these sites is
relatively small.
The company's policy is to accrue environmental investigatory and
remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable that a liability has
been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The amount of
liability recorded is based on an evaluation of currently available facts with
respect to each individual site and includes such factors as existing
technology, presently enacted laws and regulations, and prior experience in
remediation of contaminated sites. The liabilities recorded do not take into
account any claims for recoveries from insurance or third parties. As
assessments and remediation progress at individual sites, the amounts recorded
are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal
information which becomes available. As of December 30, 1995, the company had
reserves of $24 million, primarily for remediation activities associated with
company-owned properties as well as for Superfund sites.
The amount recorded for identified contingent liabilities is based on
estimates. Amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect
additional technical and legal information which becomes available. Actual costs
to be incurred in future periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent
uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures. Subject to the imprecision in
estimating future contingent liability costs, the company does not expect that
any sum it may have to pay in connection with these matters in excess of the
amounts recorded will have a materially adverse effect on its financial
position, results of operations or liquidity.
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) QUARTER YEAR
====================================================================================================================
1995 First Second Third Fourth
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Sales $643.3 $655.5 $655.7 $669.8 $2,624.3
Gross profit 205.7 211.9 207.7 209.3 834.6
Selling, general and administrative
expenses 147.3 148.6 148.0 147.8 591.7
Restructuring and asset write-offs - - 41.5 44.0 85.5
Net Earnings (Loss) 28.7 31.5 (1.7) .6 59.1
Net Earnings (Loss) Per Share $.65 $.71 $(.04) $.01 $1.33
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Sales $585.7 $628.8 $632.6 $663.8 $2,510.9
Gross profit 191.3 210.2 206.9 218.5 826.9
Selling, general and administrative
expenses 133.8 139.4 139.5 147.7 560.4
Net Earnings 25.6 33.7 32.2 33.8 125.3
Net Earnings Per Share $.57 $.75 $.72 $.76 $2.80
====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
Note: The third quarter of 1995 includes charges for restructuring of $41.5
million, or $.71 per share, and other related non-recurring charges of $2.6
million, or $.04 per share. The fourth quarter of 1995 includes charges for
restructuring and asset write-offs of $44.0 million, or $.73 per share, and
other related non-recurring charges of $6.9 million, or $.09 per share.
The design of the Powerlock(R) tape
rule case, Contractor Grade(TM), and
Sharpshooter(TM) are trademarks of
The Stanley Works.
36 Stanley
<PAGE> 24
AN IMPORTANT CHANGE FOR SHAREHOLDERS IN 1996...MORE TIMELY RELEASE OF
QUARTERLY INFORMATION
Beginning with First Quarter results for 1996, The Stanley Works will make
quarterly news releases available on-line on the Internet - on the day that
results are released to the news media, Stanley releases will be found at the
following address on the World Wide Web:
http://www.prnewswire.com Click on "Company News On-Call"
Stanley shareholders will also be able to call toll-free 1-800-499-9202 to
request a copy of the most recent quarterly news release.
These enhancements to our quarterly communications are designed to replace
traditional printed quarterly reports and provide shareholders with information
faster and more efficiently. For your records, results are scheduled for
release in 1996 on the following dates:
First Quarter - April 17, 1996
Second Quarter - July 17, 1996
Third Quarter - October 16, 1996
INVESTOR INFORMATION
The Stanley Works has provided excellent, long-term value for shareholders.
Without ever jeopardizing our strong balance sheet and without sacrificing our
ability to invest in new technologies and new growth opportunities for our
company, we have maintained an impressive and truly unique dividend record over
the long haul:
- - Our record of annual dividend payments is unmatched by any industrial
company listed on the New York Stock Exchange - 119 CONSECUTIVE YEARS.
- - Our quarterly dividend record is the longest of any industrial company
listed on the New York Stock Exchange - 403 CONSECUTIVE QUARTERS.
- - We have increased dividends in each of the past 29 YEARS, and in that same
period, an investment in Stanley stock grew at a compound annual rate of
13.0%.
Common Stock (Dollars per Share)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Price Dividends
------------------------------------ -------------
1995 1994 1995 1994
--------------- ---------------- ---- ----
High Low High Low
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
First Quarter 41 5/8 35 5/8 44 7/8 38 5/8 $.35 $.34
Second Quarter 41 7/8 36 5/8 42 5/8 36 1/4 .35 .34
Third Quarter 46 5/8 37 1/4 43 7/8 38 1/2 .36 .35
Fourth Quarter 53 3/8 43 41 3/4 34 7/8 .36 .35
$1.42 $1.38
</TABLE>
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual shareholders' meeting of The Stanley Works will be held at 9:30 a.m.
on Wednesday, April 17, 1996, in New Britain, Connecticut at the Stanley
Center, 1255 Corbin Avenue.
STOCK LISTING
The Stanley Works is listed on the New York and Pacific Stock Exchanges with
the symbol SWK.
INCREASED DIVIDENDS EVERY YEAR SINCE 1968
[Graph showing dividends paid by the Company each year from 1968 to 1995]
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
All shareholder inquiries, including transfer-related matters, should be
directed to:
Boston EquiServe, Servicing Agent for
State Street Bank and Trust Company
P.O. Box 8200
Boston, MA 02266-8200
1-800-426-5523
FOR MORE INFORMATION
If you would like a copy of Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or additional information about Stanley, please write:
Richard Huck, Vice President, Finance
and Chief Financial Officer
The Stanley Works
1000 Stanley Drive
New Britain, CT 06053
<PAGE> 1
Page 1 of 4 pages
EXHIBIT 21
(All subsidiaries are included in the Consolidated
Financial Statements of The Stanley Works)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Jurisdiction of
Corporate Name Incorporation
- -------------- -------------
<S> <C>
The Stanley Works Connecticut
The Farmington River Power Company Connecticut
Stanley Mechanics Tools, Inc. Ohio
Stanley Storage Systems, Inc. Connecticut
Stanley Germany Inc. Delaware
Stanley International Sales, Inc. Delaware
Stanley Inter-America, Inc. Delaware
Stanley Foreign Sales Corporation Virgin Islands
Stanley Works Financial Inc. Delaware
Stanley Magic-Door, Inc. Delaware
Stanley Home Automation, Inc. Delaware
General Rental Co., Inc. Florida
American Brush Company, Inc. Massachusetts
Jensen Tools, Inc. Delaware
LaBounty Manufacturing, Inc. Minnesota
Stanley-Bostitch, Inc. Delaware
Stanley-Bostitch Holding Corporation Delaware
Hartco Company Illinois
The Stanley Works Funding Corporation Delaware
Stanley Mail Media, Inc. Delaware
Stanley Canada Inc. Ontario, Canada
Stanley Acmetrack Limited Ontario, Canada
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 2
Page 2 of 4 pages
EXHIBIT 21
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Jurisdiction of
---------------
Incorporation
-------------
<S> <C>
(The Stanley Works)
Stanley Tools (N.Z.) Ltd. New Zealand
Ferramentas Stanley Ltda. Brazil
Herramientas Stanley
S.A. de C.V. Mexico
Herramientas Stanley S.A. Colombia
Stanley-Bostitch, S.A. de C.V. Mexico
Stanley Tools SpA Italy
S.I.C.F.O.-Stanley S.A. France
Stanley Europe B.V. Netherlands
Stanley Atlantic, Inc. Delaware
The Stanley Works Ltd. U.K.
Mosley-Stone Ltd. U.K.
R.J. Lendrum Limited U.K.
Stanley Works
(Nederland) B.V. Netherlands
Stanley Magic-Door
Netherlands B.V. Netherlands
Placements et Rangements
Nirva S.a.R.L. France
Societe Civile Immobiliere WAT France
Stanley Iberica S.A. Spain
Stanley Vaerktoej ApS Denmark
Stanley Svenska A.B. Sweden
Suomen Stanley OY Finland
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
Page 3 of 4 pages
EXHIBIT 21
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Jurisdiction of
---------------
Incorporation
-------------
<S> <C>
(The Stanley Works)
Bostitch G.m.b.H. Germany
Friess G.m.b.H. Germany
Stanley Bostitch S.A. France
Soc. de Fab. Bostitch S.A. (Simax) France
Bostitch (Europe) AG Switzerland
Bostitch AG Switzerland
S.A. Stanley Works Belgium N.V. Belgium
Stanley International
Holdings Inc. Delaware
Stanley Pacific Inc. Delaware/Australia
Stanley-Bostitch
Pty. Limited Australia
The Stanley Works Pty. Ltd. Australia
Stanley Works Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd. Singapore
The Stanley Works
(Hong Kong) Ltd. Hong Kong
The Stanley Works Sales
(Philippines), Inc. Philippines
Stanley Tools Ltd. Taiwan
Chiro Tool Manufacturing Corporation Taiwan
The Stanley Works
(Bermuda) Ltd. Bermuda
The Stanley Works Japan K.K. Japan
Stanley Works Ltd. Thailand
Stanley Tools Poland Ltd. (51%) Poland
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
Page 4 of 4 pages
EXHIBIT 21
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Jurisdiction of
---------------
Incorporation
-------------
<S> <C>
(The Stanley Works)
Tona a.s. (LTD) (78%) Czech Republic
P.T. Stanley Works Indonesia Indonesia
Stanley Works Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. Malaysia
Stanley Fastening Systems Poland Ltd. Poland
</TABLE>
The names of certain subsidiaries have been omitted because such subsidiaries,
considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a
significant subsidiary.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99(i)
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULES
THE STANLEY WORKS 401 (k) SAVINGS PLAN
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
<PAGE> 2
THE STANLEY WORKS 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULES
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
CONTENTS
Report of Independent Auditors 1
Audited Financial Statements
Statement of Financial Condition at December 31, 1995 2
Statement of Financial Condition at December 31, 1994 3
Statement of Income and Changes in Plan Equity for the
Year Ended December 31, 1995 4
Statement of Income and Changes in Plan Equity for the
Year Ended December 31, 1994 5
Notes to Financial Statements 6
Supplemental Schedules
Assets Held for Investment 12
Transactions or Series of Transactions in Excess of
5% of the Current Value of Plan Assets 13
<PAGE> 3
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Pension Committee of The Board of Directors
The Stanley Works
We have audited the accompanying statements of financial condition of The
Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
related statements of income and changes in plan equity for the years then
ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Plan's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial condition of the Plan at December 31, 1995
and 1994, and its income and changes in plan equity for the years then ended, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Our audits were performed for the purpose of forming an opinion on the financial
statements taken as a whole. The accompanying supplemental schedules of assets
held for investment as of December 31, 1995, and transactions or series of
transactions in excess of 5% of the current value of plan assets for the year
then ended, are presented for purposes of complying with the Department of
Labor's Rules and Regulations for Reporting and Disclosure under the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and are not a required part of the
financial statements. The supplemental schedules have been subjected to the
auditing procedures applied in our audit of the 1995 financial statements and,
in our opinion, are fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the
1995 financial statements taken as a whole.
Ernst & Young LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
March 22, 1996
<PAGE> 4
THE STANLEY WORKS 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
DECEMBER 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STANLEY UNALLOCATED
STOCK LOAN STANLEY
FUND FUND STOCK FUND TOTAL
------------------ ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Investments, at current market value:
The Stanley Works
Common Stock:
4,864,308 shares (cost
$140,995,052) $250,511,862 $250,511,862
5,831,063 shares (cost
$208,984,854) $300,299,745 300,299,745
Short-term investments 1,092,286 1,535,453 2,627,739
------------------ ------------------- ------------------
251,604,148 301,835,198 553,439,346
Dividends and interest receivable 1,762,357 568,340 2,330,697
Loans to participants $11,671,739 11,671,739
------------------ ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
$253,366,505 $11,671,739 $302,403,538 $567,441,782
================== =================== =================== ==================
LIABILITIES AND PLAN EQUITY
Liabilities:
Due to Retirement Plan for
Salaried Employees of The
Stanley Works $262,146 $ 262,146
Debt 244,296,925 244,296,925
------------------ ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
262,146 244,296,925 244,559,071
Plan equity 253,104,359 11,671,739 58,106,613 322,882,711
------------------ ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
$253,366,505 $11,671,739 $302,403,538 $567,441,782
================== =================== =================== ==================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
2
<PAGE> 5
THE STANLEY WORKS 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
DECEMBER 31, 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STANLEY UNALLOCATED
STOCK LOAN STANLEY
FUND FUND STOCK FUND TOTAL
------------------ ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Investments, at current market value:
The Stanley Works
Common Stock:
4,477,105 shares (cost
$123,673,967) $160,056,504 $160,056,504
6,200,196 shares (cost
$221,522,506) $221,657,007 221,657,007
Short-term investments 4,282,565 1,386 4,283,951
------------------ ------------------- ------------------
164,339,069 221,658,393 385,997,462
Dividends and interest receivable 1,573,695 2,192,646 3,766,341
Loans to participants $ 8,863,783 8,863,783
------------------ ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
$165,912,764 $ 8,863,783 $223,851,039 $398,627,586
================== =================== =================== ==================
LIABILITIES AND PLAN EQUITY
Liabilities:
Due to Retirement Plan for
Salaried Employees of The
Stanley works $ 159,553 $ 159,553
Debt $253,018,883 253,018,883
Deferred employer contributions 822,907 822,907
Other 150,082 150,082
------------------ ------------------- ------------------
1,132,542 253,018,883 254,151,425
Plan equity/(deficit) 164,780,222 $ 8,863,783 (29,167,844) 144,476,161
------------------ ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
$165,912,764 $ 8,863,783 $223,851,039 $398,627,586
================== =================== =================== ==================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
3
<PAGE> 6
THE STANLEY WORKS 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
STATEMENT OF INCOME AND CHANGES IN PLAN EQUITY
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STANLEY UNALLOCATED
STOCK LOAN STANLEY
FUND FUND STOCK FUND TOTAL
---------------- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment income:
Dividends $ 6,727,064 $ 8,521,529 $ 15,248,593
Interest 97,704 $ 379,698 38,082 515,484
---------------- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------
6,824,768 379,698 8,559,611 15,764,077
Net realized and unrealized
appreciation in The Stanley
Works Common Stock 75,850,892 91,180,389 167,031,281
Contributions:
Employee 20,019,947 20,019,947
Employer 14,425,522 14,425,522
---------------- ------------------
34,445,469 34,445,469
Withdrawals:
Cash (15,517,219) (15,517,219)
The Stanley Works Common
Stock (4,627,524) (4,627,524)
---------------- ------------------
(20,144,743) (20,144,743)
Transfers to the Retirement Plan
for Salaried Employees of The
Stanley Works (102,594) (102,594)
Administrative expenses (51,639) (51,639)
Interest expense (18,535,301) (18,535,301)
Interfund transfers - net (8,498,016) 2,428,258 6,069,758 -
---------------- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------
Net increase 88,324,137 2,807,956 87,274,457 178,406,550
Plan equity/(deficit) at beginning of year 164,780,222 8,863,783 (29,167,844) 144,476,161
---------------- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------
Plan equity at end of year $ 253,104,359 $ 11,671,739 $ 58,106,613 $ 322,882,711
================ ================= =================== ==================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
4
<PAGE> 7
THE STANLEY WORKS 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
STATEMENT OF INCOME AND CHANGES IN PLAN EQUITY
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STANLEY UNALLOCATED
STOCK LOAN STANLEY
FUND FUND STOCK FUND TOTAL
----------------- ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment income:
Dividends $ 4,864,710 $ 7,270,720 $ 12,135,430
Interest 94,012 $ 386,968 49,083 530,063
----------------- ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
4,958,722 386,968 7,319,803 12,665,493
Net realized and unrealized
depreciation in The Stanley
Works Common Stock (32,663,095) (51,684,810) (84,347,905)
Contributions:
Employee 13,509,551 13,509,551
Employer 9,501,416 9,501,416
----------------- ------------------
23,010,967 23,010,967
Withdrawals:
Cash (10,884,570) (10,884,570)
The Stanley Works Common
Stock (5,150,919) (5,150,919)
----------------- ------------------
(16,035,489) (16,035,489)
Transfers from Savings Plan for
Hourly Paid Employees of The
Stanley Works - net 914,625 914,625
Merger of the Savings Plan for
Hourly Paid Employees of
The Stanley Works 47,986,494 3,661,748 592,742 52,240,984
Transfer from Monarch Mirror
Door, Inc. 324,081 6,824 330,905
Transfers to the Retirement Plan
for Salaried Employees of The
Stanley Works (332,808) (332,808)
Administrative expenses (111,805) (111,805)
Interest expense (17,314,382) (17,314,382)
Interfund transfers - net (4,912,769) (691,952) 5,604,721
----------------- ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
Net increase/(decrease) 23,138,923 3,363,588 (55,481,926) (28,979,415)
Plan equity at beginning of year 141,641,299 5,500,195 26,314,082 173,455,576
----------------- ------------------- ------------------- ------------------
Plan equity/(deficit) at end of year $ 164,780,222 $ 8,863,783 $ (29,167,844) $ 144,476,161
================= =================== =================== ==================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
5
<PAGE> 8
The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1995
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN
The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Savings Plan") operates as a
leveraged employee stock ownership plan, is designed to comply with the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and is subject to the applicable provisions of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The Savings
Plan is a defined contribution plan for eligible United States salaried and
hourly paid employees of The Stanley Works (the "Company").
Effective October 1, 1994, the Savings Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of The
Stanley Works (the "Hourly Plan") was merged into the Salaried Plan and renamed
The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan. The Savings Plan assumed all assets and
obligations of the Hourly Plan.
Each year, participants may contribute, through pre-tax payroll deductions,
generally up to 12% of their compensation, as defined in the Savings Plan
Agreement. Such contributions are matched by the Company in an amount equal to
50% of the participant's contribution up to a maximum of 3 1/2% of the
participant's compensation. Effective January 1, 1995 the Savings Plan was
amended to allow participants to contribute up to 15% of their compensation, as
defined.
Participant and Company contributions are invested in the Stanley Stock Fund
with a guarantee, which, if necessary, is satisfied by the Retirement Plan for
Salaried Employees of The Stanley Works or by the Pension Plan for Hourly Paid
Employees of The Stanley Works, that the investment return on such stock
acquired with employee contributions will not be less than an investment return
based on two-year U.S. Treasury notes.
Employees are fully vested as to amounts in their savings accounts attributable
to their own contributions and earnings thereon and amounts transferred from the
other qualified plans on their behalf. All participants are vested in 100% of
the value of the Company matching contributions made on their behalf after five
years of service, with no vesting in the matching contributions during the first
through fifth years of service.
6
<PAGE> 9
The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN (CONTINUED)
The assets of the Savings Plan are held in trust by an independent corporate
trustee, State Street Bank and Trust Company (the "Trustee") pursuant to the
terms of a written Trust Agreement between the Trustee and the Company.
Benefits generally are distributed upon termination of employment. Normally, a
lump-sum distribution is made in cash or shares of the Company's Common Stock
(hereinafter referred to as Common Stock, Stanley Stock, or shares), at the
election of the participant, from the Stanley Stock Fund.
During active employment, subject to financial hardship rules, participants may
withdraw, in cash only, all or a portion of vested amounts in their accounts.
Participants may borrow from their savings account up to an aggregate amount
equal to the lesser of $50,000 or 50% of the value of their vested interest in
such accounts with a minimum loan of $1,000. The $50,000 loan amount limitation
is reduced by the participant's highest outstanding loan balance during the 12
months preceding the date the loan is made. Each loan is evidenced by a
negotiable promissory note bearing a rate of interest equal to the prime rate as
reported in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month
immediately preceding the calendar quarter during which the loan was made, which
is payable, through payroll deductions, over a term of not more than five years.
Participants are allowed ten years to repay the loan if the proceeds are used to
purchase a principal residence. Only one loan per participant may be outstanding
at any time.
If a loan is outstanding at the time a distribution becomes payable to a
participant (or beneficiary), the distribution is made net of the loan
outstanding, and the distribution shall fully discharge the Savings Plan with
respect to the participant's account value attributable to the outstanding loan
balance.
7
<PAGE> 10
The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN (CONTINUED)
The Savings Plan borrowed $95,000,000 in 1989 from a group of financial
institutions and $180,000,000 in 1991 from the Company (see Notes 3 and 4) to
acquire 2,934,044 and 4,848,484 shares, respectively, of Common Stock from the
Company's treasury and previously unissued shares. The shares purchased from the
proceeds of the loans were placed in the Unallocated Stanley Stock Fund (the
"Unallocated Fund"). Under the 1989 loan agreement, the Company guaranteed the
loan and is obligated to make annual contributions sufficient to enable the Plan
to repay the loan plus interest.
The Unallocated Fund makes monthly transfers of shares, in accordance with The
Savings Plan provisions, to the Stanley Stock Fund in return for proceeds
equivalent to the average fair market value of the shares for the month
subsequent to the last transfer. These proceeds, along with dividends received
on allocated and unallocated shares and additional employee and Company
contributions, if necessary, are used to make monthly payments of principal and
interest on the debt. As dividends on the allocated shares are applied to the
payment of debt service, a number of shares having a fair market value at least
equal to the amount of the dividends so applied are allocated to the savings
accounts of participants who would otherwise have received cash dividends. The
excess of unallocated dividends over the amount necessary for principal and
interest along with forfeitures of nonvested employee accounts are used to
reduce future Company matching contributions.
The fair market value of shares released from the Unallocated Fund pursuant to
loan repayments made during any year may exceed the total of employee
contributions and Company matching contributions for that year. If that occurs,
all participants who made contributions at any time during that year and who are
employed by the Company on the last day of that year receive, on a pro rata
basis, such excess value as an additional allocation of Stanley Stock for that
year.
Each participant is entitled to exercise voting rights attributable to the
shares allocated to their account. The Trustee is not permitted to vote
participant shares for which instructions have not been given by the
participant. Shares in the Unallocated Fund are voted by the Trustee in the same
proportion as allocated shares.
8
<PAGE> 11
The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN (CONTINUED)
The Company reserves the right to terminate the Savings Plan at any time,
subject to its provisions. Upon such termination of the Savings Plan, the
interest of each participant in the trust fund will become vested and be
distributed to such participant or his or her beneficiary at the time prescribed
by the Savings Plan terms and the Internal Revenue Code.
The Savings Plan sponsor has engaged William Mercer, Inc., to maintain separate
accounts for each participant. Such accounts are credited with each
participant's contributions, the allocated portion of the Company's matching
contributions, related gains, losses and dividend income, and loan activity.
William Mercer, Inc. replaced The Wyatt Company effective October 1, 1994.
There were 11,358 and 9,111 participants (10,648 and 8,508 of whom were
active employees) in the plan as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, of
whom 2,616 and 2,234, respectively, had loans outstanding.
At December 31, 1995 and 1994, benefits payable to terminated vested
participants amounted to $6,801,190 and $2,008,532, respectively.
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
INVESTMENTS
The Savings Plan investments consist primarily of shares of Stanley Stock.
Stanley Stock is traded on a national exchange and is valued at the last
reported sales price on the last business day of the plan year. Short-term
investments consist of short-term bank-administered trust funds which earn
interest daily at rates approximating U.S. Government securities; cost
approximates market value.
DIVIDEND INCOME
Dividend income is accrued on the ex-dividend date.
9
<PAGE> 12
The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
GAINS OR LOSSES ON SALES OF INVESTMENTS
Gains or losses realized on the sales of investments are determined based on
average cost.
EXPENSES
Administrative expenses not paid by the Company are paid by the Savings Plan.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain amounts in the 1994 financial statements have been reclassified to
conform to the 1995 presentation.
3. DEBT
Debt consisted of the following at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1994
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Notes payable in monthly installments to 2001 with
interest at 7.71% $ 66,841,290 $ 74,777,497
Notes payable to the Company in monthly installments
to 2026 with interest at 8.3% 177,455,635 178,241,386
---------------- ------------
$ 244,296,925 $253,018,883
================ ============
</TABLE>
The scheduled maturities of debt for the next five years are as follows:
1996--$9,496,000; 1997--$10,211,000; 1998--$11,067,000; 1999--$11,994,000;
and 2000--$13,000,000.
The notes payable to the Company are secured by shares held in the Unallocated
Stock Fund. The number of shares held as security is reduced as shares are
released to Stanley Stock Fund pursuant to principal and interest payments.
During the year, 134,833 shares were released and at December 31, 1995,
4,240,904 shares are pledged as security.
10
<PAGE> 13
The Stanley Works 401(k) Savings Plan
Notes to Financial Statements (continued)
3. DEBT (CONTINUED)
Payment of the Savings Plan's debt has been guaranteed by the Company. Should
the principal and interest due exceed the dividends paid on shares in the
Stanley Stock and Unallocated Stock Funds, and employee and Company matching
contributions, the Company is responsible for funding such shortfall.
4. TRANSACTIONS WITH PARTIES-IN-INTEREST
Fees paid during 1995 and 1994 for management and other services rendered by
parties-in-interest were based on customary and reasonable rates for such
services. The majority of such fees were paid by the Company. Fees incurred and
paid by the Savings Plan during 1995 and 1994 were $51,639 and $111,805,
respectively.
In 1991, the Savings Plan borrowed $180,000,000 from the Company, the proceeds
of which were used to purchase 4,848,484 shares of stock from the Company. The
Savings Plan made $14,297,365 and $15,263,135 of principal and interest payments
related to such debt in 1995 and 1994, respectively; at December 31, 1995,
$177,455,635 was outstanding on such debt.
5. INCOME TAX STATUS
The Internal Revenue Service has ruled that the Savings Plan and the trust
qualify under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) and
are therefore not subject to tax under present income tax law. Once qualified,
the Savings Plan is required to operate in accordance with the IRC to maintain
its qualification. The Pension Committee is not aware of any course of action or
series of events that have occurred that might adversely affect the Savings
Plan's qualified status.
11
<PAGE> 14
THE STANLEY WORKS 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
ASSETS HELD FOR INVESTMENT
DECEMBER 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
IDENTITY OF ISSUE, DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENT,
BORROWER, INCLUDING MATURITY DATE,
OR SIMILAR PARTY RATE OF INTEREST, PAR OR MATURITY VALUE COST CURRENT VALUE
- --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Common Stock:
The Stanley Works* 10,695,371 shares of Common Stock; par
value $2.50 per share $349,979,906 $550,811,607
Trust Funds:
State Street Bank and
Trust Short-Term Investment Fund-
Company* United States Government
(GSTIF) securities 1,092,286 1,092,286
State Street Bank and
Trust Company* (STIF) Short-Term Investment Fund-
Pooled Bank Fund 1,535,453 1,535,453
Loans to participants Promissory notes at prime rate
with maturities of five years or
ten years 11,671,739 11,671,739
--------------------- --------------------
Total Investments $385,605,916 $565,111,085
===================== ====================
</TABLE>
* Indicates party-in-interest to the Plan.
12
<PAGE> 15
THE STANLEY WORKS 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
TRANSACTIONS OR SERIES OF TRANSACTIONS IN EXCESS OF 5% OF THE CURRENT VALUE
OF PLAN ASSETS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CURRENT VALUE
OF ASSET ON
IDENTITY OF PURCHASE DESCRIPTION SELLING COST OF TRANSACTION NET GAIN
PARTY INVOLVED OF ASSETS PRICE ASSET DATE (LOSS)
- ------------------------ ---------------------------------- ------------------- --------------- ---------------- -----------
Category (iii) - Series of transactions in excess of 5 percent of plan
assets
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
State Street Bank and Short-Term Investment Fund-
Trust Company* United States Government
Securities $23,907,016 $23,907,016
State Street Bank and Short-Term Investment Fund-
Trust Company* United States Government
Securities $26,771,147 $26,771,147
</TABLE>
There were no category (i), (ii) or (iv) reportable transactions during
1995.
* Indicates party-in-interest to the Plan.
13
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE STANLEY
WORKS AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AND STATEMENT EARNINGS AND IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-30-1995
<PERIOD-END> DEC-30-1995
<CASH> 75400
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 456900
<ALLOWANCES> 18200
<INVENTORY> 349100
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 915100
<PP&E> 1140700
<DEPRECIATION> 608600
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 1670000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 387700
<BONDS> 391100
0
0
<COMMON> 115400
<OTHER-SE> 619200
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 1670000
<SALES> 2624300
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 2624300
<CGS> 1789700
<TOTAL-COSTS> 1789700
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 30300
<INCOME-PRETAX> 112800
<INCOME-TAX> 53700
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 59100
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 59100
<EPS-PRIMARY> 1.33
<EPS-DILUTED> 0
</TABLE>
